Bentley Autoplant Design V8i Ss1

AutoPLANTPlantDesign
Imperial
V8i
BentleyInstituteCourseGuide
TRN0116201/0004
Copyright Information
Trademarks
AccuDraw,Bentley,theBBentleylogo,MDL,MicroStationandSmartLineareregistered
trademarks;PopSetandRasterManageraretrademarks;BentleySELECTisaservicemarkof
BentleySystems,IncorporatedorBentleySoftware,Inc.
AutoCADisaregisteredtrademarkofAutodesk,Inc.
Otherbrandsandproductnamesarethetrademarksoftheirrespectiveowners.
Patents
UnitedStatesPatentNos.5,8.15,415and5,784,068and6,199,125.
Copyrights
20002009BentleySystems,Incorporated.
MicroStation1998BentleySystems,Incorporated.
Allrightsreserved.
V8i
2
Copyright 2010 Bentley Systems Incorporated
Feb-10
CourseOverview
Thisinstructorleadcourseisdesignedinamodularformat.Althougheachmodulecan
standalone,foryourconveniencetheyhavebeenboundintoonebook.
AutoPLANTProjectAdministratorFundamentals
InthismodulethestudentlearnshowtocreateanewprojectusingtheAdministratorutility
application.Thenewprojectcontainsanemptysetofdatabasesinpreparationforthe
modelingsession.Asthemodelingprocessbegins,thestudentlearnswhereallfiles,
drawingsanddataarestored,fromwhichallprojectdeliverableswillbegenerated.
AutoPLANTSpecificationsFundamentals
Thismodulegivesthestudentabasicunderstandingofthecomponentcatalogsinstalled
withAutoPLANT.Briefexercisesdemonstratehowaspecificationiscreatedfromcatalogsto
bettersuitcompanyrequirementsandtomakethemodelingprocessfastandefficient.The
studentlearnshowtoview,manageandeditspecificationandcatalogdata.
AutoPLANTEquipmentFundamentals
ThismoduleteachesthestudenthowtocreatetheEquipmentlayoutwhilebuildingand
managingthecentraldatabase.ExercisesfordefiningareferenceWorkAreaenablethe
studenttounderstandhowthecomponentintelligenceiseasilysharedbyotherdisciplines.
ThestudentlearnshowtousetheEquipmentinterfaceandtoolsforcreatingdetailed
horizontal,verticalvesselsandpumps.Oncecomplete,exercisesformanagingand
maintainingthecomponentdatabaseareexplainedforthegenerationofdetailedreports.
AutoPLANTPipingFundamentals
Thismoduleteachesthestudentshowtoroutepipebetweentheequipmentcomponents.
Byselectingpredefinedpropertiesincludingspec,linetypeandinsulation,thestudent
learnshowtoensuredataconsistencywithintheproject.Branchingtees,olets,valve
topworksandsupportscompletethecomplexpipingmodel.Theimportanceofplacement
accuracyandconnectivitybetweencomponentsisstressedandbecomesapparentwhen
viewingdatabaserecordsandgeneratingreports.
Mar-10
Copyright 2007 Bentley Systems, Incorporated
Project Setup
AutoPLANTDrawingProductionFundamentals
Thismoduleteachesthestudenthowtoproducefinisheddeliverablesfromthe3Dmodel
includingfullydimensionedandannotateddrawingswithinthePaperSpaceenvironment.
Studentslearnhowtocreateautomatedisometricdrawingsbyexportinglinedatatothe
ISOGENinterface.
Datasets
ThiscoursehasbeencreatedbycombiningmodulesintoatypicalLearningPath.
ThismodulardesignenablesastudenttocompleteacourseattheirownpacefromtheOn
DemandeLearningenvironmentorcombinedfromspecificmodulesintoaninstructorled
course.
Theimagebelowshowstheprogressthrougheachmodule.Datasetsarecumulative.This
meansthatwhereeveradatasetisinstalled,thatmodulebecomesanewPointofEntry
onthelearningpath.Allprerequisitedatahasbeenincludedineachdataset.
Astudentintheinstructorledcoursewillonlyneedtoinstallonedatasetatthestartofthe
course.
Course Overview
2
Mar-10
ProjectAdministrator
Fundamentals
V8i
TRN0110201/0003
Trademarks
Patents
Copyrights
Allrightsreserved.
V8i
2
Feb-10
TableofContents
CourseOverview________________________________________________________ 1
Description_________________________________________________________________ 1
TargetAudience_____________________________________________________________ 1
Prerequisites________________________________________________________________ 1
Objectives__________________________________________________________________ 1
SystemRequirements ________________________________________________________ 2
AutoCADorrelatedAutodeskProducts_______________________________________________2
ProjectWiseSupportedVersions______________________________________________________2
DatabasesSupported_______________________________________________________________2
ProjectSetup __________________________________________________________ 3
Overview___________________________________________________________________ 3
Prerequisites________________________________________________________________ 3
Objectives__________________________________________________________________ 3
IntroductoryKnowledge ______________________________________________________ 4
Questions ________________________________________________________________________4
Answers _________________________________________________________________________4
SharingDesignData__________________________________________________________ 5
ProjectAdministrator_________________________________________________________ 6
UserConfigurations ________________________________________________________________7
CreatingProjectRootDirectories______________________________________________________8
CreatingaProject_________________________________________________________________10
Review____________________________________________________________________ 14
Questions _______________________________________________________________________14
Answers ________________________________________________________________________14
Dec09
i
TableofContents
Table of Contents
TableofContents
ii
Dec09
ProjectSetup
Overview
AProjectManagersprimaryfocusisoncreatingfinishedprojectdeliverables.Dailytasks
involvemakingsureissuesrelativetomodelingtechniques,pipingspecificationsand
implementationofcompanystandardsareallontrack.
Tosupportthiseffort,BentleydesignedthePlantProcess&Instrumentationand3DPlant
Designapplicationstoallowtheprojectteamstoworkwithinaconcurrentengineering
environmentforallaspectsoffunctional,schematic,andphysicalplantdesign.
Byusingacentraldatabaseasaprojectrepository,theapplicationsforboth2Dand3Dcan
easilysharethesamedata.Datacanbeeditedonaprojectwidebasis,drasticallyreducing
thetimeittakestobringadataintensiveprojecttocompletion.Managersalsoappreciate
thewealthofreportsthatcanbegeneratedfromacentralizedsystem.
Thiscoursewillgiveyouabasicunderstandingofhowaprojectiscreatedandwhyitis
importanttomanagethedrawingfilesanddatarepository.
Prerequisites
StudentsshouldhaveaminimumofsixmonthsexperiencewithAutoCADfunctionality
andsomefamiliaritywithAutoPLANTcommandsandconcepts.
Objectives
Aftercompletingthismodule,youwillbeableto:
UsetheProjectAdministratorutilityprogramtocreateanewprojectrootdirectory.
UsertheProjectAdministratorutilityprogramtocreateanewproject.
Dec09
3
ProjectSetup
Introductory Knowledge
IntroductoryKnowledge
Beforeyoubeginthismodule,letsdefinewhatyoualreadyknow.
AutoPLANTapplicationsprovideadditionalproductivityfunctionstoyournativeAutoCAD
application.AlthoughitisnottheintentionofthiscoursetoteachbasicAutoCAD,these
reviewquestionswillhelpyouassessyourcurrentknowledgepriortobeginningthe
AutoPLANTcourse.
IdentifythefollowingstatementsaseitherTrueorFalse.Theanswerstoeachquestionare
providedindetail.
Questions
1. AutoPLANTdrawingunitsfunctionthesamewayasAutoCAD.
True
False
2. InWindowsthetopleveldirectoryisreferredtoastherootdirectory.
True
False
Answers
1. True:AllunitsfunctioninthesamewayinbothAutoPLANTandAutoCAD.Unitsareset
forbothlengthandangleduringtheprojectsetupphase.
3. True:InMicrosoftWindows,atopleveldirectorymaybereferredtoastheroot
directory.TheProjectAdministratorutilitywillenableyoutocreateaProjectRoot
directoryatanylevelinyourcomputersfilestructure.Multipleprojectsmaybesetup
undertheProjectRootdirectory.
ProjectSetup
4
Dec09
Sharing Design Data
SharingDesignData
AutoPLANTincludesasetofintegrateddesignandmodelingtools.Someofthese
applications,suchasAutoPLANTP&ID,PipingandEquipmentrequireAutoCADtofunction.
ThedatabaseapplicationsutilizeMicrosoftAccessandExcel.Allofthesetoolsprovidefast
layoutanddesignofintelligentcomponents.
Thisintelligentdesignphilosophyenablestheusertoinputcomponentdataonceandlet
theinformationcascadethroughoutthelifeoftheproject.Dataisstoredwithina
centralizeddatabasewhichiseasilyaccessedbyallmembersoftheprojectteam.
Manyapplicationssupportthecommonscenarioofsendingdocumentstooffsitedesign
officesandvendorsandthenresynchronizingtheoffsitedesigndatawiththecentral
projectdatabase.
Tofacilitatedatasharing,aprojectmustfirstbecreated.Thisfunctionisusuallyperformed
bytheProjectAdministrator,usingasetoftoolsinstalledwiththeAutoPLANTapplications.
Theseprojectswillcontaincustomconfigurationsforalldrawingandmodeldefaultsand
settings.
Onceaprojectenvironmentisdefined,allmodelsanddrawingsassociatedwiththeproject
aremanagedandstoredintheappropriatelocations.Sharingofdesigndataistightly
regulated,preservingthedatabaseintegrity.
Dec09
5
ProjectSetup
Project Administrator
ProjectAdministrator
DuringtheAutoPLANTinstallation,variouscoreandutilityapplications,commontoboth
the2Dand3DprogramsareinstalledundertheAutoPLANTgroupicon.
TheProjectAdministratorutilityenablesyoutocreateandmanagecustomprojects.From
theinterfaceyoucaneditthedatabaseconfigurationsandcontrolsystemadministration
functionssuchassecurityaccesstocriticaldata.
AnewprojectistypicallycreatedbytheAdministratorbeforemodelinghasbegun.
OpentheutilityfromStart>Programs>Bentley>PlantV8i>ProjectTools>Project
Administrator.Thisfigureshowstheinterfacelayout.
Thenavigationtreeontheleftiswhereyouaccessspecificprojectproperties.The
C:\BentleyPlantV8IProjectsdirectoryisatopleveldirectoryandreferredtoasaProject
Rootdirectory.
Thedirectorylevelbelowtherootdirectorycontainssampleprojectsthataredeliveredwith
theinstall.
SAMPLE_IMPERIAL
SAMPLE_METRIC
SAMPLEMMETRIC
Thesesampleprojectfilesarenotrecommendedforproductionuse,butareusedas
templatesforbuildingyourownprojects.
ProjectSetup
6
Dec09
UserConfigurations
AutoPLANTisdesignedtosupportmultipleprojects.Thisdesignenablesyoutodefinethe
units,specs,drawingdatabaseformat,borders,drawingtemplates,moduleandcomponent
options,inaspecificconfiguration.
Tosupportthisimplementation,sampleconfigurationfileswerecreatedtoserveas
placeholdersforthedefinitionofconfigurationdefaultsandsettings.Byusingthesamples
youcanremovethetediouseffortthatwouldberequiredtomanuallyeditthese
configurationfileswhencreatingacustomconfiguration.
Inthisfigure,youcanseeanexampleofthefilestructurebeneaththeUserConfiguration
directory.YouwillusetheUserConfigurationImperialSampletocreateanewproject.
Dec09
7
ProjectSetup
CreatingProjectRootDirectories
TherearenorulesastohowmanyProjectRootdirectoriesanorganizationusesorhow
manyprojectsarecontainedwithintheprojectroot.
AProjectRootdirectorycanbeatanylevelofyourcomputersfilestructure.Thepathto
thatfolderisreferredtoas%PROJECT_ROOT%throughouttheAutoPLANTcourse
documentation.
ProjectRootdirectoriesusuallyresideinadifferentfilepaththanyourAutoPLANT
installation,sothepathtotheinstallationisshownas%NETWORK_ROOT%throughoutthe
AutoPLANTcoursedocumentation.
Note:
AlthoughnotvisibleintheBentleyProjectAdministratordialog,thesystemhascreatedafile
calledat_proj.dbfthatresidesinthisprojectrootdirectory.Thisfilecontainsarecordforevery
projectthatiscreatedunderthisspecificrootdirectory.
ThefollowingexerciseswillgiveyouexposuretoProjectAdministratorfunctionality.You
willcreateadirectorystructureinpreparationforthe2Dand3DFundamentalcourses.
Oncedirectorieshavebeensetup,theyarereadyfortheinstallationofapredefined
projectdataset.
Exercise1:CreateanewProjectRootdirectory.
1. SelectStart>Programs>Bentley>PlantV8I>ProjectTools>ProjectAdministratorto
launchtheapplication.
2. SelectUserConfigurationsandthenselectFile>AddRoot.
3. Selecttheappropriatedrive.ThiscoursewillusetheC:\drive.
4. IntheBrowseforFolderdialog,clickMakeNewFolder.
5. TypeBentleyTrainingProjectforthenameofthenewfolder.
6. ClickOK.
ProjectSetup
8
Dec09
7. ThesoftwarereturnstotheProjectAdministratorinterfacewiththenewProjectRoot
directorycalledBentleyTrainingProjectlistedinthenavigationtree.
NowthattheRootDirectoryhasbeendefined,youwillcreatetheproject.
Dec09
9
ProjectSetup
CreatingaProject
Whenanewprojectiscreated,theuserneedstospecifythebasiccriteria.Thefollowing
informationprovidesanoverviewofthetypeofinformationyouwillinput.
ProviderType
Thisisthedatabaseprogramthatwillbeusedforstoringtheprojectdata.AutoPLANTcan
writetoMicrosoftAccess,SQLServer,andOracle.(Onlythoseinstalledonthecomputerwill
beavailableforselection.)
BaseTemplateand3DSettings
Whenyoucreateanewproject,theseedfilesthatarerequiredtobuildtheprojectare
copiedfromthe%NETWORK_ROOT%\Baseand%NETWORK_ROOT%\configdirectories.
(%NETWORK_ROOT%referstothepathofyourAutoPLANTinstallationandismostlikely
C:\ProgramFiles\Bentley\PlantV8i.)Thesedirectoriesactasamasterprojectandare
installedwiththeapplication.
AutoPLANTprovidestwoprojecttemplates:StandardBaseProjectandKKS.KKSactsasthe
EuropeancounterparttotheStandardBaseProject.ThesetemplatescontaintheBentley
P&IDandAutoPLANTPlantDesignstandardsanddatastructures.
Note:
Creationofnewprojecttemplatesiscoveredinthe2Dand3DAdministratorcourses.
The3DModelingProjectSettingsthatyouselectwillindicatewhichconfigurationdatafiles
willbecopiedovertocreatethenewprojectfiles.
TheUnitsfielddefinesthedrawingandmodeldefaultsincludingunits,specs,drawing
databaseformat,borders,drawingtemplates,modulesandcomponentoptions.These
configurationswereinstalledinyourdirectory.
TheUseCentralProjectModecheckboxisonlyavailablewhenyouselectSQLServeror
Oracledatabaseprovidertypes.
ProjectPaths
Bydefault,allprojectdataisstoredinacollectionoffoldersinthe%PROJECT_ROOT%
directory.Youcan,however,specifydifferentpathsforspecificdatatypesintheNew
ProjectNewProjectPathsdialog.
Toeditapath,clickinthefieldandeitherdoubleclickorclickBrowsetoopenaBrowseFor
Folderdialog.
Details
Ofthedetailsthatcanbedefinedinthisdialog,theProjectNameistheonlyattributethatis
required.
Optionaldetailsinclude:ProjectNumber,ProjectDescription,ClientName,ClientNumber,
andClientLocation.
ProjectSetup
10
Dec09
Exercise2:CreatetheTrainingProject.
1. FromProjectAdministratorutilityselectthenewrootdirectoryC:\BentleyTraining
Project.
2. RightclickandselectNewProjectfromthecontextmenuorselectFile>Newfromthe
menu.
Note:
YoucanalsousetheCtrl+Nkeystroke.
3. IntheProviderTypedialog,clickAccessthenclickNext.
TheBaseTemplateand3DSettingsdialogopens.
4. SelectStandardBaseProjectandImperialUnits.
Note:
Dec09
ThiscoursewillusetheImperialUnits.Thetablebelowshowstheoptionsthatareavailablefor
theadditionalunits.
11
ProjectSetup
Attribute
Imperial
Metric
MixedMetric
ProjectTemplate
StandardBaseProject
StandardBaseProject
StandardBaseProject
Units
Imperial
Metric
MixedMetric
5. ClickNext.
6. Maintainthedefaultprojectpaths,andclickNextontheNewProjectPathsdialog.
7. Enterprojectdetailsasshownbelow.
Note:
TheProjectNameisrequiredwhilealloftheotherfieldsareoptional.TheProjectNamecanbeno
morethan16characters.
Attribute
Imperial
Metric
MixedMetric
ProjectName
Training
Training
Training
ProjectDescription
ImperialTrainingproject
MetricTrainingProject
MixedMetricTraining
Project
8. TheProjectNameisautomaticallydisplayedintheProjectDescriptionfield.Overwrite
thiswiththedescriptionlistedabove.
9. ClickFinish
10. AutoPLANTcopiesthedefaultprojectsettingsintoyournewproject.
ProjectSetup
12
Dec09
11. Whentheprocessiscomplete,thenewprojectwillappearundertheBentleyTraining
Projectdirectory.Clickthe+buttontoexpandyournewprojectandlookatthe
configurationsettingsforeachaspectoftheproject.
Youwillnoticedirectoriesforallprojectrelateddataincludingspecificdirectoriesforall
drawingsanddatathatwillbecreatedusingboththe2Dand3Dapplications.
12. CloseProjectAdministrator.
Youhavenowcompletedthisshortcourseinpreparationforusingthe2Dor3D
applications.
Dec09
13
ProjectSetup
Review
Review
Nowthatyouhavecompletedthismodule,letsmeasurewhatyouhavelearned.
Questions
1. Whatisthedefinitionof%Project_Root%and%Network_Root%?
2. WhatistheonlyrequiredfieldintheDetailsdialogwhencreatinganewproject?
3. True/False:TheProjectDescriptionfieldispopulatedwiththeProjectName
automatically.
4. True/False:TheProjectDescriptionfieldhastomaintainthesamenameastheProject
Name.
5. WhatarethetwotypesofbasetemplatesforprojectcreationprovidedbyAutoPLANT?
Answers
1. The%Project_Root%isthevariablethatcontainsthepathtoyourprojectroot
directory.
%NETWORK_ROOT%isthepathoftheinstallation.
ProjectrootdirectoriesusuallyresideinadifferentfilepaththanyourAutoPLANT
installation.
2. TheonlyrequiredfieldintheDetailsdialogistheProjectName,allothersareoptional.
3. True:TheProjectDescriptionfieldispopulatedwiththeProjectName.
4. False:TheProjectDescriptiondoesnothavetobethesameastheProjectName;itis
preferablethatitcontainmoredescriptiveinformationabouttheproject.
5. StandandBaseProjectandKKSarethetwotemplatesprovided.KKSactsasthe
EuropeancounterparttotheStandardBaseProject.Thesetemplatescontainthe
BentleyP&IDandAutoPLANTPlantDesignstandardsanddatastructures.
ProjectSetup
14
Dec09
AutoPLANTSpecifications
Fundamentals
V8i
TRN0103101/0003
Trademarks
Patents
Copyrights
Allrightsreserved.
V8i
2
Dec-09
TableofContents
CourseOverview________________________________________________________ 1
Description_________________________________________________________________ 1
TargetAudience_____________________________________________________________ 1
Prerequisites________________________________________________________________ 1
CourseObjectives____________________________________________________________ 1
ModulesIncluded____________________________________________________________ 2
InstallingtheDataset_________________________________________________________ 4
SoftwareInstallation _______________________________________________________________4
Dataset__________________________________________________________________________4
Questions ________________________________________________________________________5
Answers _________________________________________________________________________6
AutoPLANTSpecifications ________________________________________________ 7
Overview___________________________________________________________________ 7
Prerequisites________________________________________________________________ 7
Objectives__________________________________________________________________ 7
PipingIndustryCodesandSpecifications_________________________________________ 8
Specifications _____________________________________________________________________8
Classes___________________________________________________________________________8
AutoPLANTComponentCatalogs _______________________________________________ 9
ComponentTables________________________________________________________________10
SpecialTables____________________________________________________________________11
AutoPLANTSpecifications ____________________________________________________ 13
ViewingtheInstalledSampleSpecs___________________________________________________14
ComponentTables________________________________________________________________15
SpecialTables____________________________________________________________________17
Dec09
i
TableofContents
Table of Contents
ComponentPlacement_______________________________________________________ 19
SpecificationRetrievalDefinition_____________________________________________________19
EndConditions&Joints ____________________________________________________________21
ModuleReview_____________________________________________________________ 23
Questions _______________________________________________________________________23
Answers ________________________________________________________________________24
Summary__________________________________________________________________ 24
SpecificationGenerator_________________________________________________ 25
Overview__________________________________________________________________ 25
Prerequisites_______________________________________________________________ 25
Objectives_________________________________________________________________ 25
SpecificationGenerator______________________________________________________ 26
BasedontheSpecSheet ___________________________________________________________27
BasicStepsforBuildingSpecs _______________________________________________________28
CreatingaNewSpec_______________________________________________________________29
DefinetheSearchCriteria __________________________________________________________33
ManagingSpecSections______________________________________________________ 45
RemovingUnwantedSizes__________________________________________________________45
EditingtheLongDescription ________________________________________________________46
ModifyingPieceMarks_____________________________________________________________49
AddingFittingSections_______________________________________________________ 56
ReportingFunctions_________________________________________________________ 60
GenerateaReport ________________________________________________________________60
ModifyaReport__________________________________________________________________62
CreatingSpecificationsfortheProductionEnvironment __________________________________63
ModuleReview_____________________________________________________________ 64
Questions _______________________________________________________________________64
Answers ________________________________________________________________________65
Summary________________________________________________________________________65
CourseSummary_______________________________________________________ 67
Review____________________________________________________________________ 67
Questions _______________________________________________________________________67
Answers ________________________________________________________________________69
TableofContents
ii
Dec09
CourseOverview
Description
ThisintroductorycoursegivesthenewuserofAutoPLANTPlantDesign2Dand3D
applications,abasicunderstandingofhowcomponentcatalogsareusedtogenerate
specifications.UsingtheSpecificationGeneratorfunctionality,thestudentbuildsanew
specificationapplicationforusewiththeAutoPLANTPipingapplication.
TargetAudience
NewandexistingusersofAutoPLANT2Dand3Dapplications.
Prerequisites
BasicknowledgeofAutoPLANTspecdrivendesignapplications
Threetosixmonthsexperiencewith2Dand3DCADmodeling
CourseObjectives
Dec-09
GainabasicunderstandingofCatalogsandSpecificationsinrelationtospecdriven
componentplacement
Learnhowtocreateaspecificationfrommultiplecatalogs
Learnhowtomanagespecdatabyremovingunwantedentries
Learnhowtocustomizedescriptionsandrestraints
LearnhowtogenerateandmodifyMicrosoftAccessreports
Project Setup
ModulesIncluded
SpecificationGenerator
SystemRequirements
YoumusthaveaCDdriveorinternetaccessforproductinstallation.Thefollowing
prerequisitesarerequiredtorunthemodulesincludedintheAutoPLANTPlantDesignV8i
(Version08.11.05).
Processor:
IntelPentium4processorandAMDAthlon,3.0Ghzor
greaterorIntelorAMDDualCoreProcessor,2.0GHzor
greater
OperatingSystem:
MicrosoftWindowsXPProfessionalSP2orlater
WindowsVista32bitSP1
MicrosoftWindowsXPProfessionalSP1Aorlater
Internet:
MicrosoftInternetExplorer6SP1orgreater
Memory:
2GBorgreater
HardDisk:
2GBfreeharddiskspace
InputDevice:
IndustrystandardinputdevicesupportedbyWindows
OutputDevice:
IndustrystandardoutputdevicesupportedbyWindows
Industrystandardvideocard/monitor
VideoGraphicsCard:
AutoCADorrelatedAutodeskProducts
AutoCAD:
2004,2005,2006,2007,2008,2009
AutoCADMechanicalDesktop:
2004,2005,2006,2007,2008
ArchitecturalDesktop:
2004,2005,2006,2007,2008
BuildingSystems:
2004,2005,2006,2007,2008
AutoCADMechanical:
2004,2005,2006,2007,2008
Note:
Course Overview
Thelatestapplicableservicepacksmustbeusedforalloftheaboveproducts.
2
Dec-09

ProjectWiseSupportedVersions
BentleyProjectWiseV808.11.05
DatabasesSupported
MicrosoftAccess2000,2002,2003,2007
SQLServer2000,2003,2005andMSDEandSQLServerExpress
Oracle9iRelease2,Oracle10gRelease2,Oracle11gRelease1
Dec-09
3
Course Overview
InstallingtheDataset
ThiscoursebelongstoasetofAutoPLANT3DPlantDesigncorefundamentalcoursesthat
teachthestudenthowtousethePlantDesigntoolsformodelingandstoringvaluable
projectdata.
Thecoresetincludesthefollowingmodularcourses:
IntroductiontoAutoPLANTSpecifications
Thedatasetforthesecoursescontainasimulatedproject,designedtobeusedforboth
AutoPLANT2Dand3Dcorefundamentalcourses.
SoftwareInstallation
Priortobeginningthiscourse,makesureyouhaveinstalledthefollowing:
AutoPLANTPipingandEquipmentapplicationsincludingallcatalogsand
specifications
SpecificationGeneratorprogramfiles
Dataset
Thiscourserequiresnodataset.
Course Overview
4
Dec-09
Beforeyoubegin,letsdefinewhatyoualreadyknonw.
Questions
1. Classesspecifythecommoditycontainedwithinapipingconfiguration.
True
False
2. Componentcatalogsarebuiltintotheapplicationtoprovideapicklistforplacement
withinamodel.
True
False
3. AutoPLANTPipingdatabasetoolsprovideausefulmethodfordeterminingtheclass
definitionofaspecificcomponent.
True
False
4. SpecificationGeneratorenablesyoutocreateaspecusingafamiliarworkmethod.
True
False
5. Bydesigningspecificconstraintsinaspec,thenumberofcomponentstoselectfromis
minimized.
True
False
Dec-09
5
Course Overview
Answers
1. True:Aclassidentifiesthecommoditywithinapipe,includingwhetheritisaliquidor
gas,aswellasoperatingtemperatures,pressuresandcorrosiveness.
2. False:ComponentcatalogsareinstalledwithAutoPLANT.Thesecatalogsprovidedata
onthousandsofcomponentsfromwhichmanufacturerspecificspecscanbeproduced.
3. True:Ifyouwanttofindtheclassdefinitionofaspecificcomponentinamodel,usethe
Piping>DatabaseTools>Editcomponentcommand.Selectingthecomponentliststhe
classnameandallrelativedataforthecomponent.
4. True:SpecificationGeneratorusesthesamedesignphilosophyasthedesignersspec
sheet.
5. True:Bydefiningconstraintswithinthespecsections,thevolumeofcomponentsto
choosefromisreduced,eliminatingmistakesandincreasingproductivity.
Course Overview
6
Dec-09
Overview
Specificationsforaplantfacilitycompriseenormousvolumesofprintedmaterial.Solidly
builtspecswillenableausertoproperlyassemblepipingconfigurationsaswellasprovide
reliablematerialreportsthroughouttheproject.Thismoduleprovidesabasic
understandingofhowspecificationsareusedduringtheplacementofcomponentsina
modelingenvironmentandthemeaningbehindthespecdrivenapplication.
Prerequisites
Allcatalogsandsamplespecsmustbeinstalledontheusersystem.
AbasicunderstandingofMicrosoftAccess
Objectives
Understandthedifferencesbetweencatalogsandspecifications
LearntheMicrosoftAccesscatalogtablestructure
Learntoidentifyhowcomponentplacementiscontrolledbyspecifications
Gainabasicunderstandingofinitialization(.ini)files
Dec09
7
Piping Industry Codes and Specifications
PipingIndustryCodesandSpecifications
Processfacilitiesarebuilttopredefinedcodesandspecificationstoensurequality
constructionandworkersafety.IndustryCodesoriginatefromabroadnumberofsources
suchasgovernmentagencies(OSHA,EPA)andorganizationssuchastheAmericanNational
StandardsInstitute(ANSI),thatdevelopedthePetroleumRefineryPipingCodeB31.3that
governsoperationalproceduresforrefinerypiping.
Compliancetoacodeisgenerallymandatory,enforcedbyregulatoryagencies.Codes
publishedforthedesignofplantfacilitiesincludeindustryregulationssuchaspressure
ratings,temperaturelimits,materialcomposition,workersafety,evacuationprocedures,
plusmanymore.Insuranceagenciesrequiretheownerofafacilitytocomplywiththese
requirements
Specifications
Specifications(knownintheindustryasspecs)aredetailedinstructionalquidesforthe
physicalconstructionofthefacility.Specsforaplantfacilitycancompriseenormous
volumesofprintedmaterial.Engineersanddesignersusespecstoestablishsizes,materials,
poundratingsanddimensionsforpipeandequipment.Stresscalculationsusethe
informationinaspectoensurecomponentswithstandtheloadsandforcesplacedonthem.
PurchasingDepartmentsneedspecificationsheetstoensurepropermaterialsand
equipmenthavebeenordered.Fabricatorsusespecstomakesuretheyerectthestructures
andsupportswiththecorrectpipesizes.Instrumentsthatcontroltheprocessarealso
installedincompliancetospecstoensurepropertemperatureandpressuresettings.
Classes
Specificationsarefurtherdividedintoclassesforspecificservicescategorizedbythe
commoditycontainedwithinthepipe.Classesspecifywhetherthecommodityisagasor
liquid,aswellasdesignandoperatingtemperatures,pressuresandcorrosiveness.These
specificationclassesuseserviceparameterstoestablishflangepoundratings,pipewall
thickness,pressureandtemperaturelimitsaswellasthetypeofconnectionstobeused
betweenthecomponents.Exampleofconnectionsincludescrewed,socketorbuttwelded
fittings,includingdetailssuchasthenamesofthecomponentmanufacturers.
Whenusedproperly,specsensureconsistencyanduniformitythroughoutallphasesofthe
projectfromtheinitialconcept,throughdetaileddesign,toconstructionandmaintenance.
8
Dec09
AutoPLANT Component Catalogs
AutoPLANTComponentCatalogs
AutoPLANTprovidesthemeanstoproducecodecompliantdeliverables.
TheAutoPLANTPIPINGandISOMETRICSapplicationsincludecatalogsofcomponents,in
databaseformat,fromwhichmanufacturerspecificspecscanbeproduced.Theabilityto
selectandapplythesespecificationsconsistentlythroughouttheprojectmeansthe
modelingprocessbecomesmoreefficientandthatthefinishedproductwilladhereto
establishedindustrycodes.Consistencythroughoutthedesignprocessalsoprovides
reliablematerialreportingacrossthemultitudeofdisciplinesrequiredforalargeproject.
WhenyouinstalledtheAutoPLANTapplication,componentscatalogswereinstalledas
MicrosoftAccess(*.MDB)files.Thisfileformatenablesasinglefilethatcaninclude
multipletables.
Letstakeashorttour.
Exercise1:Viewthelistofcatalogs.
1. RightclickExploretoselectProgramFiles>Bentley>PlantV8i>Catalogs.
Note:
ThisexampleshowstheImperialCatalogsasinstalled.
Dec09
9
2. DoubleclicktheANSIASMEcatalogtorevealthetablesavailable.
Catalogshavetwotypesoftables,componenttablesandspecialtables.
ComponentTables
Componenttablescontainthecomponentdetails.ThecomponenttablesfortheANSIASME
catalogasshownaboveincludeBOLT,BRANCH,CROSSES,ELBOW,FLANGE,GASKET,
MISC_FIT,ORIFICE,PIPE,REDUCER,SPACER,TEE,VALVBWandVALVFL.
Differentcatalogswillhavedifferentcomponenttables.
Forexample,theCRANEcataloghascomponenttablesofFLANGE,VALVBW,VALVFLand
VALVESCSW.(SinceCRANEdoesnotmanufactureotherfittings,itdoesnothavetablesfor
thesefittings).
CreatingSpecsfromCatalogs
CatalogsarenotactivelyusedwhenmodelingwithAutoPLANTPlantDesignapplications.
Thesecatalogsareusedtocreatethespecifications.Whenthedefinedspecificationismade
activeduringthemodelingsession,theseselectedcomponentsaremadeavailablefor
placement.
Moreaboutspecificationslater.
10
Dec09
3. OpentheELBOWtablefromtheANSIASMEcatalog.
HereyouseedetailsonallANSIASMEelbows.Noticehowmanyrecordsthereare.
Note:
Thereare2009elbowsdefinedinthiscatalog.
Thefieldsinthecomponenttableswillbeexaminedinmoredetaillater.
SpecialTables
Alltablesinacatalogthatarenotcomponenttablesareconsideredspecialtables.Forthe
ANSIASMEcatalog,thespecialtablesinclude:
CatalogColumns
CatalogTables
FilterList
SpecGenFieldMap
TheCatalogTablesfilecontainsalistofallcomponenttablesinthecatalog.
4. ClosetheElbowtableandnowopentheSpecialTablecalledCatalogTables.
Thistabledoesnotincludecomponentstables.Itisalistofallthecomponenttablesin
theANSIASMEcatalog.
Dec09
11
5. Closethefile.
LegacyTables
FilterListandSpecGenFieldMaparelegacytablesusedinpreviousversionsofthe
SpecificationGeneratorapplication.ThesetablesarenotREQUIREDbySpecGenv7.0and
couldbedeleted.However,therearecaseswhenausermaywanttouseolderversionsof
SpecGen,andthusthesetablesaretypicallyleftinthecatalog.
12
Dec09
AutoPLANT Specifications
Aspecificationisadatabaseofcomponentrecordsthatmatchadefinedcriteria.Thespec
isasubsetofcomponentsavailablefromasinglecatalogormultiplecatalogs.
Tohelpgetyoustarted,samplespecswereincludedintheapplicationsuchasANSI
extended,DIN,JIS,otherindustrystandardcomponents,aswellasuniquecomponents
fromwellknownsuppliers.
CarbonSteel:Asamplecarbonsteelspecification,basedon150poundAmerican
StandardInstitute
StainlessSteel:Asamplestainlesssteelspecification(Imperial:SS150,Metric:MSS150,
andMixedMetric:MMSS150).
DuctileIron:Asampleductileironspecification(Imperial:Ductile,Metric:MDUCT,and
MixedMetric:MMDUCT.).
Victaulic:AsampleVictaulicspecification(Imperial:Victaulic,Metric:MVICT,and
MixedMetric:MMVICT.)
TriClove:AsampleTriCloverspecification(Imperial:Triclove,Metric:MTric,Mixed
Metric:MMTric).
Youhadtheopportunitytoinstalloneormoreofthesespecsduringyoursoftware
installation.
Creatingyourownspecs
Itisagoodideatolearnhowtocreatespecificationsforaspecificproject.
Forexample,theCarbonSteel(CS300.MDB)isaspecificationcontaining300LBrated
fittings.ItwascreatedbyfilteringtheANSIASME,BONNEYFORGED,CRANE,LADISH,GEN
COMP,andNONSTANDARDcatalogsforfittingsthatmeetthiscriteria.
Note:
Youwillseelater,someofthisfilteringwasincomplete.Thisisagoodreasontonotuseoutof
boxspecs,buttobuildandtestyourown.
TheSpecificationGeneratorutility,includedwiththeapplication,enablesyoutoeasilybuild
newspecsfromthesamplesandcustomizethedatabasestosuittheclientsneeds.
Dec09
13
ViewingtheInstalledSampleSpecs
Thisexerciseisintendedtogiveyouanunderstandingofthesamplespecificationsinstalled
onyoursystem.
Exercise1:Viewthecs300samplespec.
Note:
Ifyouhavenotloadedthissamplespec,selectadifferentone.
1. RightclickExploreandselectProgramFiles>Bentley>PlantV8i>Specs.
2. ClicktoopenoneofthesamplespecsinstalledwiththeAutoPLANTapplication,suchas
theImperialspecasshown.
14
Dec09
3. Scrolldownandopencs300specbydoubleclickingonthefile.
ThefileopensinMicrosoftAccesstorevealalistoftables.
ComponentTables
Justlikecatalogs,specshavecomponenttablesandspecialtables.
4. OpentheSpecTablesfiletolistallcomponenttablesincludedinthespec.
Dec09
15
5. ClosetheSpecTablefile.Noticethenumberofrecordsinthefile.
16
Dec09
6. NowopentheELBOWtablefromthecs300spec.
Noticethatthenumberofcomponentsinthespecislessthanthenumberinthe
catalogs.Thesubsetofrecordsincludedinthisspecnumbers144,whiletherewere
over2000elbowsincludedintheANSIASMEcatalog.
7. ClosetheElbowtable.
SpecialTables
Thereareseveralmorespecialtablesinaspecthaninacatalog.Afewofthemost
importanttablesinclude:
Autogroup:TheAuto_bend,Auto_mateandAuto_TeetablesareusedbyAutoPLANT
todeterminewhichfittingtoautomaticallyplacebasedonsettingsdefinedinthe
application.Forexample,ona490Degreecenterline,shouldaLongRadiusorShort
Radiuselbowbeplaced?
SpecCatalogs:Listofcatalogsusedtobuildthisspec.
SpecInfo,SpecNotes:Generalinformationandnotes(headerinfo)aboutthisspec.
Themajorityoftheremainingspecialtablesholdinformationonhowthespecwasbuilt
fromthelistedcatalogs.
8. OpentheSpecCatalogstabletoviewalistofthecatalogsthatwereusedtocreate
cs300.
Dec09
17
9. ClosethealltablesandMicrosoftAccess.
18
Dec09
Component Placement
ComponentPlacement
Beforeyoucanlearnhowtocreateaspec,whichyouwilldointhenextmodule,youshould
knowhowAutoPLANTapplicationsusespecstoplacecomponents.
AlsodiscussedistheimportanceofEndConditionsandJointswhataretheyandhowdo
theyrelatetocomponentinsertionfromaspec.
SpecificationRetrievalDefinition
AutoPLANTinstallsspecialinitialization(.ini)filesthatholdcomponentdata.Whenyou
insertacomponent,AutoPLANTreadsthedatafromthespecificfiles.Editing.inifilesis
usuallydonebyanexperiencedProjectAdministrator.
class.ini
WheninsertingacomponentintoanAutoPLANTPipingmodel,theprogramreadsclass
datafromafilecalledclass.ini.Eachcomponenthasaclassdefinitionthatdefineshowthe
componentistobeinserted.Onewayforfindingtheclassdefinitionofaparticular
componentistoinsertthecomponentintoapipingmodel,thenselectthePiping>
DatabaseTools>EditComponentcommandandpickthecomponent.
Whentheeditdialogdisplays,presstheNextPagetogotopage2ofthedialog.Inthe
DatabaseInformationlist,youwillfindtheCLASSname.Inthedialogshownhere,fora90
LRElbow,theCLASSnameislistedasAT_ELBOW_LR_90.
Dec09
19
Component Placement
ThisCLASSvaluereferencesasectionintheclass.inifile.IfyousearchyourAutoPLANT
installation,youwillfindmultipleclass.inifiles.AutoPLANTprovidesaclass.inifileforeach
module(i.e.,oneforbase,oneforcabletrays,oneforconduit,etc.).Inthebasepiping
module,theclass.inifileresidesinthe..\MODULES\BASEsubdirectory.
Theclass.inifilecanbeopenedwithanytexteditorincludingNotepadorWordpad.
Opentheclass.inifileandsearchfortheelbowclassenclosedinbrackets.Fortheelbowin
theexampleabove,searchfor[AT_ELBOW_LR_90].Youshouldfindasectionsimilartothe
onebelow.
[AT_ELBOW_LR_90]
PARENT_CLASS=BASE_BENDS_CLASS
PORT_KEY=ElbowPorts
METHOD_KEY=AT_ELBOW_LR_90
SPEC_KEY=ELBOW_LR_90
CLASS_DESCRIPTION=Base90LongRadiusElbow
SHORT_DESC=90ELL(LR)
SPEC_GROUP=FITTING
speckey.ini
OneofthemethodsusedtocreatetheelbowentityiscalledSPEC_KEY.Avalueforthe
SPEC_KEYmethodisassignedtothespeckeygroupinthespeckey.inifile.Thisdefinesthe
searchcriteriathatwillbeusedtolocatethecomponentrecordinthespec.Thespeckey.ini
fileresidesinthesamedirectoryasclass.inifile.For[AT_ELBOW_LR_90]thespeckeyis
[ELBOW_LR_90].
Thisisanexampleofthe90LongRadiusElbowrecordinthespeckey.inifile.
[ELBOW_LR_90]
SPEC_TABLE=ELBOW
WHERE_CLAUSE=GTYPE='90L'AND(STYPE='LR'ORSTYPEISNULL)AND
MAIN_SIZE='$$Nominal$$'
SPECKEY_SCRIPT=at_SpecKey_Fittings
DISPLAY_FIELDS=
MAIN_SIZE;END_COND_1;END_COND_2;RATING;SCHEDULE;LONG_DESCR
ThisdefinitioninstructsAutoPLANThowtofilterthroughtheselectedspectolocatethis
componentrecord.
20
Dec09
Component Placement
Thekeysaredefinedasfollows:
SPEC_TABLE:thetableortablestosearchthrough
WHERE_CLAUSE:howtofilterintheindicatedtables
SPECKEY_SCRIPT:programmaticchangestowhereclause.Inparticular,what
functiontoruninSPECKEY.EBSbasicscript.
DISPLAY_FIELDS:specfieldstodisplayforuserselectionifmorethanonerecordfits
thewhereclause.
Inthisexample,theELBOWtableinthespecwillsearchforrecordswithGTYPE=90L,
STYPE=LRorNull,andMAIN_SIZEequaltothecurrentnominalsize.Theat_SpecKey_Fitting(
)functionmaymodifythissearchcriteria(althoughinthiscaseitdoesnot).Ifmorethan
oneelbowrecordmatchesthesearchcriteria,itwilldisplaytheMAIN_SIZE,Endconditions1
and2,RATING,SCHEDULE,andLONGDESCRinaSpecificationSelectiondialogsothatyou
canchoosetheonethatyouwanttousetoplacethecomponentasnotedbythe
DISPLAY_FIELDSdefinition.
EndConditions&Joints
endcodes.ini
Theendcodes.inifilecontainsalistofvalidendconditionsthatcanbeusedbyAutoPLANT.
Eachendconditiongroupspecifiestheendconditionnameanddescription.Someend
conditionshavetheELvariabledefinedasthelegalsetofengagementlengthsallowedfor
thetypeofendcondition.Inaddition,thevalidODsarespecifiedforthetypeofendcode
specified.Anendconditionnamemustbe3charactersorless,andthedescriptionshould
be30charactersorless.
Thisisanexampleoftwoendconditiongroupblocksintheendcodes.inifile.
[BW]
Name=BW
Description=ButtWeldEnd
EL=N/A
OD=PIPE_OD_M;PIPE_OD_R;PIPE_OD_B
[SWF]
Name=SWF
Description=SocketWeldFemaleEnd
Engagement_Type=Female
EL=SKT_DPTH_B;SKT_DPTH_R;SKT_DPTH_M
OD=PIPE_OD_M;PIPE_OD_R;PIPE_OD_B
Dec09
21
Component Placement
joints.ini
Endcodedatastoredinthejoints.inifiledefinethevalidjointsthatareusedasconnectivity
checkingcriteria,whenconnectingcomponentsforallmodules.
Thejoints.inifilecontainsrecordsthatdefinethevalidjointconditionsthatcanexistinan
AutoPLANTmodel.Thesejointsarecheckedwheneveryouattempttoconnect
components.Eachjointrecordconsistsofthefollowingkeyworddefinitions.
[JointName]:Thetypeandnameofthejoint.
End1:Thefirstendcodeofthejoint.Thisvalueshouldbespecifiedasdefinedin
thespec.
End2:Thesecondendcodeofthejoint.Thisvalueshouldbespecifiedasdefinedin
thespec.
ReqMatch:Thelistofportfields,separatedbysemicolonsthatmustmatcheach
otherforthejointtobevalid.
OptMatch:Thelistofportfields,separatedbysemicolons,thatshouldmatch,but
willproduceawarningiftheydonot.
Fasteners:Thelistoffastenercomponents,separatedbycolons,requiredto
completethejoint.
COCOScript:Optionalscriptthatmaybeexecutedtoprovideadditionalconnectivity
checks.
FastenerScript:Optionalscriptusedtocompletethefasteners.
Description:Adescriptionofthisjoint.
ToleranceVariable:Tolerancesettingsforthealignmentofconnectingports.
ThisisanexampleofaflangedjointrecordintheJOINTS.INIfile.Itindicatesthatwhen
connectingtwoflangedcomponents,foravalidjointtobemade,theconnectingend
conditionsmustbothmatchoneofthevaluesshownfortheEnd1andEnd2keywords.Also,
theNominal(ND)sizeandRating(PCL)mustmatch,theFacing(FAC)shouldmatchandwill
displayawarningmessageiftheydonot,andtheGasket(AT_GASKET)andBolts(AT_BOLT)
drawingscriptswillautomaticallybeexecutedtoplacetheseitemsbetweenthese
componentsiftheconnectionisvalidated.
[Flanged]
End1=FL;WAF;WFL;FLR
End2=FL;WAF;WFL;FLR
ReqMatch=ND
cocoscript=at_flange_coco
FastenerScript=at_FlangedJoint_fasteners
Description=FlangedJoint
Tolerance_Variable=MAX_FLANGEDSLOPE_TOL
Whenaddingcomponentstoaspec,itisimportanttoassignappropriateendconditionsso
thattheproperjointsarecreated.
22
Dec09
Module Review
ModuleReview
Nowthatyouhavecompletedthismodule,letsreviewwhatyouhavelearned.
Questions
AnswerthesequestionstobeTrueorFalse.Detailedanswersappearonthefollowingpage.
1. InsuranceAgenciesrequiretheownerofafacilitytocomplywithrigidindustrycodes.
True
False
2. CranecatalogshasonlytablesforFlangesandValves.
True
False
3. Specificationsarecreatedfromonlyonecatalog.
True
False
4. Classdataforplacingacomponentinapipingmodelisreadfromtheclass.inifile.
Dec09
True
False
23
Summary
Answers
1. True:Compliancetoindustrystandardsaregenerallymandatoryandenforcedby
regulatoryagencies.Theimportanceofadheringtothesecodesbeginsatthedesign
stagebycreatingindustrycompliantspecifications.
2. True:Cranedoesnotmanufacturefittingotherthanflangesandvalves.
3. False:Specificationscanbecreatedfromsinglecatalogsorbycombiningfittingsfrom
multiplecatalogs.
4. True:Theclass.inifileisoneofseveralinitializationfilesinstalledwithAutoPLANT.The
programreadsplacementinformationstoredinthe.inifile
Summary
Youarenowableto:
Understandthedifferencesbetweencatalogsandspecifications
LearntheMicrosoftAccesscatalogtablestructure
Learntoidentifyhowcomponentplacementiscontrolledbyspecifications
Gainabasicunderstandingofinitialization(.ini)files
24
Dec09
Overview
Aspecificationisadatabaseofcomponentrecordsthatmatchadefinedcriteria.Bybuilding
aspecificationfromasubsetofacatalogdata,themodelingprocessisstreamlined.
Componentselectionbecomesmoreefficient,eliminatederrorswhilesharingconsistency
acrossallmembersoftheprojectteam.AutoPLANTSpecificationGeneratorisusedto
createandmanagespecificationandcatalogdataaswellasprovidingaccuratereporting.
Prerequisites
StudentmustpossessaworkingknowledgeofMicrosoftAccess
Objectives
UnderstandtherelationshipbetweentheSpecificationGeneratorandthepiping
designersspecsheet.
Learnthebasicstepsforcreatingaspec
Createspecsections
Learnhowtomanagespecsections
Modifypiecemarks
Createmultiitemfilters
Generateandmodifyareport
Feb10
25
Specification Generator
TheSpecificationGeneratorapplicationisinstalledwithAutoPLANTandcanbeused
independentlyfromtheAutoPLANTdesigntoolstocreatespecificationsfortheAutoPLANT
applications.
Typically,beforemodelingbegins,theProjectAdministratorgeneratesaspecification
definedbyspecificcompanyrequirements.
Aspecisproducedfromcomponentsselectedfromthecatalogsandidentifiedbyunique
componentIDs.
Oncethespechasbeenbuilt,itismadeactivetotheproject.Duringthemodelingsession,
theCADdesignerselectsallcomponentsfromthepredefinedspecification.Bycreatingthe
customspec,themodelingprocessbecomesconsistentacrossallprojectteammembers.
TheSpecificationGeneratoralsoservesasaCatalogEditor,usedtoaddtothesetofrecords
containedinacatalog,oreditexistingcatalogrecords.Youcanalsodefinethetypesof
inputallowedincertainfields,addnewtablestoanexistingdatabase,deletefieldsfrom
existingtables,andavarietyofothercustomizationfeatures.
26
Feb10
BasedontheSpecSheet
ThearchitectureofSpecificationGeneratorisbasedonaworkmethodfamiliartopiping
designersthespecsheet.
Asshowninthesample,aspecsheetisgenerallybrokenintocomponentsections.
TheSpecificationGeneratorusesthissamemethodtogeneratespecificationsfromthe
componentcatalogsfollowingthesesteps:
Addasectionforeachcomponenttypeincludedinthespec
Buildthespecbasedonthedefinedconstraints
Foreachsection,definetheconstraintorqueryusedtoextracttheselectionsetof
recordsfromthecatalog
Thisarchitecturealsosimplifiestheupdateprocess,byenablingyoutoreviewormodify
eachcomponentsection.Yousimplymodifytheconstraintforthedesiredsection,andthen
rebuildthespec.
Feb10
27
BasicStepsforBuildingSpecs
1. LaunchSpecificationGenerator.
2. Selectaproject.Theactionpredefinestheprojectpathsandunitinformation.
3. Namethenewspecification.SpecifictionGeneratorcreatesadatabasefilewiththe
specificationname.
4. Selectcatalogorcatalogsfromwhichtobuildthespec.
5. Addasectiontothespec.
6. Definefiltersforthissection.
7. Continuetoaddsectionsandfiltersfordifferentcomponenttypes.
8. UsetheBuildSpecoptiontocreatethespec.
9. Thenewspecwillberecreatedbasedonyourdefinedsectionseachtimeyouopenthe
spec.
28
Feb10
CreatingaNewSpec
NowyouwillusetheSpecificationGeneratortobuildanewspec.
GeneralRecommendations
ThefiltersarestoredinthecatalogMicrosoftAccessfileasaseparatetablenamed
filterList.YoumayopenthattableinMSAccessandrenamethefilters,butyou
cannotsortthenamessothattheywillappearinthenewlysortedorderinthe
SpecificationGeneratorprogram.
BeconscientiousaboutaddinganewSTYPEtothefilterprocess.Forinstance,ifyou
createtwonewSTYPEvalues,THFandSWF,forthreadedflangesandsocketweld
flangesrespectively,youwillberequiredtomodifyspeckey.iniinorderfor
AutoPLANTtobeabletoplacethesenewSTYPEflangesinthemodel.
Note:
AnotherusefultoolistomakeanewSTYPEFLLforfullcouplings.Currentlyyoucanonlyfilter
halfcouplings.Thenothalfcouplingfilterwillnotworktodisplayfullcouplingsonly.
YoushouldfamiliarizeyourselfwiththevariousGTYPEandSTYPEvaluesforeach
componentinordertoeffectivelybuildfilters.Theageoldadageofpractice
makesperfectwillbethebestwaytoexperimentbuildingfiltersuntilyoufindthe
bestcombinationoffiltertypestoprovidethedisplayyouwant.
Whenbuildingspecs,dontforgettoaddtherequirednozzles,strainers,control
valves,reliefvalves,etc.,whichmaynotbedesignatedinthewrittenpipingspec.
Thefollowingexerciseswillteachyouhowtobuildaspecnamed150LBforusebythe
PipingapplicationsBasemodule.Youwillcreatethespecanddefinethedescriptive
informationforthespec.
Exercise1:StartSpecificationGeneratorandcreateaspeccalled150LB.
1. FromAllprograms>Bentley>PlantV8i>Specgen>SpecGen.exe.
2. OrclicktheV8iprogramicontoopenthelistofapplications.DoubleclickonSpecGen,
andSpecificationGenerator.
3. Youarerequestedtoselectaproject.
Feb10
29
Forthisexercise,youwillselectasampleproject,includedintheinstall.
4. SelecttheSampleImperialproject.ClickOK.
Note:
Whenyouselectaproject,allprojectpathsandunitinformationisloadedautomatically.
5. Type150LBintheFilenamefieldandclickOpen.
Youwillbepromptedtoselectthecatalogsthatwillbeusedasthesourceforbuilding
yourspec.
30
Feb10
6. SelectAdd.
7. SelecttheANSIASMEandLadishcatalogs.
Note:
ClickandholddowntheCtrlkeytoselectmultiplecatalogs.
8. ClickOpen.
9. ClickOKtocompletetheselection.
ThecatalogsareaddedtotheSelectCatalogsdialogasshownbelow.
Feb10
31
Nowyouwillbeginbyaddingsectionstothespec.Thesesectionsallowyoutofilter
specificcomponentsfromthecatalogs.Youwillbeaddingsectionsforpipe,valves,
fittingsandfasteners.
10. FromtheSpecmenu,selectAddSection.
11. SelectPipefromthelist.
Yourscreenshouldappearsimilartothefigurebelow.
32
Feb10
Exercise2:Definethedescriptiveinformationforthenewspec.
Enterdescriptiveinformationforthespec.
1. Click+totherightSpecificationDetails,toaddanewheaderdetail.
2. EnterMaxTemperatureandclickOKtoaddtheheaderdetail.
3. RepeattheprocesstoaddaServicedetail.
4. Scrolldownandenterthedetailvaluesasshownbelow.
5. Fromthemenu,selectSpec>SaveSpecHeadertosavethedetailswiththespec.
DefinetheSearchCriteria
Thefollowingexercisesteachyouhowtodefinethespecificationsectionsforthesearch
criteriathatisusedwhenbuildingaspecification.Youwilllearnhowtoconfigurethe
constraintsforthePIPEsectionandaddanewsection.
Exercise3:DefinethePipeClassSectionforthe150lbspecification.
Thespecyouwillbuildcontainsthefollowingpipe:
PIPE
1/4"21/2"
SMLS,SCH80CS,A106
3"24"
SMLS,SCH40CS,A106
30"48"
SMLS,SCH20CS,A106
1. Clickbrowse()nexttoSelectClassesinthePIPEsection,todefinethecomponent
classesforthePIPEsection.
2. TheClassBrowserdialoggotPipedisplays.
ExpandtheBasenodeintheAvailableClassessectiontoviewtheclassesasshown
below.ThisdialogindicatesthatthePIPEsectionispredefinedtocontaintheAT_PIPE
andAT_NIPPLEclasses.
Feb10
33
ThisspecwillnothaveNipplesinit.
3. SelectAT_NIPPLEintheSelectedClassesfield.
4. Clicktheleftarrow<toremovenipplesfromthissection.
Yourscreenshouldappearasshownbelow.
5. ClickOKtoclosetheClassBrowserdialog.
34
Feb10
ThefirstsetofrecordsinyourPIPEsectionwillcontainsmallschedule80pipe.
TheMin.Size,Max.Size,Sched,etc.fieldsshownintheConstraintsareaofthePIPE
sectionenableyoutodefinethecriteriathatwillbeusedtobuildthesetofcomponent
recordsthatwillbeincludedinthespec.Clickingineachfieldwilldisplayadropdown
listofoptions.
6. UsertheModifyConstraintsbuttonstoaddafieldsuchasLONG_DESCRasshown
below.TheMatGradeisASTMA106.
DisabletheExpertModecheckboxtoshowtheexactnumberofrecordsthatwillbe
addedtothespecbasedonthecurrentconstraintsdefined.
7. Totakeacloserlookatthe9records,clickPreviewSpeciconintheConstraintsarea.
Note:
Usertherolloverfunctiontoviewiconinformation.
Theapplicationwillreturnagridasshownbelow.
8. Toviewthedetailsofacomponent,rightclickonthecomponentrecordinthegrid,and
selecttheViewComponentDetailsoptionfromthecontextmenuasshown.
Feb10
35
Thedialogshowsthecomponentinformationanddimensionaldataincludingabitmap
imageofthecomponent.
9. ClickDatabaseInformationtoexpandthedialoganddisplaytheadditionaldatabase
fieldvalues.
36
Feb10
ClickingthearrowbuttonsscrolltothePrevious/NextcomponentintheSpecSection
Previewgridanditsdetails.
10. Whenfinishedviewingthedetails,closethedialogandreturntotheSpecSection
Preview.
11. Closethegrid.
Nowyouwilladdrecordsforpipesizesfrom3to24.
12. ClickAddRow(+)intheConstraintsarea.
13. Settheconstraintsasshownbelow.Noticethatthissearchreturned13records.
14. Finally,completethePIPEsectionbyaddingrecordsforsizes30to42asshown
below.Thissearchcriteriashouldreturn4records.
15. Previewingthespecnowwillreturn9+13+4=26piperecordsasshownbelow.Close
thepreviewwhenyouarefinishedreviewingtherecords.
Feb10
37
Youhavenowcompletedthepipesectionofyourspec.However,therearestillsome
issuestoaddress,suchashowtomodifythedescriptionandhowtoremove5pipe
fromthislist.
Youwilllearnhowtoaccomplishthesetaskslaterinthiscourse.
16. Beforemovingon,letssavethenewspec.UseFile>SaveAs
Youcangiveitanynameyouchoose,tosavethe.mdbfile.
Exercise4:CreateanewsectionforButterflyValves
1. FromthemenuselectSpec>AddSection.
2. TypeBFLYVALVEfortheSectionName.
3. ClickOKtoaddthesectiontotheSection/Classesdropdownmenuasshownbelow.
38
Feb10
4. ClickSelectClassestoassignwhichclassestosearchforthissection.
JustbecausewenameditBFLY,theapplicationdoesnotknowtolimititselftobutterfly
valves.
YouwillnoticethattheredoesnotappeartobeaclassavailableforButterflyvalves.
SincetherearenobutterflyvalvesineithertheANSIASMEcatalogortheLADISH
catalogs,youwillneedtoaddanothercatalogwithbutterflyvalves,namelytheCRANE
catalog.
5. ClosetheClassBrowserdialog.
6. FromthemenuselectCatalogs>SelectCatalogs.
7. ClickAddandthenaddtheCRANEcatalog.
8. AddtheBONNEYFORGEDcatalogwhichyouwilluselater.
9. ClickOK.
Feb10
39
10. ClickSelectClassesintheBFLYVALVEsectiontodisplaytheClassbrowser.
11. ExpandtheBasenodeintheClassBrowserAvailableClassestree.
12. SelecttheBaseButterflyValve(AT_VALVE_BFLY)classandthenclick>toaddtheclass
asshownbelow.
13. ClickOKtoclosetheClassBrowserdialog.
40
Feb10
14. DisableExpertMode,andsetuptheconstraintssectionfortheButterflyValveas
shown.
Thereisstillsomepolishingworktodoonthesesections,suchassettingthematerial,
butletsgoaheadanddefinetheGLOBEandGATEvalvesectionsbeforehandlingthese
issues.
Exercise5:CreateanewsectionnamedGlobeValve.
1. CreateanewsectionnamedGLOBEVALVE,whichusestheBaseGlobeValve
(AT_VALVE_GLOBE)class.Youwanttheglobevalvesinyourspecificationasfollows:
GLOBEVALVE
1/421/2
Class600#Thd,A105
1/421/2
Class600#SW,A105
1/424
Class150#RF,A216WCB
324
Class150#Buttweld,A216WCB
2. DisableExportModeandsettheConstraintsasyoudidfortheButterFlyvalveabove.
YouwillnoticethatthereisnowaytodefinetheconstraintsfortheRFflangedvalves.
YoucanaddanewcolumntotheConstraintssectionwiththeModifybutton.Click
ModifyintheGlobeValveConstraintssectiontodisplaytheModifyConstraintsdialog.
3. SelecttheFACING_1field,andclick>toaddacolumnforFACING_1totheGlobe
ValvesConstraints.
Feb10
41
4. ModifythefilterfortheflangedGlobeValvesasshownbelow.
LookingattherecordCount,therestillappearstobetoomanyflangedandbuttweld
valves.
5. ClickPreviewSpectoviewtherecords.
Noticethatthespecisusingessentiallythesamevalvefromseveraldifferent
manufacturers.
6. Closethepreviewdialog.
Youcanlimitthisduplicationbyassigningafilterbycatalog.
7. ClickModifyandselecttheCATALOGfieldtoadd(>)totheconstraintfields.
42
Feb10
8. ClickOK.
9. NowsettheCATALOGconstraintfortheflangedandbuttweldvalvestoBonneyForge
asshown.
Note:
ThevaluesshownfortheCATALOGconstraintarepickedfromtheCATALOGfieldintheselected
Catalogs.Whengeneratingnewcatalogsusingtablesfromtheexistingcatalogsalwaysreset
thesevaluestothenewcatalogsnameoranyothervalue.
Feb10
43
Exercise6:AddanewsectioncalledGateValve
1. CreateanewsectioncalledGATEVALVE,whichusestheBaseGateValve
(AT_VALVE_GATE)andtheBaseExtendedEndGateValve(AT_VALVE_EXT_GATE)
classes.
2. UsetheModifyConstraintoptiontoaddconstraintcolumnsFACING_1,CATALOG,and
END_COND_2fieldstotheconstraint.
3. Next,usethefollowingcriteriaforthegatevalves.
GATEVALVE
1/421/2
Class600#Thd,A105
1/421/2
Class600#SW,A105
1/421/2
ExtendedBodyClass800#THDxSW,A105
1/424
Class150#RF,A216WCB
324
Class150#Buttweld,A216WCB
4. Whenyouarefinisheddefiningtheconstraints,disabletheExpertModecheckboxto
viewtheCountvaluesshown.
Sincethespechasnotbeenbuilt,alloftheserecordshavenotyetbeencopiedtothe
spec.
5. FromthemenuselectSpec>BuildEntireSpec.
TheSpecGeneratorwilldisplayaprogressdialog,andthenreportthatthespecwas
builtsuccessfully.
Next,youwilladdadditionalsectionstothespecandalsolearnnewwaystorefine
constraintsdefinitions.
44
Feb10
Managing Spec Sections
ManagingSpecSections
TheseexercisesfocusonadditionalfunctionalityofSpecificationGeneratorwhenworking
withspecsectionsincluding:
Removingunwantedsizesfromaspecsection
CustomizingtheLongDescriptionvalueinthespec
Creatingmulticlassconstraints
RemovingUnwantedSizes
Exercise1:Removesize5fromthespec.
1. InthePIPEsection,clickintheConstraintsrowwherethepipesizes3to24are
defined.
2. RightclicktodisplayacontextmenuandpickSelectSizestodisplaytheFilterSizes
dialog.
3. Move5totheExcludedSizesasshownbelow.
4. TherecordCountshouldnowdecreasebyoneto12asshown.
Feb10
45
5. Removethissizefromallothersectionsthatinclude5"intheirrangeofsizes.Notethat
therecordCountmaynotchangeifthereareno5"recordsinthecatalogforthesection
thatyouareremovingthissize.
EditingtheLongDescription
TheLongDescriptionvaluesinthecatalogsareoftennotthedesireddescriptionsfor
inclusioninthespecification.Remember,thespecdescriptionwillfeedintothemodel
databaseandwillappearongeneratedreports,suchastheBillsofMaterials.
TheSpecificationGeneratorenablesyoutobuildthelongdescriptionfromacombinationof
statictextaswellascatalogfields.Forpipe,youwilllearnhowtomodifytheLong
Descriptiontodisplayasshownbelow:
LADISHX1
wheretheCATALOGistheactualCatalogforthecomponentsinthespec.
Exercise2:SettheLongDescriptionforthespec
1. FromthemenuselectSpec>DefaultDescriptionBuilder.
2. FromtheFieldsmenu,selectLongDESCRandclickEdit.
ThedefinitioniscreatedintheDescriptionsectionofthisdialog.
46
Feb10
Catalogfieldsthatyouwouldliketobepartofthedescriptionareaddedbyselecting
andclickingthedownarrowbutton.Fieldsaddedtothedefinitioninthismannerwill
appearinthisformat:<<fieldnamehere>>.Statictextisaddedbysimplyenteringtext.
YoucanpreviewtheresultsforthecurrentdefinitionclickingPreview.
6. InputthedefinitionintheLongDescriptiontextboxasshownbelow:
<<CATALOG>>X<<MAIN_SIZE>>
Note:
Squarebracketsaroundthetext,[],ensurethatthetextwillnotbewrittenwhenthenextfield
isnull.Ifthetextisnotenclosedinsquarebrackets,thetextisonlywrittenwhenthevaluefor
thenextfieldinthecriteriaisnotnull.Thisdoesnotapplyfortextstringsattheendofthe
criteria.
7. ClickPreviewtoviewanexampleoftheresultsasshownbelow.
8. ClickOKtoapplythenewdefinitiontothespec.
Feb10
47
Note:
TheLongDescriptionPreviewfunctionavailabletoeachsectionmaynotalwaysproperly
concatenateacustomLongDescription,butthespecwillbuildwiththecorrectinformation.
Exercise3:SettheLongDescriptionforasectionrow
InthepreviousexerciseyoulearnedhowtosettheLongDescriptionfortheentirespec.
Howevertheremightbesituationswherewewantaparticularsectionrowtohavedifferent
criteriaforgeneratingtheLongDescriptions.
Note:
TheLongDescriptioncriteriaforarowwouldoverridethedefaultLongDescriptioncriteria
definedforthewholespec.
Forpipe,youwilllearnhowtomodifytheLongDescriptiontodisplayasshownbelow:
PIPE,SMLS,SCH80CS,A106B
wherethescheduleistheactualscheduleforthepipe.
1. OpentheDescriptionBuilderbyarightclickinthefirstConstraintsrowofthePIPE
section.
2. SelectLONG_DESCfromtheDescriptionfieldsandclickEdit.
3. EnterthedefinitionintheLongDescriptiontextboxasshownbelow:
PIPE,SMLS,SCH<<SCHEDULE>>CS,A106B
4. ClickPreviewtoviewanexampleoftheresultsasshown.
5. SinceyouwanttoapplythisdefinitiontotheotherrowsinthePIPEsection,selectthe
entirestringintheDefinitiontextbox,thenrightclickandselectCopyfromthecontext
menutocopythisstringtotheclipboard.
6. ClickOKtoapplythenewdefinitiontothecurrentrowofthePIPEsection.
48
Feb10
7. OpentheDescriptionBuilderandedittheLongDescriptionforeachoftheotherPIPE
sectionrows.Whenthedialogdisplays,makethetextboxactive,andrightclickto
selectPaste.
8. SettheLongDescriptiondefinitionforallrowsintheGLOBEVALVEandGATEVALVEto
<<SHORT_DESC>>,CLASS<<RATING>>#,<<END_COND_1>>[X]<<END_COND2>>,
<<MAT_GRADE>>
ModifyingPieceMarks
ThePieceMarkvaluesinthecatalogsareoftennotthedesiredvaluesforthespecification
components.Thesevaluesareoftenusedbyuserstoidentifyspeccomponents.
TheSpecificationGeneratorenablesyoutobuildthePieceMarkfromacombinationof
statictextaswellascatalogfields.
SettingthePieceMarkfortheEntireSpec
Exercise1:ModifythePieceMarktodisplayasshownbelow:
Createdfromthecritera:
<<GTYPE>><<STYPE>><<MAIN_SIZE>>X<<RUN_SIZE>>X<<BRAN_SIZE>>
1. OpenthePieceMarkEditorfromSpec>DefaultDescriptionBuilder.
2. FromtheFieldsdialogselectthePIECE_MARKfieldnameandclickEdittodisplaythe
dialog.
Note:
OryoucandoubleclickthePIECE_MARKfieldname.
Thefollowingdialogappears.
Feb10
49
Thedefinitioniscreatedbyselectingfieldsfromthelist.Fieldsaddedtothedescription
appearinthisformat:
<<fieldnamehere>>.
StatictextisaddedbyenteringdirectlyintotheDefinitionfield.ClickingPreview
displaysthedefinition.
3. EnterthedefinitioninthePieceMarktextboxasshownbelow:
<<GTYPE>><<STYPE>><<MAIN_SIZE>>X<<RUN_SIZE>>X<<BRAN_SIZE>>
Note:
Squarebracketsaroundthetext,[],ensurethatthetextisalwayswrittenevenwhenthenext
fieldisnull.Ifthetextisnotenclosedinsquarebrackets,thetextisonlywrittenwhenthevalue
forthenextfieldinthecriteriaisnotnull.Thisdoesnotapplyfortextstringsattheendofthe
criteria.
4. ClickPreviewtoviewtheresults.
5. ClickOKtoapplythenewdefinitiontothespec.
Note:
ThePiecemarkPreviewfunctionavailabletoeachsectionmaynotalwaysproperlyconcatenatea
customPieceMark,butthespecwillbuildwiththecorrectinformation.
50
Feb10
SettingthePieceMarkforaSpecificRow
InthepreviousexerciseyoulearnedhowtosetthePieceMarkfortheentirespec.
However,theremightbesituationswherewewantaparticularsectionrowtohave
differentcriteriaforgeneratingthePieceMark.
ToeditthePieceMarkspecifictoselectedconstraints,youwilllaunchtheeditorfromthe
specificsectionrow.
Note:
ThePIECE_MARKcriteriaforarowwouldoverridethedefaultPIECE_MARKcriteriadefinedfor
thewholespec.
Exercise2:ModifythePieceMarktoappearasshown.
BaseAT_PIPE1
Createdfromthecriteria:
<<MODULE_NAME>><<CLASS_NAME>><<MAIN_SIZE>>
1. RightclickinthefirstconstraintsrowofthePIPEsection.
2. FromthecontextmenudisplayedselectDescriptionBuilder.
3. FromtheFieldsdialogselectthePIECE_MARKfieldnameandclickEdittodisplaythe
dialog.
Note:
OryoucandoubleclickthePIECE_MARKfieldname.
4. EnterthedefinitioninthePieceMarktextboxasshown:
<<MODULE_NAME>><<CLASS_NAME>><<MAIN_SIZE>>
Feb10
51
5. ClickPreviewtoviewtheresults.
6. SinceyoumaywanttoapplythisPieceMarkdefinitiontotheotherrowsinthePIPE
section,youcanselecttheentirestringinthePieceMarktextbox,thenrightclickand
selectCopyfromthecontextmenutocopythisstringtotheclipboard.
7. ClickOKtoapplythenewdefinitiontothecurrentrowofthePIPEsection.
8. OpenthePieceMarkEditorforeachoftheotherPIPEsectionrows.Whenthedialog
displays,clickinthePieceMarktextboxtomakeitactive,thenrightclickandselect
Paste.
Note:
Youmaygetanerror,wheretheamountofcharactersspecifiedinyourdescriptionexceedsthe
allowablelimit.Ifso,reworkyourdescription.
52
Feb10
MultiItemFiltering
Inthenextexercise,youwillcreateasectioncalledOLETandconfiguretheconstraintsusing
thefollowinginformation.
Note:
OLETisoneofthepredefinedsectionnames.
3/8"21/2"
Class3000#SWCS,A105
Elbolet
Sockolet
Latrolet
3"48"
SCHSTDBWCS,A105
Elbolet
Latrolet
Weldolet
Exercise1:CreateanOLETsection
2. SelectOLETfromthedropdownlist,andclickOK.
3. ClickSelectClassesintheOLETsectiontoverifywhichclassesarebeingselected.You
shouldseethenine(9)oletclassesasshownbelow.
Feb10
53
4. ClickCanceltoclose.
YouwillnowneedtoedittheconstraintsforOLETandaddcolumnsforbothSCHEDULE
andCATALOG.
5. ClickModifyContraintsintheConstraintssection.
6. LocateSCHEDULEintheavailablefieldsandaddthistotheSelectedFieldslist.
7. RepeattheprocesstoaddCATALOG.
8. ClickOK.
Nowletsaddthedetails
9. Addanewrowusing+button
54
Feb10
10. Setthefirstrowas3/8to2+1/2,Rating3000LB,EndCondSWF,andCATALOGBONNEY
FORGED.TheSpecificationGeneratorshouldreturn91records.
11. APreviewSpecshowstheseareallthesmallboreelbolets,sockoletsandlatrolets
required.
Addanewrowandsettheconstraintvaluesas:3to48,EndCondBW,CATALOG
BONNEYFORGED,ScheduleSTD.
SpecificationGeneratorshouldreturn687records.
12. LookingatthePreviewSpec,youwillnoticethatthereareunwantedolettypessuchas
sweepoletsandinsertweldolets.Youneedtobuildafilterthatlimitsthechoicesto
elbolets,latroletsandweldolets.
Note:
Feb10
Youcanpreviewthecomponentrecordsofasinglerowinasectionbyrightclickinginthedesired
rowthenselectingthePreviewoptionfromthecontextmenu.
55
Adding Fitting Sections
AddingFittingSections
Inthefollowingexercisesyouwillbeaddingfournewsectionsandsetthefilters.
Exercise1:AddtheELBOWSsection
2. TypeELBOWSintheAddNewSpecSectionnamefieldandclickOK.
3. ClickSelectClassesandsettheclassesto:AT_ELBOW_LR_45,AT_ELBOW_LR_90,
AT_ELBOW_RED_90,andAT_ELBOW_SR_90.
4. UseModifyContraintstoaddtheCATALOGcolumntotheConstraintsgrid.
5. ClickOK.
6. SettheConstraintsfortheelbowsaslistedbelow.
1/4"21/2"
Class3000#SWCS,A105
90Elbow
45Elbow
3"48"
SCHSTDBWCS,A234WPB
90Elbow
90ReducingElbow
90SRElbow
45Elbow
7. ForCATALOGselectLadish.
8. Theseconstraintsresultin124totalelbowrecords.
56
Feb10
Exercise2:AddaTEESsection
2. TypeTEESintheAddNewSpecSectionnamefieldandclickOK.
3. PickSelectClassesandsettheclassestoAT_TEEandAT_TEE_RED_BRANCH.
4. SelectModifyContraintsandaddtheCATALOGcolumntotheConstraintsgrid.
5. ClickOK.
6. SettheConstraintsfortheteesaslistedbelow.
1/4"21/2"
Class3000#SWCS,A105
Tee
3"24"
SCH40BWCS,A234WPB
Tee
ReducingTee
30"48"
Sch20BWCS,A234WPB
Tee
ReducingTee
7. ForCATALOGselectLadishforthesmallsize.TherearenoLadishTeesavailableforthe
largersize.
Theseconstraintsresultin199totalTeesrecords.
Feb10
57
Exercise3:AddaFLANGESection
2. SelectFLANGEfromtheAddNewSpecSectiondialog.
Note:
Flangeisapredefinedsectionname.
3. ClickOK.
4. PickSelectClassesandsettheclassesto:AT_FLANGE_BLD,AT_FLANGE_LAP,
AT_FLANGE_ORF,AT_FLANGE_RED,AT_FLANGE_REDSLIP,AT_FLANGE_SLP,
AT_FLANGE_SW,AT_FLANGE_THD,AT_FLANGE_WNKandAT_STUB_END_LJ.
5. SelectModifyContraints.
AddtheCATALOGcolumntotheConstraintsgrid.
6. SettheConstraintsfortheflangesaslisted:
1/4"21/2"
Class150#RFSWCS,
A105
3"24"
Class150#RFSOCS,A105 Note:SelectAT_FLANGE_SLPasCLASS_NAME
3"24"
Class150#RFWNCS,
A105
Note:SelectAT_FLANGE_WNKasCLASS_NAME.
BlindFlangeClass150#RF
CS,A105
Note:SelectAT_FLANGE_BLDasCLASS_NAME
1/2"24"
OrificeFlangeClass600#
RFSWCS,A105
Note:SelectAT_FLANGE_ORFasCLASS_NAME
1"21/2"
Theseconstraintsresultin59totalflangerecords.
58
Feb10
Exercise4:AddAFASTENERsection
Fortheboltsandgaskets,youwillusethepredefinedFASTENERsection.
1. SelectSpec>AddSection.
2. SelectFASTENERfromAddNewSpecSectiondialog.
3. ClickOK.
4. TheClasseshavebeenpresettoAT_BOLT,AT_GASKET,andAT_LUG_BOLT.
5. SelectModifyContraintsandaddCOMP_LENandCLASS_NAMEcolumnstothe
Constraintsgrid
6. SettheConstraintsforthefastenersasdescribedbelow:
Gaskets
24
Class150#GrafoilGhe1/8Thk
24
Class300#GrafoilGhe1/8Thk
Bolts
1/4"24"
BoltsA193B16w/2A1942HNUTS
Theseconstraintsresultin81totalrecords.
Feb10
59
Reporting Functions
ReportingFunctions
SpecificationGeneratorcontainsaselectionofreportsthatareeasytogenerateand
modify.ThesereportsarestoredintheSPECGENREPORTS.MDBfile,aMicrosoftAccess
database,locatedinthe..\REPORTSsubdirectoryofyourAutoPLANT3Dinstallation.
TheMicrosoftAccessReportWriterutilityisusedtomodifyoraddareport.
GenerateaReport
Exercise1:RunaSpecificationGeneratorreport
1. Ifyouhavenotbuiltthespecsinceyourlastchanges,builditnowusingSpec>Build
Spec.
2. SelectSpec>ReportPrint/Previewtoopenthedialog.
3. SelectareportandthenclickPreviewtodisplaythereportsimilartotheoneshown
below.
Ifyoudidnotbuildthespecpreviously,itwillbebuiltautomaticallybeforegenerating
thepreview.
4. Whenfinished,clickOKtoclosethepreviewwindow.
60
Feb10
Reporting Functions
Feb10
61
Reporting Functions
ModifyaReport
TheMicroSoftAccessReportWriterisusedtomodifyoraddareport.Itisbeyondthescope
ofthiscoursetoteachallthemethodsforcreatinganAccessreport,soforthefollowing
exerciseyouwilllearnhowtomodifyareportbyreplacingtheBentleylogoonanexisting
report.
Exercise2:ModifythelogoonanexistingSpecReport
1. Open..Bentley\PlantXM\Reports\SpecgenReports.mdb.
2. ThefileopensinMicrosoftAccess.
Insurethatthereportstaborobjectisselected.
3. RightclickontheDetailbySizereport,thenselectDesignViewfromthecontextmenu.
Thereportwillbeopenedasshownbelow.
4. ClickontheBentleylogoandclickDelete.
5. SelectInsert>Picturetoinsertyourcompanylogoorothergraphic.e
6. Whenthebrowsedialogappears,selectthepictureyouwanttouseandclickOK.
7. Usethegripnodestomoveandsizethegraphic.
8. ClosethedesignviewbyclickingtheXintheupperrightcorner.
9. ClickYestosavethechanges.
10. Doubleclickonthereporttobringupthepreview.Closethepreviewwhenyouare
finished.
11. ExitMicrosoftAccess.
12. VerifythatthisreportrunswithyourchangesinsideofSpecGen.
62
Feb10
Reporting Functions
ThisexercisecompletestheAutoPLANTSpecificationsXMfundamentalscourse.
CreatingSpecificationsfortheProductionEnvironment
Tocompletethisspecificationforuseinaproductionenvironment,youwouldneedtoadd
itemssuchascouplings,unions,caps,plugs,reducers,swages,laterals,crossesandpossibly
otherclassesoffittings.
Thiscourseisintendedtogiveyouabriefintroductiontocreatingspecifications.
Feb10
63
Module Review
ModuleReview
Questions
1. Whenyouaddasectiontoaspecification,youcandefinewhichcatalogsthe
componentswillbeselectedfrom.
True
False
2. TheClassBrowserprovidesaneasytousedialogforaddingandremovingspecific
classesfromaspec.
True
False
3. ThePreviewSpecgivesalistingofallcomponentrecordslistedinthespec.
True
False
64
Feb10
Module Review
Answers
1. True:Onceyoudefineanewsectioninaspec,youareautomaticallypromptedtoselect
thecatalogsfromwhichthecomponentswillbechosenfrom.Thisfeatureallowsyouto
specifypopularmanufacturers.
2. True:TheClassBrowserprovidesafastmethodfortheusertosimplyselecttheclasses
tobeincludedinthespec.
3. True:Onceyouhavecreatedthesectionsofthespec,youcanpreviewtheresults
beforeyoubuildthespec.
Summary
Youarenowableto:
UnderstandtherelationshipbetweentheSpecificationGeneratorandthepiping
designersspecsheet.
Learnthebasicstepsforcreatingaspec
Createspecsections
Learnhowtomanagespecsections
Modifypiecemarks
Createmultiitemfilters
Generateandmodifyareport
Feb10
65
Module Review
Thispageintentionallyleftblank.
66
Feb10
CourseSummary
Review
Nowthatyouhavecompletedthiscourse,letsmeasurewhatyouhavelearned.
Questions
1. Classesspecifythecommoditycontainedwithinapipingconfiguration.
True
False
2. Componentcatalogsarebuiltintotheapplicationtoprovideapicklistforplacement
withinamodel.
True
False
3. AutoPLANTPipingdatabasetoolsprovideausefulmethodfordeterminingtheclass
definitionofaspecificcomponent.
True
False
4. InsuranceAgenciesrequiretheownerofafacilitytocomplywithrigidindustrycodes.
True
False
5. CranecatalogshaveonlytablesforFlangesandValves.
True
False
6. Specificationsarecreatedfromonlyonecatalog.
Dec09
True
False
67
CourseSummary
Review
7. Classdataforplacingacomponentinapipingmodelisreadfromtheclass.inifile.
True
False
8. SpecificationGeneratorenablesyoutocreateaspecusingafamiliarworkmethod.
True
False
9. Bydesigningspecificconstraintsinaspec,thenumberofcomponentstoselectfromis
minimized.
True
False
10. Whenyouaddasectiontoaspecification,youcandefinewhichcatalogsthe
componentswillbeselectedfrom.
True
False
11. TheClassBrowserprovidesaneasytousedialogforaddingandremovingspecific
classesfromaspec.
True
False
12. ThePreviewSpecfunctiongivesadetailedlistingofallcomponentrecordsinthespec.
True
False
CourseSummary
68
Dec09
Review
Answers
1. True:Aclassidentifiesthecommoditywithinapipe,includingwhetheritisaliquidor
gas,aswellasoperatingtemperatures,pressuresandcorrosiveness.
2. False:ComponentcatalogsareinstalledwithAutoPLANT.Thesecatalogsprovidedata
onthousandsofcomponentsfromwhichmanufacturerspecificspecscanbeproduced.
3. True:Ifyouwanttofindtheclassdefinitionofaspecificcomponentinamodel,usethe
Piping>DatabaseTools>Editcomponentcommand.Selectingthecomponentliststhe
classnameandallrelativedataforthecomponent.
4. True:Compliancetoindustrystandardsaregenerallymandatoryandenforcedby
regulatoryagencies.Theimportanceofadheringtothesecodesbeginsatthedesign
stagebycreatingindustrycompliantspecifications.
5. True:Cranedoesnotmanufacturefittingotherthanflangesandvalves.
6. False:Specificationscanbecreatedfromsinglecatalogsorbycombiningfittingsfrom
multiplecatalogs.
7. True:Theclass.inifileisoneofseveralinitializationfilesinstalledwithAutoPLANT.The
programreadsplacementinformationstoredinthe.inifile
8. True:SpecificationGeneratorusesthesamedesignphilosophyasthedesignersspec
sheet.
9. True:Bydefiningconstraintswithinthespecsections,thevolumeofcomponentsto
choosefromisreduced,eliminatingmistakesandincreasingproductivity.
10. True:Onceyoudefineanewsectioninaspec,youareautomaticallypromptedtoselect
thecatalogsfromwhichthecomponentswillbechosenfrom.Thisfeatureallowsyouto
specifypopularmanufacturers.
11. True:TheClassBrowserprovidesafastmethodfortheusertosimplyselecttheclasses
tobeincludedinthespec.
12. True:Onceyouhavecreatedthesectionsofthespec,youcanpreviewtheresults
beforeyoubuildthespec.
Dec09
69
CourseSummary
Review
Youarenowableto:
UnderstandtheuseofCatalogsandSpecificationsinrelationtospecdriven
componentplacement
Createaspecificationfrommultiplecatalogs
Managespecdatabyremovingunwantedentries
Customizedescriptionsandrestraints
GenerateandmodifyMicrosoftAccessreports
CourseSummary
70
Dec09
AutoPLANTEquipment
Fundamentals
V8i
TRN0102701/0003
Trademarks
Patents
Copyrights
Allrightsreserved.
V8i
2
Dec-09
TableofContents
CourseOverview________________________________________________________ 1
CourseDescription___________________________________________________________ 1
TargetAudience_____________________________________________________________ 1
Prerequisites________________________________________________________________ 1
InstallingtheTrainingProject __________________________________________________ 3
Questions:________________________________________________________________________5
Answers _________________________________________________________________________7
ApplicationStartup _____________________________________________________ 9
Overview___________________________________________________________________ 9
Prerequisites________________________________________________________________ 9
Objectives__________________________________________________________________ 9
AutoPLANTApplicationStartup _______________________________________________ 10
LaunchingAutoPLANTApplicationsfromtheStartMenu__________________________________10
LaunchingAutoPLANTApplicationsfromtheDesktopIcon ________________________________11
LaunchingAutoPLANTApplicationsfromDocumentManager______________________________12
EquipmentModelSetup_________________________________________________ 15
Overview__________________________________________________________________ 15
Prerequisites_______________________________________________________________ 15
Objectives_________________________________________________________________ 15
CreatingaNewEquipmentModel _____________________________________________ 16
DeletingDocuments_______________________________________________________________21
SaveCommand___________________________________________________________________22
SaveAsCommand ________________________________________________________________22
ReopeningYourModelfromDocumentManager _______________________________________22
Dec09
i
TableofContents
Table of Contents
TouringtheInterface________________________________________________________ 23
EquipmentMenu _________________________________________________________________23
ToolbarsandTooltips______________________________________________________________24
DrawingPreferences ________________________________________________________ 26
ComponentPreferences______________________________________________________ 27
AddingaNewLineNumber_________________________________________________________29
ModuleReview_____________________________________________________________ 31
Questions:_______________________________________________________________________31
Answers ________________________________________________________________________32
Summary__________________________________________________________________ 32
WorkAreas___________________________________________________________ 33
Overview__________________________________________________________________ 33
Prerequisites_______________________________________________________________ 33
Objectives_________________________________________________________________ 33
WhatisaWorkArea?________________________________________________________ 34
CreatingaWorkArea________________________________________________________ 36
AssigningDrawingMemberStatus ___________________________________________________37
LocationPoints_____________________________________________________________ 39
WPPoint________________________________________________________________________40
DisplayModes _____________________________________________________________ 43
ModuleReview_____________________________________________________________ 45
Questions _______________________________________________________________________45
Answers ________________________________________________________________________46
Summary__________________________________________________________________ 46
EquipmentModeling___________________________________________________ 47
Overview__________________________________________________________________ 47
Prerequisites_______________________________________________________________ 47
Objectives_________________________________________________________________ 47
EquipmentMenu ___________________________________________________________ 48
ModelingEquipmentComponents_____________________________________________ 50
PlacingComponentsByLocationPoint________________________________________________52
PlacementByEnteringCoordinates___________________________________________________53
EditingComponents_______________________________________________________________53
DeletingComponents______________________________________________________________54
NozzlePlacement___________________________________________________________ 55
RadialNozzles____________________________________________________________________56
LineNo._________________________________________________________________________56
AxialNozzles_____________________________________________________________________57
ModelingPumps____________________________________________________________ 58
TableofContents
ii
Dec09
Table of Contents
ChangingPreferenceControlSettings_________________________________________________60
AddaSuctionNozzle ______________________________________________________________62
AddaDischargeNozzle ____________________________________________________________64
ModelingHorizontalVessels__________________________________________________ 65
AttachingRadialNozzles ___________________________________________________________67
AttachingAxialNozzles_____________________________________________________________69
ModelingVerticalVessels ____________________________________________________ 71
ModifyVesselT136_______________________________________________________________73
AddNozzlestoT136 ______________________________________________________________74
ChallengeExercise ________________________________________________________________78
ModelingHeatExchangers ___________________________________________________ 79
AddingNozzlestoE106____________________________________________________________81
AssociativeComponents _____________________________________________________ 82
VesselComponents _______________________________________________________________83
AssociatedPrimitives______________________________________________________________86
StructuralComponents ____________________________________________________________87
CopyComponentCommand __________________________________________________ 89
CreatingaSparePump_____________________________________________________________90
CreateaSecondHeatExchanger_____________________________________________________92
CustomComponents ________________________________________________________ 94
BuildingCustomComponents _______________________________________________________95
CreatingaComponentfromSimplePrimitives__________________________________________98
CreatingUserDefinedEquipment___________________________________________________101
CreateaCustomVessel ___________________________________________________________103
ModuleReview____________________________________________________________ 105
Questions ______________________________________________________________________105
Answers _______________________________________________________________________106
Summary_________________________________________________________________ 106
DatabaseManagement________________________________________________ 107
Overview_________________________________________________________________ 107
Prerequisites______________________________________________________________ 107
Objectives________________________________________________________________ 107
IntroductoryKnowledge ____________________________________________________ 108
Questions ______________________________________________________________________108
Answers _______________________________________________________________________108
ManagingtheDatabase_____________________________________________________ 109
DatabaseToolsMenu_____________________________________________________________109
EditingDatabaseRecords ___________________________________________________ 110
EditingDatabaseRecords ___________________________________________________ 110
CleaningtheDatabase______________________________________________________ 111
ActiveConnections_______________________________________________________________111
Dec09
iii
TableofContents
Table of Contents
Repairing/RebuildingtheDatabase___________________________________________ 112
EditingaDatabaseRecord_________________________________________________________113
ReportGeneratorUtility ____________________________________________________ 115
CrystalReportsEngine____________________________________________________________115
ReportTypes____________________________________________________________________115
GeneratingEquipmentandNozzleReports _____________________________________ 116
EquipmentReport _______________________________________________________________117
NozzleScheduleReport___________________________________________________________119
ModuleReview____________________________________________________________ 121
Questions ______________________________________________________________________121
Answers _______________________________________________________________________122
Answers _______________________________________________________________________122
Summary_________________________________________________________________ 122
CourseSummary______________________________________________________ 123
Review___________________________________________________________________ 123
Questions ______________________________________________________________________123
Answers _______________________________________________________________________125
TableofContents
iv
Dec09
CourseOverview
CourseDescription
ThiscourseisdesignedforthePipingDesignerorDrafterwhoisnewtotheAutoPLANT
Designapplications.Studentbecomesfamiliarwiththeinterfaceandtoolsformodeling
equipmentcomponentswithinasharedprojectenvironment.Horizontal,verticalvessels
andpumpsaremodeledwithinapredefinedWorkArea.Studentslearnhowtomanagethe
componentdataforcreatingequipmentcomponentandnozzlereports,thusprovidinga
solidfoundationfortheAutoPLANTPipingFundamentalsCourse.
TargetAudience
Thiscourseisdesignedforthenewandexistinguserswithlittleornoexposuretoan
equipmentmodelingapplication.
Prerequisites
ThestudentmusthaveabasicunderstandingofAutoCAD2Dand3Dfunctionality.
Priortotakingthiscourseitishighlyrecommendedthatthestudentreviewthe
AutoPLANTEquipmenttutorialdeliveredwiththeapplication.
CourseObjectives
Dec09
Understandtheadvantagestothedifferentdatastoragemethods
Createathreedimensionalmodelfromequipmentcomponents
Createequipmentandnozzlereports
1
CourseOverview
Modules Included
ModulesIncluded
EquipmentModelSetup
WorkAreas
EquipmentModeling
DatabaseManagement
SystemRequirements
YoumusthaveaCDdriveorinternetaccessforproductinstallation.Thefollowing
prerequisitesarerequiredtorunthemodulesincludedintheAutoPLANTPlantDesignV8i
(Version08.11.05).
Processor:
greater
OperatingSystem:
Internet:
Memory:
2GBorgreater
HardDisk:
InputDevice:
OutputDevice:
VideoGraphicsCard:
AutoCAD:
2004,2005,2006,2007,2008,2009
2004,2005,2006,2007,2008
2004,2005,2006,2007,2008
BuildingSystems:
2004,2005,2006,2007,2008
AutoCADMechanical:
2004,2005,2006,2007,2008
Note:
CourseOverview
2
Dec09
Installing the Training Project
DatabasesSupported
Oracle9iRelease2,Oracle10gRelease2,Oracle11gRelease1
InstallingtheTrainingProject
projectdata.
Thedatasetcontainsasimulatedproject,designedtobeusedforbothAutoPLANT2Dand
3Dcorefundamentalcourses.
Exercise1:InstalltheTrainingProjectdatasetandaddtheprojectasarootdirectory.
1. MakesureallAutoPLANTapplicationsareclosed.
2. DownloadthedatasetfileAP_FV8i_EQP.exe.
3. Savethefiletoyourdesktop.
4. DoubleclickthefileAP_FV8i_EQP.exe.
5. ClickUnziptobegintheextractiontotherootdirectoryoftheCdrive(C:\).
6. ClickClose.
7. FromyourWindowsStartmenu,clickAllPrograms>Bentley>PlantV8i>ProjectTools
>ProjectAdministrator.
8. FromtheFilemenuclickAddRoottodisplaytheBrowseforFolderdialog.
Dec09
3
CourseOverview
Note:
InorderforthisoptiontobeavailableintheFilemenu,youmustselectsomethingattheprimary
rootlevelofthenavigationtreebecauseyoucannotcreateaprojectrootdirectoryundera
projectdirectory.
9. IntheBrowseForFolderdirectory,selectC:\BentleyTrainingProject.
10. ClickOKtoacceptthename.
11. Noticetheprojectrootfolder,C:\Projects,nowappearsinthenavigationtreeata
primarylevel.
Youarenowreadytobeginyourmodelingsession.
Note:
CourseOverview
AdditionaltrainingontheProjectAdministratorutilityiscoveredintheAutoPLANTAdministrator
trainingcoursesandintheONLINEHelp.
4
Dec09
IdentifythefollowingstatementsaseitherTrueorFalse.Theanswerstoeachquestionare
providedindetailonthefollowingpage.
Questions:
1. DocumentManagerisusedtomanagedrawingfilesanddatawithinaproject.
True
False
2. WhentheUSCcoordinatesX=0,Y=0,Z=0.(0,0,0)thisisreferredtoastheWorld
CoordinateSystem(WCS)
True
False
3. YoucanonlyaccessEquipmentcomponentsfromapulldownmenu.
True
False
4. InAutoPLANTcomponentsplacedinamodelcanbeconnectedtocomponentslocated
inaxRef.
True
False
5. WPreferstoacoordinatesystembasedontheGlobalCoordinateSystem.
True
False
6. Componentgraphicdisplaymodesenableyoutosetthecolorofyourmonitor.
True
False
7. WhentheUSCcoordinatesX=0,Y=0,Z=0.(0,0,0)thisisreferredtoastheWorld
CoordinateSystem(WCS)
Dec09
True
False
5
CourseOverview
8. Equipmentcomponentsareaccessedfromlibrariesdeliveredwiththeapplication.
True
False
9. Associationsbetweencomponentswithinamodelareeasilymanagedintheproject
database.
True
False
10. EquipmentTagsareuniqueandcanneverbeduplicated.
True
False
11. Whenplacingcomponents,allx,y,zcoordinatesmustbeenteredintheAutoCAD
commandline.
CourseOverview
True
False
6
Dec09
Answers
1. True:DocumentManagerisautilityapplicationincludedinAutoPLANTtomanage
projectfiles.FilesaccessedfromDocumentManagercanbeeditedandsavedbackto
theprojectensuringintegrityoftheprojectdata.
2. True:ThelocationwheretheX,YandZaxesintersectiscalledtheOrigin.At0,0,0itis
knownastheWorldCoordinateSystem(WCS).Whenyoumovefromthedefault
locationof0,0,0,itisreferredtoastheUserCoordinateSystem(UCS).
3. False:AutoPLANTprovidesbothcascadingmenusanddockabletoolbarsforeasyaccess
tocommands,functionsandequipmentcomponentlibraries.
4. True:ComponentsinonemodelcanbeconnectedtocomponentsinaxRefdrawing
thathasbeenaddedtotheWorkArea.Nochangesaremadetothereferencedrawing.
5. True:WPisthedefaultLocationPointinAutoPLANT.ThispointisbasedontheGlobal
coordinates0,0,0.
6. False:SettingComponentDisplayModesinAutoPLANTenableyoutoviewequipment
graphicsaswireframe,centerlineormesh.
7. True:ThelocationwheretheX,YandZaxesintersectiscalledtheOrigin.At0,0,0itis
knownastheWorldCoordinateSystem(WCS).Whenyoumovefromthedefault
locationof0,0,0,itisreferredtoastheUserCoordinateSystem(UCS)
8. True:AutoPLANTEquipmentisshippedwithacomprehensivesetcomponentssuchas
pumpsandvessels.Onceplaced,thecomponentscanbeeasilymodifiedtosuityour
needs.
9. True:Componentsthatareconnectedtooneanotherinamodelaremanaged
throughoutthemodelingprocess.
10. True:EachcomponentplacedinadrawinghasauniqueidentifiercalledaTag.
11. False:AutoPLANTprovidestwomethodsforcomponentplacement.Youmayeither
enterthecoordinatesorprovideapointofreferenceforplacement.Thesereference
pointsarereferredtoasLocationPointsandcanbesetuppriortothemodeling
session.
Dec09
7
CourseOverview
CourseOverview
8
Dec09
ApplicationStartup
Overview
Thismodulediscussesthemethodsforinitiatingtheapplicationstartup.Youwilllearnthe
bestmethodforstartingtheapplicationtoensureallrelatedmodelsanddrawingsthat
belongtoaprojectarestoredintheappropriatelocations.
Prerequisites
Therearenoprerequisitestothemodule
Objectives
Dec09
LearnmethodsforlaunchingtheAutoPLANTapplication
LearnthebenefitsoflaunchingtheapplicationsusingDocumentManager
9
ApplicationStartup
AutoPLANT Application Startup
AutoPLANTApplicationStartup
TherearemultiplewaystolaunchtheAutoPLANTapplications.Whenworkingwithina
projectenvironment,youwillfindusingDocumentManager,ensuresthatallfilesrelatedto
aspecificprojectaresavedtothecorrectlocation.
LaunchingAutoPLANTApplicationsfromtheStartMenu
1. SelectAllPrograms>Bentley>PlantV8i>PlantDesignforAutoCAD.
ThiswillstartAutoCADandloadtheAutoPLANTPlantDesignenvironment.The
AutoPLANT3Dmenuandtoolbarhavebeenadded,providingaccesstoanintegrated
setofAutoPLANTPlantDesignapplicationsandutilities.
2. ThisexampleshowshowtostarttheEquipmentapplication.ClickontheEquipment
iconontheAutoPLANTtoolbaror,clickEquipmentfromtheAutoPLANT3Dmenu.
3. TheOpenProjectdialogdislays,listingthedefaultProjectRootcalledBentleyPlantV8I
ProjectsthatcontainsthedefaultsampleprojectsinstalledwithAutoPLANT.
4. Selectingaprojectwilllaunchtheapplication.
Note:
ApplicationStartup
Sampleprojectsarenotrecommendedforproduction.Newprojectscaneasilybecreatedfrom
thesesampleprojects.ThedatasetinstalledforthiscourseincludesaProjectthathasbeen
createdspecificallyforthiscourse.
10
Dec09
Note:
Ifyouhavepreviouslyselectedaproject,thesystemautomaticallyopenstothatproject.
LaunchingAutoPLANTApplicationsfromtheDesktopIcon
WhenAutoPLANTwasinstalledonyourworkstation,theiconshownherewasplacedon
yourdesktop.
1. DoubleclickontheicontoopenaWindowsExplorerdialogshowingthecontentsofthe
Programs\Bentley\PlantV8Ifolderinyouruserprofile.
2. DoubleclickonthePlantDesigniconshowntotheleft(yourAutoCADversionmaybe
different).AutoCADandtheAutoPLANTdesignenvironmentwillload,displayingthe
AutoPLANTmenuandtoolbar.
3. Tostartanapplication,eitherclickontheiconontheAutoPLANTtoolbaror,select
EquipmentfromtheAutoPLANT3Dmenu.
4. FromtheOpenProjectdialog,selectaprojecttolaunchtheapplication.
Note:
Dec09
YoucanplaceshortcutstoanyAutoPLANTapplicationonyourdesktopbyselectingtheiconwith
therightmousebuttonanddraggingittoyourdesktop.Whenyoudroptheicon,youthenpick
CreateShortcutsHereoptioninthepopupmenu.
11
ApplicationStartup
LaunchingAutoPLANTApplicationsfromDocumentManager
LaunchingtheapplicationfromthepowerfulutilityprogramcalledDocumentManager
providestheabilitytomanagethedrawingfilesanddatawithintheprojectwithout
additionalinputfromtheuser.
Filesarestoredinthecorrectfolderswithintheproject.
Newfoldersaremadeautomatically.
Uponstartup,theapplicationautomaticallyopenstothelastprojectaccessed.
YouwillbeusingDocumentManagerthroughoutthiscourse,tomanageyourdrawingfiles.
1. DoubleclickontheBentleyPlantV8Iicontoshowthecontentsofthefolder.
2. DoubleclicktoopenDocumentManager.
3. ThisfigureshowsthedirectorystructurefortheSAMPLE_IMPERIALproject.
4. ToloadacustomprojectyouwouldusetheFile>OpenProjectfunction.Moreonthat
later.
Note:
Onceyouhaveloadedaproject,DocumentManagerwilldefaulttothatproject.
YoucanlaunchAutoCADandtheAutoPLANTapplicationsfromwithinanexistingproject
whenyouchoosetocreateanewfileortoeditanexistingfile.
ApplicationStartup
12
Dec09
Tocreateanewequipmentmodel
1. ClicktheAutoPLANTEquipmentdirectoryasshownbelow.
2. RightclicktodisplaythecontextmenuandclickNew.
3. BothAutoCADandAutoPLANTwilllaunch.
4. Onceyouhavecreatedamodel,youcanusetheEditfunctioninthesamewaytolaunch
theapplications.
5. Oncetheapplicationhasloaded,selectAutoPLANTEquipmentfromthepulldown
AutoPLANT3Dmenu.
Note:
Dec09
UsethissamemethodtolaunchtheanyoftheinstalledAutoPLANTapplications.
13
ApplicationStartup
ToOpenaProject
1. FromDocumentManagerclickFile>OpenProject.
TheOpenProjectdialogwillappearallowingyoutobrowseforaspecificproject.
2. ThefigurebelowshowstheTrainingproject.
NoticetherearetwoP&IDdrawingsalreadyinthisproject.Clickingonthedrawingwill
displaythepropertiesintherightfield.
3. RefertotheONLINEhelpforadditionalfunctionalityofDocumentManager.
Note:
Atsomepoint,DocumentManagermayalertyouthatVoloViewisnotloaded.VoloViewisan
AutoCADaddonthatisusedfortheDocumentViewtabofDocumentManager.
DocumentManagerisusedthroughoutthiscourse,tomanagedrawingfiles.
Youarenowreadytobeginthiscourse.
ApplicationStartup
14
Dec09
EquipmentModelSetup
Overview
Theobjectiveofthismoduleistoteachyouhowtosetupthemodelingenvironmentforthe
Equipmentmodel.YouwilllearntouseDocumentManagerforstartingtheapplicationto
ensureallrelatedmodelsanddrawinginaprojectarestoredintheappropriatelocation.
YouwilllearntosetuptheEquipmentinterface,andbecomefamiliarwiththecomponent
menusandtoolbars.Youwilllearnhowtosetthedrawingpreferencesthatdeterminehow
relationshipsbetweencomponentsarecreatedandstoredwithinthesharedproject
database.
Prerequisites
StudentsshouldbefamiliarwiththeAutoPLANTprojectdirectorystructurecreated
whenusingtheProjectAdministratorutility,deliveredwiththeAutoPLANTproduct.
Objectives
Mar10
LearnhowtolaunchtheAutoPLANTEquipmentapplicationusingDocumentManager
Learnhowtoloadanddockthetoolbarsrequiredforcomponentplacement
Setthedrawingpreferencesforthemodelingenvironment
DefineanewLineNumberinthePreferencesControl
15
EquipmentModelSetup
Creating a New Equipment Model
CreatingaNewEquipmentModel
DocumentManagerwillbeusedduringthiscoursetomanageyourprojectfiles.Referto
stepsoutlinedaboveforusingDocumentManager.
TheEquipmentmodelyoucreatewillbeautomaticallyaddedtoapredefinedprojectthat
hasbeeninstalledwiththedataset.
Exercise1:UseDocumentManagertolaunchtheapplication.
1. OpenDocumentManagerfromtheBentleyPlantV8iicon.
Note:
IfthisisthefirsttimeDocumentManagerhasbeenusedonyourworkstationtheOpenProject
dialogwilllistthedefaultProjectRootBentleyPlantV8IProjectscontainingthesampleprojectsas
shown.Onceyoubeginworkinginaproject,DocumentManagerwillautomaticallyopentoyour
currentproject.
2. SelectFile>OpenProject.
3. DoubleclicktheBentleyTrainingProjectsfolder,todisplaytheTrainingprojectinthe
ProjectListwindow.
EquipmentModelSetup
16
Dec09
4. SelecttheTrainingproject.
Note:
ThisprojecthasbeencreatedusingImperialUnits.
5. ClickOK.YourDocumentManagernowopenstotheTrainingProject.
6. TakeamomentnowtotourtheDocumentManagerinterface.
Note:
SincethisprojectwascreatedforbothAutoPLANT2Dand3Dfundamentalcoursesyouwillsee
P&IDdrawingsincluded.
7. SelectingoneoftheP&IDdrawings,showsthepropertiesintherightWindow.
YoucanalsoseeapreviewofthedocumentwhenyouselecttheDocumentViewtab.
Dec09
17
EquipmentModelSetup
Nowletsbeginthemodelingprocess.
Exercise2:FromDocumentManager,createanewequipmentdocument.
1. Fromthedocumentlist,selectAutoPLANTEquipment.
2. FromtheDocumentsmenuselectNeworusetherightclickpopupmenu.
3. IntheNewDocumentdialogenter:
FileName:Equipment
EquipmentModelSetup
18
Dec09
Name:Equipment
Description:TrainingEquipmentModel
Note:
ThepathtothedocumentsinthelocationfieldismanagedbyDocumentManager.
TheCreate,RecordOnly,andReservebuttonsaredisableduntilyouselectthetypeof
documentyouwanttocreate.
4. ClickAutoPLANTEquipment.
5. ClickCreatetostartAutoCADandloadtheAutoPLANTmenuandtoolbar.
6. ClicktheEquipmenticonontheAutoPLANTtoolbarorclickEquipmentfromthe
AutoPLANT3Dmenu.
TheModelSetupdialogdisplays.
TheModelSetupdialogindicatestheprojectnameandunitsyouhaveselectedand
enablesyoutodefinethedirectionforNorth,thedimensionsforthemodelandorigin
ofthemodel.
Bydefault,Northissetto90tomatchAutoCAD.
Dec09
19
EquipmentModelSetup
Theorigincoordinates(x,yandz)indicateyourplantmodelsorigin.Whensetto0,0,0
itisknownastheWorldCoordinateSystem(WCS).Whenthecoordinatesmovefrom
thedefaultlocation,itisreferredtoastheUserCoordinateSystem(USC).
Note:
AdetaileddescriptionoftheModelSetupdialogcanbefoundinEquipment>Help>Getting
Started>ModelSetupoftheonlinehelp.
7. IntheModelSetupdialog,entertheparametersprovidedinthetablebelow.
Attribute
Imperial
Metric
MixedMetric
North
90
90
90
WorldLength
100
30000
30000
WorldWidth
60
18000
18000
OriginX,Y,Z
0.0,0.0,0.0
0.0,0.0,0.0
0.0,0.0,0.0
InsertNorthArrow
OFF
OFF
OFF
DrawLimitsBox
OFF
OFF
OFF
8. ClickDone.
9. ClickFile>Savetosaveyourmodel.
Note:
Youmaybepromptedtologin.UserNamesandPasswordsareusuallymanagedbyaProject
Administrator.Ifyouhavenotbeengiventhisinformation,enterSupervisorforbothUserName
andPassword.
EquipmentModelSetup
20
Dec09
DeletingDocuments
Onceyoucreateadocumentwithinaproject,anewentryismadetotheregistry.Todelete
documentfilesfromaprojectyoushouldusethefunctionalityofDocumentManager
followingthesesteps.
1. FromDocumentManager,firstselectthedocumentyouwanttodelete.
2. RightclicktodisplaythecontextmenuandselectDelete.
3. CheckDeletefromRegisterbox.
ItisagoodpracticetomanageallfileswiththeDocumentManagerinterface,toensure
drawingsaresavedtothecorrectlocationsandthatdataintegrityisnotcompromised.
Dec09
21
EquipmentModelSetup
SaveCommand
TheSavecommandautomaticallysavesafileeitherbacktowhereyouretrievedit
orwhereyoulastsavedit.
WhenyouSavethesamefileasecondtime,AutoCADreplacestheoldfilewiththe
newfileandrenamestheoldversionofthefilewitha.bakextensioninplaceof
.dwg.
Thebackupfilecanberetaineduntilyouwishtodeletethefile.Onlyonebackup
fileisstored.Backupfilescanbeopenedonceyouhaverenamedtheextensionto
.dwg.Besuretogivethebackupfileanewnametoavoidoverwritinganyexisting
files.
SaveAsCommand
UsingSaveAswillpauseandallowyoutochoosewhereyouwanttostoreafile.
ReopeningYourModelfromDocumentManager
ThepreferredmethodforreopeningyourmodelafteryouexitAutoPLANTisfrom
DocumentManager.ThispracticehelpsyoubecomefamiliarwithusingDocumentManager
tomanageallprojectdrawings.AfterexitingAutoPLANT,youcanreopenyourmodelby
thismethod:
1. SelectPrograms\Bentley\PlantV8ISelectBentley\DocumentManager.
2. SelecttheEquipmentdrawingfromtheDocumentWindow.
3. SelectEditfromtheDocumentsmenuortherightmouseclickpopupmenu.Youwill
needtoloadtheEquipmentapplicationafterAutoCADstartsupandAutoPLANTis
loaded.
Note:
UsingDocumentManageristhesafestmethodtoopenyourcurrentdrawingfiles,toensureall
filesaresavedtothecorrectlocation.
EquipmentModelSetup
22
Dec09
Touring the Interface
TouringtheInterface
Theeasytouseinterfaceprovidesbothdropdownmenusanddockabletoolbarsfor
accessingEquipmentfunctionsandplacementoptions.
EquipmentMenu
TheEquipmentmenu,asshownabove,isacascadingstylemenu,containingcommandsand
functionsusedinequipmentmodeldesign.
TheusercanaccessallEquipmentcommandssuchaspreferences,equipmentplacement
commandsandOnlineHelp.
Mostmenuoptionshaveacorrespondingtoolbarallofwhichcanbeopenedfromthe
Toolbarsmenuandpositionedonthedesktop.
Dec09
23
EquipmentModelSetup
ToolbarsandTooltips
AutoPLANTEquipmenttoolbarsprovideyouwithanothermeansforexecutingcommands
andfunctions.
Manytoolbarscontainmultiple,related,toolbarswithflyouts.
Aflyouttoolbarisindicatedwithasmalltriangleinthelowerrightcornerofatoolbar
button.Thelastcommandexecutedfromaflyoutwillbecomethedefaultcommandonthe
primarytoolbar.
Toviewthecommandthatwillbeexecutedbyaspecifictoolbarbutton,positionthecursor
overthebuttonandpause.Atooltipdescriptionwillappear.
Note:
EquipmentModelSetup
Throughoutthiscourse,themenucommandsequencerequiredtoexecuteacommandisdefined
inthetext.Onceyoubecomefamiliarwithtoolbars,youmayfindthemmoreexpedient.
24
Dec09
Exercise1:LoadtheEquipmenttoolbars.
1. Equipment>Toolbars>EquipmentFunctionsMain.
EquipmentFunctionsincludetheEquipmentsetuptoolsaswellasdatabaseand
reportingfunctions.
2. Equipment>Toolbars>EquipmentMain.
Thistoolbarallowsyoutoplaceanyequipmentclassaswellastheirassociated
componentswiththeclickofabutton.
3. Equipment>Toolbars>NozzlesMain.
Thistoolbargivesyouaccesstoallnozzletypes.
4. Equipment>Toolbars>FunctionsIndividual>EquipmentTools.
Alongwithviewandsettingoptions,theEquipmentToolstoolbargivesyouquickaccess
totheEdit,Copy,andDeleteComponentcommands.
5. Nowtakeamomenttotourtheinterface.
6. ClickSave.
Toolbarsandcustomizationtotheinterfacewillremainineffectuntilyouremovethem.
Dec09
25
EquipmentModelSetup
Drawing Preferences
DrawingPreferences
Thedrawingpreferencesyouselectforanewmodelaffectthedrawinglayersand
componentsastheyarebeingplaced.
WhenchoosingEquipmentLayerMode,youcanselectByTypeorByTag.Thedefault
setting,ByType,assumesthatyourProjectAdministratorhasdefinedtheAutoCADsettings,
suchaslayerandcolorforeachequipmenttype.
Note:
InthiscoursenoAutoCADsettingshavebeenpreset.Thereforeallequipmentwillbemodeledon
thecurrentAutoCADlayerusingthecurrentcolor.
Exercise1:Setthedrawingpreferencesforyourequipmentmodel.
1. ClickEquipment>Setup>DrawingPreferencestoopentheDrawingPreferencesdialog
asshownabove.
2. Enteryoursettingstomatchthoseasshowninthedialogabove.
3. ClickOK.
4. ClickFile>Savetosavethepreferencestoyournewmodel.
EquipmentModelSetup
26
Dec09
Component Preferences
ComponentPreferences
Whenacomponentisplacedinamodel,arelationshipisformedbetweencomponents
existinginthesamemodelorinothermodelsincludedintheproject.TheAutoPLANT
EquipmentapplicationmanagestheserelationshipsbyassigningspecificvaluestoaProject
Object.TheonlyProjectObjectinAutoPLANTEquipmentistheLineNumber.Relationships
areformedbetweenthenozzleconnectionsonequipmentandtheconnectedpiperun.
Priortocreatingamodel,theProjectAdministratorwillcreatealistofLineNumbers.Each
linenumberwillbedefinedwithuniquevalues.Allcomponentsthatareplacedusinga
specificLineNumbervaluewillformarelationship.Oncethemodeliscomplete,these
relationshipsareusedforcreatingreports,BillsofMaterialsorforselectinggroupsof
componentsforediting.
TheimagehereshowsrelationshipsformedwiththeLineNumber,intheAutoPLANTP&ID
drawing.RunnumbersrefertoprocesslinesintheP&ID.Thesesamelinenumbersmaybe
usedtoconnectequipmentcomponentsandpipesegments.
Note:
AllLineNumberslistedintheComponentPreferencescontrolwerecreatedfortheTraining
projectinstalledatthebeginningofthiscourse.
Note:
Dec09
RelationshipvaluesaredefinedbytheRelationshipManager.Thistoolistypicallyusedbya
ProjectAdministratorandwillnotbecoveredinthiscourse.
27
EquipmentModelSetup
WhenworkingintheEquipmentapplicationthecontrolissettodisplaythecomponent
preferencesusedbytheEquipmentApplicationtheLineNumber.
WiththeNozzleoptionselected,theLineNumberpreferencedisplayedallowsyoutoassign
linenumberstothenozzlesplacedduringEquipmentmodeling.
AdditionalfeaturesoftheComponentPreferencescontrolandhowitisusediscoveredin
theAutoPLANTPipingFundamentalstrainingcourse.
Note:
FordetailedinformationontheComponentPreferencescontrolgotoAutoPLANTEQUIPMENT
Help>CommandReference>SetupMenu>ComponentPreferences>ComponentPreferences.
Foreasyaccess,theComponentPreferencescontrolcanbedockedontheleft,topor
bottomofyourAutoCADwindow.Floatingordockingontheleft,allowsyoutoadd,edit,
anddeleteProjectObjectvalues.
Ifthecontrolisdockedatthetoporbottomofthewindow,itisdisplayedinminibarmode
andonlyallowstheselectionofavailablevalues.
EquipmentModelSetup
28
Dec09
AddingaNewLineNumber
InthefollowingexerciseyouwilladdanewLineNumbercalledTRIMtotheComponent
Preferencescontrol.
Note:
ThisLineNumberwillbeusedforasetofnozzlesthatwillbeplacedonavesselthatwillnotbe
connectedtoapiperun.
Exercise1:AddanewlinenumbertotheComponentPreferencescontrol.
1. ClickEquipment>Setup>ComponentPreferencestoopenthecontrol.
2. MakesuretheNozzleoptionisselectedfromthedropdownintheComponent
Preferenceslist.
3. RightclickontheLineNumberfieldinthePreferencessectionandselectAddfromthe
contextmenu.
4. WhentheCreateNewLineNumberdialogopens,typeTRIMintheCreatenewLine
Numberfield.
Dec09
29
EquipmentModelSetup
5. ClickOK.
TheTRIMlinenumberisaddedtotheprojectdatabase.
6. DocktheComponentPreferencecontrolinminibarmodeatthetopoftheapplication
window.
Note:
Asyoubeginyourmodelingsessions,youwillbegintounderstandhowtheComponent
Preferencescontrolisutilized.
EquipmentModelSetup
30
Dec09
Module Review
ModuleReview
Nowthatyouhavecompletedthemodule,letsreviewwhatyouhavelearned.
Questions:
AnswerthefollowingquestionstobeTrueorFalse.Detailedanswersappearonthe
followingpage.
1. Afteryouhavecompletedadrawing,itisimportanttosaveyourworkusingeitherthe
SaveorSaveAscommand.
True
False
2. DocumentManagerwillmakeadditionalfilefolderswhennoneexist.
True
False
3. LineNumberisanexampleofaProjectObject.
True
False
4. NewLineNumbervaluescanbeaddedtotheComponentPreferencescontrolatany
time,byanyone.
True
False
Dec09
31
EquipmentModelSetup
Summary
Answers
1. True:Bothcommandscanbeused.TheSavecommandautomaticallysavesafileeither
backtowhereyouretrieveditorwhereyoulastsavedit.SaveAswillpauseandallow
youtochoosewhereyouwanttostorethefile.
2. True:DocumentManagermanagesallfileswithinaprojectandwillautomaticallymake
newfolderswherenoneexist.
3. True:TheProjectObjectinAutoPLANTEquipmentiscalledLineNumberwhosevalues
aretypicallydefinedbytheProjectAdministrator.Allcomponentsthatsharethesame
LineNumbervaluewillcreatearelationshipwithinthecurrentdrawingoracross
multipledrawingsbelongingtothesameproject.
4. True:AlthoughitiseasytoaddanewLineNumbervaluetotheComponentPreferences
control,thistaskisusuallyperformedbytheProjectAdministratortoensure
consistencyacrossalldrawingsthatbelongtothesameproject.
Summary
Youarenowableto:
LaunchAutoPLANTEquipment,anduseDocumentManagertomanagefiles
Learnhowtoloadanddockthetoolbarsrequiredforcomponentplacement
Setthedrawingpreferencesforthenewmodel
DefineanewLineNumberinthePreferencesControl
EquipmentModelSetup
32
Dec09
WorkAreas
Overview
Whenmodelingwithinacollaborativeworkenvironment,itisimperativethatalldisciplines
worktogethertoensureacohesivedesignenvironment.AutoPLANTprovidesanenhanced
solutiontoassistintheeaseofcollaborativedesignthroughthecreationofaWorkArea.
Byreferencingmodelsfromotherdisciplines,thedesignercanensurethatphysicalclashes
betweendesignsdonotoccur.
BycreatingaWorkArea,allCivil,Structural,Mechanical,Piping,Electrical,Instrumentation
andotherdisciplinescancollaborateonthecompletedesignoftheplantmodel.
Prerequisites
ThestudentshouldpossessabasicunderstandingoftheAutoCADxrefcommand.
Objectives
CreateaWorkArea
AddreferencedrawingstotheWorkArea
Defineasetofreferencelocationpoints
Dec09
33
WorkAreas
What is a Work Area?
WhatisaWorkArea?
Workareasdefineageographicalareawithinaplantenvironment.Plantslimitsareusually
comprisedofareaswhicharesubdividedintounitsdependingonthesizeand
constructabilityofthearea.
worktogethertoensureacohesivedesignenvironment.Civil,Structural,Mechanical,
Piping,Electrical,Instrumentationandotherdisciplinedesignfilesmakeupthecomplete
designoftheplantmodel.
Forthisreason,disciplineslookingtocompletetheirdesignmustreferencemodelsfrom
otherdisciplinestoensurethatphysicalclashesbetweendesignsdonotoccur.Bentleyhas
providedanenhancedsolutiontoassistintheeaseofdesignthroughWorkAreas.
Workareascanbestoredastextfiles(rwafiles)orcanbestoredintheprojectdatabase.
TheRWAfileordatabasetablestoresthereferencefilesthatarecontainedwithina
geographicalareaofaplantboundaryaswellastheinsertionoriginandrotationangleof
thedesignfile.
Inthegraphicbelow,theplantisdefinedbytheouterboundary.Withintheplantlimits,
fivegeographicalareashavebeendefinedasArea100throughArea500.
WorkAreas
34
Dec09
What is a Work Area?
Priortomodelingtheequipmentandpiping,asshowninArea100,youwillcreateaWork
Area.AseachmodeliscreateditwillbecomeamemberoftheWorkArea.
This.rwafileiscomprisedofxrefdrawingsfromalldisciplines.Referencedrawingsare
linkedtothecurrentdrawingusingAutoCADsXref/Overlaycommand.
OncetheWorkAreahasbeendefined,equipmentcomponentsareplacedinyourcurrent
modelbyconnectingtothecomponentslocatedinareferencedrawing.
Itisimportanttonote,thatnochangesaremadetoareferencedrawing.Whenplacinga
newcomponentinacurrentdrawingsession,theconnectingcomponentpicksupthe
intelligencefromthecomponentinthereferencedrawing,thusensuringaccurate
placementandconnectivity.
WorkAreascanbecreatedbydiscipline,geography,orevenprocessunits.Howaproject
willbebrokenupintospecificWorkAreasisthedecisionofthoseinvolvedinthedesign
process.
Thefigureaboveincludespipingsegmentsconnectedtoequipment.Otherreference
drawingssuchasstructuralpiperacksandconcretefoundationsincludedinaWorkArea,
makeplacingcomponentsbyreferenceanefficientmodelingmethod.
Dec09
35
WorkAreas
Creating a Work Area
CreatingaWorkArea
Severaldesignfilesfromotherdisciplineshavebeenincludedintheprojectdataset.These
drawingsareusedasreferencedrawingsandaremembersoftheWorkArea.Thefollowing
dialogshowstheoptionsthatareavailableduringthesetupprocedure.
WhenyouaddadrawingtoaWorkArea,thedrawingishighlightedintheReference
Drawingslistandtheparameterfieldsbecomeactive,enablingyoutodefinetheinsertion
coordinatesandrotationofthereferenceddrawing.
Atanytime,youcanremoveanunwanteddrawingfromtheWorkArea.
Note:
WorkAreas
Adrawingsinsertionpointdefinestheoffsetofthedrawingsplacementpointfromthemodels
origin.Asallprojectdrawingsshouldbeusingplantcoordinates,aWorkAreaInsertionPoint
shouldalwaysbe0,0,0.
36
Dec09
AssigningDrawingMemberStatus
TheoptionsintheMembershipStatusareaofthedialogdeterminetherelationship
betweenyourcurrentdrawingandthefileslistedintheWorkArea.
GueststatusallowsyoutocompareyourdrawingtoothersintheWorkAreabut
preventsotherusersoftheWorkAreafromseeingyourdrawing.
MemberstatusallowsyoutoseeotherdrawingsintheWorkAreaaswellasinclude
yourdrawingintheReferenceDrawingslistforotheruserstoview.Otheruserswill
NOTbeabletoedityourdrawing,onlyviewitinrelationtotheotherdrawings.
NonmemberstatusgivesyouaccesstoWorkAreaviewswithoutloadingthe
referencedfilesorincludingyourdrawingintheWorkArea.WorkAreaviewsare
coveredintheDrawingProductiontrainingmodule.
Youwillonlyhavefullread/writeaccesstothedrawingthatiscurrentlyopeninyour
application.AllotherdrawingsintheWorkAreaarexref/Overlayedtothecurrentdrawing
andareREADONLY.Whileyouwillhavetheabilitytoplacecomponentsinyourcurrent
drawingthatareconnectedtocomponentsinthexrefdrawings,andaccesstheirdata,you
maynotinsertintooreditanycomponentsinthexrefdrawing.
Acommonexampleofthisfunctionistobuildapipingmodelbyattachingthepiperunsto
thenozzlesofvesselslocatedinanEquipmentmodel.
Exercise1:CreateaWorkAreausingtheWorkAreaSetupdialogandaddthe
drawingssuppliedwithyourdataset.
IfyouhaveexitedAutoPLANT,starttheEquipmentapplicationusingDocumentManager
andopenyourequipment.dwgfile.
1. ClickEquipment>DrawingProduction>WorkAreaSetuptoopentheWorkAreaSetup
dialog.
Dec09
37
WorkAreas
2. ClickNewtocreateanewWorkAreafile.
3. IntheWindowsfileselectiondialognavigatetoalocationforstoringtheWorkAreafile.
TheBentleyTrainingProject>Trainingdirectoryisaconvenientlocation.
4. NamethefileArea100.rwa
5. ClickSavetoreturntotheWorkAreaSetupdialog.
6. IntheTitlefield,typeArea100.
7. ToaddyourdrawingtotheReferenceDrawingslist,clicktheMemberoptiontoassign
thedrawingMemberstatus.
Note:
TheMembershipStatusonlyreflectsthestatusofyourcurrentdrawingwithintheWorkArea,
regardlessofwhichdrawingishighlightedintheReferenceDrawingslist.
8. AcceptthedefaultoriginpointbyclickingSave.
9. FromtheReferenceDrawingsareaclickAdd.
10. NavigatetotheSupplementaldirectoryinstalledwiththedataset.
11. WhileholdingdowntheCtrlkey,selectbothAt_Found.dwgandAt_Steel.dwg.
12. ClickOpentoaddthedrawingstotheReferenceDrawingslist.
13. ClickSavetoupdatetheWorkArea.
14. ClickDonetoclosethedialog.
15. ZoomExtentstodisplaythexrefdrawingsincludedintheWorkArea.
WorkAreas
38
Dec09
Location Points
LocationPoints
LocationPointsaresavedreferencepoints.Equipmentcomponentsthatareplacedusinga
locationpointwillbuildadynamicrelationshipwiththatpoint.Wheneveryoumodifya
locationpoint,AutoPLANTwillautomaticallyupdatethedrawing.
AlllocationpointsaredefinedintheAddLocationPointdialogbyspecifyingthe
North/SouthandEast/Westdistancefromapredefinedreferencepoint.Youwillalso
specifytheelevationofthepoint.
Dec09
39
WorkAreas
Location Points
Oncedefined,youcanchangetheattributesexceptthenameusingtheEditLocationPoint
dialog.TheNamefieldwillbedisabled.
WPPoint
Asinstalled,AutoPLANTprovidesoneLocationPoint.ThatpointisnamedWPanddefined
inglobalcoordinatesas(0,0,0).TheWPpointisintendedtoactastheoriginofyourplant
butcanbechangedtoanycoordinates.Typicallythefirstlocationpointisplacedwith
respecttotheWPpoint.
SincetheWPpointistheonlyonedefinedinglobalcoordinates,theEditLocationPoint
dialogisdifferentthantheotherlocationpoints.Youmustenterglobaldistancesin
North/SouthandEast/West.
WorkAreas
40
Dec09
Location Points
Exercise3:Definethelocationpointslistedinthetablebelow.
Thefirstlocationpointdefined,representsthelowerleftcornerofthebuildingincludedin
theAT_STEEL.dwg.LocationPointswillbeusedforcomponentplacementduringthe
modelingsession.
1. SelectEquipment>EquipmentTools>LocationPoints.
Note:
Rememberonlythedefaultlocationpoint,WP,isdefined.Thisisthedefaultsystemworking
point,whichisinitiallydefinedatthecoordinates(0,0,0).
2. ClickAddtoopentheAddLocationPointdialog.
Note:
ThenameanddescriptionenteredwillbeincludedintheLocationPointlist.
3. Enterthefollowingpoints:
ImperialLocationPointDefinitions
Name
Description
North/South
Reference
East/West
Reference
Elevation
PROJECT
Cornerof
Building
1000
WP
1000
WP
100
E106
FeedEffluent
Exchanger
25'10"
PROJECT
71'5"
PROJECT
107'
P104
MainPump
30'6"
PROJECT
1019'0"
WP
103'
MetricLocationPointDefinitions
Name
Description
North/South
Reference
East/West
Reference
Elevation
PROJECT
Cornerof
Building
300000
WP
300000
WP
30000
E106
FeedEffluent
Exchanger
7925
PROJECT
21875
PROJECT
32100
P104
MainPump
9144
PROJECT
305700
WP
30900
MixedMetricLocationPointDefinitions
Name
Description
North/South
Reference
East/West
Reference
Elevation
PROJECT
Cornerof
Building
300000
WP
300000
WP
30000
E106
FeedEffluent
Exchanger
7925
PROJECT
21875
PROJECT
32100
P104
MainPump
9144
PROJECT
305700
WP
30900
Dec09
41
WorkAreas
Location Points
4. ClickClosewhendone.Thesepointswillbeusedlatertoplacetheequipment
components.
5. FromtheEquipmentmenuselectEquipment>Setup>DrawingPreferences.
6. ClicktheUseLocationPointoption.
7. ClickOK.
AutoPLANTwilldisplaytheLocationPointListwheneveryouplaceequipment
components.
Note:
YoucanmanuallyoverridetheLocationPointListdialogbypressingEsc,orclickingtheXbutton,
whenitdisplaysduringacomponentplacementoperation.
8. Saveyourmodel.
WorkAreas
42
Dec09
Display Modes
DisplayModes
EquipmentcomponentgraphicsareconstructedfrommultipleAutoPLANTcustom3D
objectsbythecomponentdrawingscriptfunctions.
Wireframe
Wireframew/Centerline
Mesh
Centerline(notshown)
Wireframe
Wireframew/Centerline
Mesh
Exercise1:Setyourgraphicpreferences.
1. SelectEquipment>EquipmentTools>GraphicPreferences.
TheAutoCADOptionsdialogdisplays.
2. WiththePDWGraphicstabactive,settoWireframew/Centerlinemodeasshown
below.
Note:
Formeshtodisplayproperly,youmustsettheSurfaceResolutionintheDrawingPreferences
dialogtothedesiredsettingbeforeplacingcomponents.
Dec09
43
WorkAreas
Display Modes
3. ClickSave.
Youhavenowcompletedthismodule.
WorkAreas
44
Dec09
Module Review
ModuleReview
Questions
1. WorkAreasenableyoutoaccessandeditdrawingsfromotherdisciplines.
True
False
2. DefiningaLocationPointwithreferencetoanothercomponentinthemodelcreatesa
dynamicrelationshipbetweenthecomponents.
True
False
3. AmodelshowninWireframeDisplaymodewillshowalllinesinyourdrawingincluding
theinternalfeatures.
Dec09
True
False
45
WorkAreas
Summary
Answers
1. False:WorkAreasenableyoutoaccesstheintelligencewithindrawingsaddedtoa
WorkArea.Onlyyourcurrentdrawingcanbeedited.AllreferenceddrawingsareREAD
ONLY.
2. True:WhenLocationPointsaredefinedinrelationtothecoordinatesofanother
componentinthemodel,theresultingrelationshipenablesyoutomodifyonelocation
pointwhichautomaticallyupdatesthepositionofrelatedcomponent.
3. True:WireframeDisplaymodewillshowalllinesincludinglinesrepresentinginternal
objects.Ifthedrawingbecomestoconfusing,switchingtoHiddenDisplaywillchange
yourmodeltodisplayonlytheoutsidesurface,whilehidingallinternalobjects.
Summary
Youarenowableto:
CreateaWorkArea
AddreferencedrawingstotheWorkArea
Defineasetofreferencelocationpoints
WorkAreas
46
Dec09
EquipmentModeling
Overview
Equipmentmodelsconsistofawideassortmentofpumps,horizontalandverticalvessels
andheatexchangers.Inthefollowingexercises,usingthefeaturesoftheAutoPLANT
Equipmentapplication,andthecomponentlibraries,youwilllearnhowtomodel
equipmentcomponents,includingnozzles,platformsandladders.
Prerequisites
YoumustfirstcompletethemoduleonModelSetupbeforecontinuingwiththis
module.
Objectives
Modelapumpwithsuctionanddischargenozzles
Modelahorizontalvesselwithradialandaxialnozzles
Modelandeditaverticalvessel
Modelaheatexchangerwithinletandoutletnozzles
Usethecopycommandtocreatesparecomponents
Createcustomcomponents
Jan08
47
EquipmentModeling
Equipment Menu
EquipmentMenu
TheEquipmentmenuincludesawideassortmentofcomponents.Thesecomponentsare
classifiedaseitherEQUIPorASSOCcomponents.Bydefinition,thismeansthatthe
componentcaneitherexistaloneinadrawingoritmustbeassociatedwithanexisting
componentalreadyplacedinthedrawing.Bothtypesofcomponentscanbeeasily
modified.
EQUIPtypecomponentscanexistindependentlyofothercomponents.Theseincludeallof
theequipmentcomponentsinboththeEquipmentandEquipmentPrimitivesmenus,with
theexceptionforthecomponentsthatareaddedtovessels.
EquipmentModeling
48
Dec08
Equipment Menu
ASSOCtypecomponents,mustbeattachedtoanexistingcomponenttoforman
association.TheseincludethecomponentsintheNozzles,StructuresandAssociative
Primitivesmenus.PriortoplacinganASSOCtypecomponent,youwillbepromptedtoselect
theexistingcomponentitwillbeattachedto.Youwillspecifydimensionandposition
parametersthatallowyoutoplacetheassociatedcomponentwithrespecttotheselected
component'sreferencepoint.
Jan08
49
EquipmentModeling
Modeling Equipment Components
ModelingEquipmentComponents
Equipmentcomponentsareplacedusingparametricinformationfromtheexternaldatabase
specifications.Thisplacementmethodprovidestheuserwithasetofintuitivedialogsand
promptsforeasilydefiningallmaterials,dimensionsandplacementparameters.Once
placed,componentsareeasilyeditedmakingsurethatalldataintheexternaldatabaseis
accurate.
Therearefourbasicstepsforplacingcomponents:
1. Selectthecomponentfromadropdownmenuortoolbar.
2. Createauniquetagforthecomponentbycompletingthisdialog.
Eachcomponentplacedinadrawinghasauniqueidentifier,ortagstoredinanexternal
database.Ifyouattempttoassignatagnumberthatalreadyexistsinthedatabase,a
warningwillaskyoutoeitherdefineanewnumberorspecifythataseconditemwill
usethesametagnumber.Ifthesametagnumberisused,alinktotheoriginaltag
numberdefinitioniscreated.
Anequipmenttagisacombinationoftheequipmenttypeandanumberintheformat
of<type><number>.Therearenorestrictionsontheformorcontentofeitherthetype
ornumber,buttheremustbeavalueforeach.
EquipmentModeling
50
Dec08
Forthiscourse,youcaneitherenterthefullequipmenttagnumberintheCreatenew
Equipmenttagfield,orinthetype(Typ)andnumber(Num)fields.
TheremainingfieldsinthisdialogarediscussedintheAutoPLANTAdministratortraining
course.AccesstheOnlinehelpforadditionalinformation.
3. Definetheparameters.
Onceyouenteranameforthetagadialogopensenablingyoutomodifythedefault
valuesthatpopulateeachfield.Asyoumovethecurseroverafield,adescriptive
promptdisplaysatthebottomofthedialog.
Note:
Theplacementpointforacomponentisindicatedbyamagentacircleinthegraphicdisplay.
OncecompleteyouwillclickOK.
Nowthatyouhavedefinedwhatyourpumpwilllooklikeyoumustspecifywhereto
placethenewcomponent.
4. Therearetwomethodsforplacingequipmentcomponents,byapredefinedpoint,orbe
enteringthecoordinatesatthecommandline.
Avariationofbothmethodscanalsobeused,asnotedbelow.
Jan08
51
EquipmentModeling
PlacingComponentsByLocationPoint
Inapreviousexercise,youdefinedthreelocationpointsandsettheUseLocationPoint
switchintheDrawingPreferencesdialog.
Thefollowingstepsillustratethecommandpromptsthatappearwhenyouusethismethod.
1. SelectthedesiredpointfromtheLocationPointListdialogthatopensafterthe
equipmentparametershavebeenentered.
2. ClickEnterattheAutoCADpromptforelevation:
Elevation to equipment reference / pick elevation point <0.000000,
0.000000, 0.000000>:
3. ClickEnterattheAutoCADpromptforXYlocation:
Elevation entered: 0.000000
Enter or pick XY location (Polar/North-east) <0.000000,0.000000>:
4. Entertheanglefortheequipmentrotation:
Enter direction angle or pick point <0.0>:
EquipmentModeling
52
Dec08
PlacementByEnteringCoordinates
YoucanalsouseaLocationPointasareferencepoint,andthenentertheoffsetvaluesat
eachprompt.Whenenteringvalues,youmayfinditeasiertoswitchtoElevationforthe
changeinZvalueandtoPolarorNortheastforthehorizontaloffsetvalue.
IfyouarepromptedtopickapredefinedLocationPoint,butwouldratherentercoordinate
valuesfortheequipmentplacementyoucan:
1. Escape(Esc)outoftheLocationPointListdialogifyouhavetheUseLocationPoints
settingturnedon.
2. Provideanelevationattheprompt:
0.000000, 0.000000>:
Pickeitheravalueof0,0,<zordinate>,orEfollowedbyanelevationvalue.
Enter elevation distance <0.0>:
3. Providehorizontalplacement:
EnteravalueofX,Y,orPfollowedbyapolardistancefollowedbyanangle:
Enter distance <0.0>:
Enter angle (degrees) <0.0>:
OrEnterN,followedbyanorthvalue,followedbyaneastvalue:
Enter north (- for south) distance <0.0>:
Enter east (- for west) distance <0.0>:
4. Entertheangleoftheequipmentrotation:
EditingComponents
Toeditacomponentalreadyinyourdrawing,useEquipment>EquipmentTools>Edit
Componenttoopentheeditordialogforthecomponent,andchangetheattributevalues.
Oncechangesaremade,thecomponentwillberedrawnandtheexternaldrawingdatabase
recordwillbeupdatedwiththenewvalues.
Note:
Jan08
YoucanalsodoubleclickonthecomponenttoactivatetheEditComponentdialog.
53
EquipmentModeling
DeletingComponents
Therearethreewaystodeleteacomponentfromadrawing.Allmethodswilldeletethe
componentgraphicsfromthedrawing.
1. UsetheEquipmentTools>DeleteComponentcommand.
Thismethodisrecommendedtoensurethatallcomponentgraphicsandthelinkstothe
databasearedeleted.
Howeverifyouwishtodeleteacomponentincludingallattachmentssuchasthe
nozzles,youmayfileiteasiertousedthesemethods.
2. SelectthecomponentandusetheDeletekey.
3. UsetheAutoCADErasecommand.
Note:
EquipmentModeling
ItisalwaysagoodideatousetheCleanDatabasecommand,toensurealldeletedcomponent
recordshavebeenremovedfromthedatabase.
54
Dec08
Nozzle Placement
NozzlePlacement
Nozzlesarethemostcommonexampleofanassociativecomponent.Asshownbelow,
therearemanytypesofnozzlesthatcanbemodeledwithAutoPLANTEquipment.Themost
widelyusedaretheradialandaxialnozzles.
Radial Nozzle
Radial Elbow
Nozzle
Tangential Radial Nozzle
on Radial Nozzle
Radial Nozzle on Vapor

Column and Boots
Tangential
Axial Nozzle
Radial Nozzle on
Axial Nozzle
Tangential Radial
Nozzle
Nozzles on Pumps
Axial Nozzle on
Vapor Columns and
Boots
Jan08
55
EquipmentModeling
Nozzle Placement
RadialNozzles
Radialnozzlesareattachedtothewallofcylindricalcomponent,andpositionedata
measureddistancefromacentralaxis.
A EquipmentPlacementpointtonozzlecenterline
B Nozzleprojectionfromequipmentsurface
C Lookingfromthedirectionofequipmentorientation,clockwiseanglerotation
D Offsetdistancefromequipmentcomponentcenterline
LineNo.
NoticetheLineNo.aboveissettoTRIM.ThisisthesamesettinginyourPreferenceControl
dialogthatisdockedinyourwindow.Whileplacingthenozzleyouhavetheoptionofusing
thebrowsebuttontoselectadifferentlinenumber.
EquipmentModeling
56
Dec08
Nozzle Placement
AxialNozzles
AxialNozzlesextendinadirectionthatisperpendiculartotheplaneofthecylindrical
structure.
A Nozzleprojectionfromequipmentsurface
B OffsetinYdirection
C OffsetinXdirection
Note:
Whenplacingaxialnozzles,selectalocationontheendoftheequipmentthatisclosesttowhere
thenozzlewillbeplaced.
YouwillalsohavetheoptionofselectingadifferentLineNo.
MiscellaneousNozzleTypes
Severalnozzletypeswillbeusedinthiscourse,including:
Pumpnozzles
Axialandradialmanways
Elbownozzles
Youarenotrequiredtouseonlyspecializednozzletypes.Forexample,youcanplacea
radialnozzleonapumpifthestandardpumpnozzlesdonotmeetyourneeds.
Jan08
57
EquipmentModeling
Modeling Pumps
ModelingPumps
Inthisexerciseyouwillmodelapumpcompletewithsuctionanddischargenozzles.
Exercise1:Createapumpwiththe
parameterslistedbelow,positioningthe
pumpusingtheP104locationpoint.
1. SelectEquipment>Pumps>HorizontalPump.
2. IntheCreateNewEquipmenttagdialog,enter
P104asthetag.
3. ClickOK.
4. Enterthepumpparametersasshown.
Note:
EquipmentModeling
Attribute
Imperial
Metric
MixedMetric
106
3150
3150
46
1350
1350
300
300
10
250
250
900
900
300
300
26
750
750
16
450
450
48
1400
1400
34
1000
1000
10
250
250
2700
2700
ThePromptfieldatthebottomofthedialogprovidesabriefdescriptionofthecurrentfield.
58
Dec08
Modeling Pumps
5. ClickOK.
SinceyouhaveenabledtheUseLocationPointfunctionalityintheDrawingPreferences
dialog,theLocationPointListopens.Selectthedesiredlocationpoint.
6. SelectlocationpointP104.
Respondtotheprompts:
0.000000, 0.000000>:
7. ClickEnter.
Elevation entered: 0.000000
8. ClickEnter.
9. Atthecommandline,enter180,clickEnter.
10. ClickFile>Save.
AmessageintheAutoCADcommandlineindicatesonenewequipmentcomponenthas
beenaddedtotheprojectdatabase.
Saving database for C:\Projects\Training\AT_EQP\eq-module...
1 3D Equipment Data Components added to the project.
Jan08
59
EquipmentModeling
Modeling Pumps
ChangingPreferenceControlSettings
InapreviousexerciseyouaddedanewLineNumbertothecontrolcalledTRIM.Thisline
numberisnotusedtoplaceapump.Butbeforeweaddanozzletothepump,letschange
thesettingsontheComponentPreferencescontroltoillustratehowthecontrolisused
duringthemodelingsession.
Exercise2:ChangethePreferenceControlSettingtoLineNumberL1004.
1. Ifthecontrolisdockedinminibarmode,dragthecontroltothecenterofthewindow
toaccesstheeditingfunctions.
Note:
BothAutoPLANTEquipmentandPipingusethesameComponentPreferencecontrol,although
Equipmentonlyusesthecontrolforconnectionstopiperuns.
2. MakesurethecontrolissettoNozzleusingthedropdownmenu.
3. SettheLineNumbertoL1004usingthedropdownmenu.
Note:
ThelistofLineNumbersdefinedforthisprojectappearsinthelist.
4. Whendone,eitherdockthecontrolinminibarmodeortotheleftofyourscreenas
shown.
EquipmentModeling
60
Dec08
Modeling Pumps
Jan08
61
EquipmentModeling
Modeling Pumps
AddaSuctionNozzle
Exercise2:AttachasuctionnozzletoPumpP104
1. SelectEquipment>Nozzles>OnPumps>SuctionNozzle.
Anozzleisanassociativecomponent.Youareautomaticallypromptedtoselectthe
referencecomponent.
2. PickpumpP104toopentheCreatenewNozzletagdialog.
Note:
Ifthepumpisnotselectedthecommandwillcancel.
Thedefaulttagincludesthepumpequipmenttag(P104)withaN1suffix.Eachtimea
nozzleisplacedonapieceofequipment,thenumericcodevalueautomatically
incrementstothenextavailablenumber.
3. ClickOKtoacceptthedefaulttagvalueandopenthePumpSuctionNozzledialog.
4. Definethenozzleparametersaslistedbelow.
Note:
NovalueforInsulationthickness.
Attribute
Imperial
Metric
MixedMetric
Spec
I_150LB
I_150LB
I_150LB
Nom.Size
150
300
300
LineNo.
L1004
L1004
L1004
Rating
150LB
150LB
150LB
Facing
RF
RF
RF
EndCond.
FL
FL
FL
EquipmentModeling
62
Dec08
Modeling Pumps
5. NownoticethattheLineNumberisalreadysetinthedialog.
Thisisafasterandmoreaccuratemethodforplacingnozzleswhenyoualreadyknow
theLineNumber.
Note:
Youcanoverridethepresetnumberbyselectinganewnumberusingthebrowsebutton.
6. Forthisexercise,itisnotnecessarytochangetheLineNumber.
7. TheRating,FacingandEndConditionforthenozzleatthebottomoftheNozzledialog.
Ifthesevaluesarenotsetinyourdialogasshownabove,youcanselectthecorrect
nozzlefromthespecbyreenteringtheNom.Sizeparameter.
TheSpecificationSelectiondialogdisplays:
Jan08
63
EquipmentModeling
Modeling Pumps
8. SelectthedesirednozzlefromthespecmatchingthelistedcriteriaRating,Facingand
EndCondition.
9. Oncealloftheinformationisdefined,clickOKtoplacethenozzle.
AddaDischargeNozzle
Exercise3:AttachadischargenozzletoPumpP104
InthenextexerciseyouwilloverridetheLineNumberlistedintheComponentPreferences
control.
1. SelectEquipment>Nozzles>OnPumps>DischargeNozzle.
2. PickpumpP104toformtheassociation.
ThedefaulttagnumberappearsasP104N2.TheN2suffixrepresentsthecodeforthe
nozzleassociatedwithpumpP104.
3. ClickOK.
4. Definethenozzleparametersaslistedbelow.Remembertoselectanewlinenumberby
usingtheBrowsefeaturenexttotheLineNo.field.
EquipmentModeling
Attribute
Imperial
Metric
MixedMetric
Spec
I_150LB
M_150LB
MM_150LB
Nom.Size
100
600
600
LineNo.
L1005
L1005
L1005
Rating
150LB
150LB
150LB
Facing
RF
RF
RF
EndCond.
FL
FL
FL
64
Dec08
Modeling Horizontal Vessels
5. ClickOKtoplacethenozzletocompletethepump.
ModelingHorizontalVessels
Exercise1:Createavesselwiththeparametersasgiven,positioningitontopof
foundationssituatednexttopumpP104.
1. SelectEquipment>Vessels>HorizontalVessel.
TheTagTypesdialogopens.
2. SelectDrumTagandclickOK.
3. TheCreateNewEquipmentTagdialogdisplays.
4. EnterVH45intotheCreatenewEquipmenttagfield.
5. ClickOK.
6. Enterthevesselparametersshownbelow.
Attribute
Imperial
Metric
MixedMetric
168
5000
5000
68
2000
2000
1500
1500
10
250
250
No.ofSdls
Sdl.Width
1500
1500
900
900
900
900
InsulThk
50
50
HeadType
SemiElliptical
SemiElliptical
SemiElliptical
7. ClickOK.
8. SincethereisnoplacementpointdefinedforVH45,selectWP.(WorldCoordinate
point0,0,0.)
ByselectingtheWPpoint,youwillnowentertheoffsetsfromthatpointtoarriveat
yourequipmentplacementpoint.
Jan08
65
EquipmentModeling
9. RespondtotheAutoCADpromptsasfollows:
0.000000, 0.000000>:
Entertheappropriatecoordinates:
Imperial
Metric
MixedMetric
0,0,1096
0,0,32850
0,0,32850
Elevation entered: <value>

10. Entertheappropriatecoordinates:
Imperial
Metric
MixedMetric
100310,1040
301235,312700
301235,312700
11. ClickEnter.
Thefinalpositionofthevesselshouldresembletheimagebelow.
Note:
EquipmentModeling
IfyouareworkinginAutoCAD2006orlater,youmayhavenoticedthatyourcoordinateentry
appearedonyourdrawingscreenratherthaninthecommandline.Ifthatisthecase,thenyou
havetheDynamicEntryturnedon.Ifyouwanttoturnoffthatfunctionality,clickontheDYN
buttonatthebottomofyourAutoCADwindow.
66
Dec08
AttachingRadialNozzles
InthefollowingexercisesyoucaneitherresettheComponentPreferencescontroltothe
desiredLineNumberorselecttheLineNumberfromthedialog.
Exercise2:AddthefollowingradialnozzlestovesselVH45,positioningthenozzle
usingtheparameterslistedbelow.
1. Tosetuptheview,enterTOPatthecommandline,thenZOOMaroundthehorizontal
vessel.
2. SettheComponentPreferencecontrolforNozzlesandtheLineNumbertoTRIM.
3. SelectEquipment>Nozzles>OnEquipment>Radial.
4. PickapointonvesselVH45.
5. EnterVH45N1inthetagfieldoftheCreatenewNozzletagdialog.
6. ClickOK.
7. Enterthefollowingnozzleparametersintheplacementdialog:
Attribute
Imperial
Metric
MixedMetric
Spec
I_150LB
M_150LB
MM_150LB
Nom.Size
200mm
1200
1200
225
225
LineNo.
L1003
L1003
L1003
Rating/Facing/End
Conditon
150LB,RF,FL
150LB,RF,FL
150LB,RF,FL
8. ClickOKtoplacethenozzle.
9. Continueenteringnozzlesasspecifiedinthetableshownonthenextpage.
Note:
Jan08
Thenozzlecommandisstillactive,soyouonlyneedtoselectthevesseltocontinue.
67
EquipmentModeling
ImperialRadialNozzles
Nozzle
Tag
Spec
Size/Rating
ALocation BProjection
COrient
DOffset
LineNo.
Outlet
VH45N2
I_150LB
8
150LB,RF
156
180
L1004
Relief
VH45N3
I_150LB
2
150LB,RF
TRIM
Instrument
VH45N4
I_150LB
2
150LB,RF
15
12
270
TRIM
Instrument
VH45N5
I_150LB
2
150LB,RF
15
12
270
TRIM
COrient
DOffset
LineNo.
MetricRadialNozzles
Nozzle
Tag
Spec
Size/Rating
Outlet
VH45N2
M_150LB
200mm
150LB,RF
4650
225
180
L1004
Relief
VH45N3
M_150LB
50mm
150LB,RF
300
225
TRIM
Instrument
VH45N4
M_150LB
50mm
150LB,RF
4500
350
270
600
TRIM
Instrument
VH45N5
M_150LB
50mm
150LB,RF
4500
350
270
600
TRIM
COrient
DOffset
LineNo.
MixedMetricRadialNozzles
Nozzle
Tag
Spec
Size/Rating
Outlet
VH45N2
MM_150LB
8
150LB,RF
4650
225
180
L1004
Relief
VH45N3
MM_150LB
2
150LB,RF
300
225
TRIM
Instrument
VH45N4
MM_150LB
2
150LB,RF
4500
350
270
600
TRIM
Instrument
VH45N5
MM_150LB
2
150LB,RF
4500
350
270
600
TRIM
10. Whendone,clickEntertoexitthecommand.
EquipmentModeling
68
Dec08
AttachingAxialNozzles
Exercise3:AddthefollowingaxialnozzlestovesselVH45,positioningthenozzle
usingtheparameterslistedbelow.
Ifnecessary,setuptheview,byenteringTOPatthecommandline,thenZoomaroundthe
horizontalvessel.
1. SelectEquipment>Nozzles>OnEquipment>Axialtoaddthesteamoutletnozzle.
2. SelectEquipment>Nozzles>OnEquipment>AxialManwaytoaddthemanway.
Note:
Thecorrectplacementofaxialnozzlesonequipmentisdependentupontheendselectedwhen
promptedtoplaceacomponent.PicktherightendofthevesselfortheSteamOutnozzleandleft
endofthevesselfortheManway.
ImperialAxialNozzles
Nozzle
Tag
Spec
Size/Rating
A
Projection
B
1stOffset
C
2NDOffset
LineNo.
SteamOutlet
VH45N6
I_150LB
2
150LBRF
22
26
TRIM
Axial
Manway
VH45MW1
I_150LB
24
150LBRF
22
TRIM
A
Projection
B
1stOffset
C
2NDOffset
LineNo.
MetricAxialNozzles
Nozzle
Tag
Spec
Size/Rating
SteamOutlet
VH45N6
MM_150LB
50mm
150LBRF
650
750
TRIM
Axial
Manway
VH45MW1
M_150LB
600mm
150LBRF
650
600
TRIM
A
Projection
B
st
1 Offset
C
2NDOffset
LineNo.
MixedMetricAxialNozzles
Nozzle
Tag
Spec
Size/Rating
SteamOutlet
VH45N6
MM_150LB
2
150LBRF
650
750
TRIM
Axial
Manway
VH45MW1
MM_150LB
24
150LBRF
650
600
TRIM
Jan08
69
EquipmentModeling
3. Saveyourmodel.
4. FromaFRONTview,thehorizontalvesselandpumpshouldlookliketheimageshown
below.
EquipmentModeling
70
Dec08
Modeling Vertical Vessels
ModelingVerticalVessels
Intheseexercises,youwillmodelaverticalvesselincludingnozzlesandusetheediting
commandstomodifytheparameterstoupdatethedatabaserecords.
Note:
Foranunobstructedviewoftheexchanger,youmaywanttounloadthereferenceddrawings
usingAutoCADsxrefcommand,oruseAutoCADs3DAdjustClipPlanes.
Exercise1:Createaverticalvesselwiththeparametersasgiven,positioningitata
locationreferencedfromapredefinedlocationpoint.
1. TypeFronttomovetoafrontview,andthenZoomExtents.
2. SelectEquipment>Vessels>VerticalVessel.
3. SelectTowerTagfromtheTagTypedialog.ClickOK.
4. TypeT136intothetagfieldoftheCreatenewEquipmenttagdialog.ClickOK.
5. EnterthefollowingparametersintheVerticalVesselplacementdialog.
Jan08
Attribute
Imperial
Metric
MixedMetric
10
3000
3000
27
8000
8000
66
2000
2000
10
3000
3000
UpperHead
SemiElliptical
SemiElliptical
SemiElliptical
LowerHead
NoHead
NoHead
NoHead
InsulThk
71
EquipmentModeling
Note:
Makesurethevesselisplacedwithoutalowerhead.Later,youwillplacealowerheadusing
equipmentprimitives.
6. ClickOK.
7. UsetheEsckeytoexittheLocationPointListdialog.
8. Respondtothefollowingprompts:
0.000000, 0.000000>:
EnterE
Enter elevation distance <0.0>:
Imperial
Metric
MixedMetric
1066
31950
31950
Elevation entered: <value>

EnterN
Enter north (- for south) distance <0.0>:
Imperial
Metric
MixedMetric
1040
312000
312000
Enter east (- for west) distance <0.0>:
Imperial
Metric
MixedMetric
1058
317400
317400
EquipmentModeling
72
Dec08
T136shouldresemblethefigureshownhere.
ModifyVesselT136
Exercise2:UsetheeditcommandtoremovetheskirtfromT136.
1. SelectEquipment>EquipmentTools>EditComponent.
2. PickverticalvesselT136.
Theplacementdialogdisplaystheparametervaluesthatwereenteredwhenthevessel
wasoriginallyplaced.
3. Toremovethevesselskirt,changethevalueofparametersCandDto0.
4. ClickOK.
5. Amessagedisplaysindicatingthatyouhaveremovedtheskirtfromthevessel.
6. ClickOKtoredrawthevessel.
Jan08
73
EquipmentModeling
AddNozzlestoT136
Exercise3:Addaliquidoutletnozzlewithafabricatedelbowtothebottomofthe
vessel.
Note:
Whenplacingaxialnozzles,alwayspicktheendofavesselclosesttowhereyouwantthenozzle
placed..
1. SelectEquipment>Nozzles>OnEquipment>Elbow>Axial.
2. PickapointontheshelloftowerT136nearthebottomofthevessel.
3. ChangethetagnumbertoT136N4intheCreatenewNozzletagdialog.
4. ClickOK.
5. EnterthenozzleparametersintheAxialElbowNozzleonEquipmentdialogasfollows:
Attribute
Imperial
Metric
MixedMetric
Spec
I_150LB
M_150LB
MM_150LB
Nom.Size
200mm
39
1150
1150
600
600
270
270
270
LineNo.
L1006
L1006
L1006
6. ClickOKtoplacethenozzle.
7. ClickEntertoendthecommand.
EquipmentModeling
74
Dec08
Exercise4:AddtheradialandaxialnozzlestoT136.
Yourmodelshouldresemblethefigure.
Jan08
75
EquipmentModeling
Nozzle
Tag
Spec
Size/Rating
Inlet
T136N1
I_150LB
8
150LB,RF
18
Steam
Outlet
T136N6
I_150LB
2
150LB,RF
Radial
Manway
T136MW1
I_150LB
Radial
Manway
T136MW2
I_150LB
Note:
COrient
DOffset
LineNo.
225
L1002
270
TRIM
24
150LB,RF
TRIM
24
150LB,RF
18
TRIM
Whenplacingtheaxialnozzles,besuretopickapointnearthetopofthevessel.
ImperialAxialNozzles
Nozzle
Tag
Spec
Size/Rating
Vapor
Outlet
T136N2
I_150LB
8
150LB,RF
NoCheck
Steam
Outlet
T136N3
I_150LB
2
150LB,RF
NoCheck
B1st
Offset
C2nd
Offset
LineNo.
33
L1003
33
23
16
L1008
Placement AProjection
byAngle
YourvesselshouldresemblethefigureshowninbothTOPandFRONTviews.
MetricRadialNozzles
Nozzle
Tag
Spec
Size/Rating
COrient
DOffset
LineNo.
Inlet
T136N1
M_150LB
200mm
150LB,RF
5400
150
225
L1002
Steam
Outlet
T136N6
M_150LB
50mm
150LB,RF
150
150
270
TRIM
Radial
Manway
T136MW1
M_150LB
600mm
150LB,RF
600
250
TRIM
Radial
Manway
T136MW2
M_150LB
600mm
150LB,RF
5400
250
TRIM
EquipmentModeling
76
Dec08
MetricAxialNozzles
Nozzle
Tag
Spec
Size/Rating
Vapor
Outlet
T136N2
M_150LB
200mm
150LB,RF
CheckedOff
Steam
Outlet
T136N3
M_150LBa
50mm
150LB,RF
CheckedOff
B1st
Offset
C2nd
Offset
LineNo.
1000
L1003
1000
450
675
L1008
byAngle
Nozzle
Tag
Spec
Size/Rating
COrient
DOffset
LineNo.
Inlet
T136N1
MM_150LB
8
150LB,RF
5400
150
225
L1002
Steam
Outlet
T136N6
MM_150LB
2
150LB,RF
150
150
270
TRIM
Radial
Manway
T136MW1 MM_150LB
24
150LB,RF
600
250
TRIM
Radial
Manway
T136MW2 MM_150LB
24
150LB,RF
5400
250
TRIM
B1st
Offset
C2nd
Offset
LineNo.
MixedMetricAxialNozzles
Nozzle
Tag
Spec
Size/Rating
byAngle
Vapor
Outlet
T136N2
MM_150LB
8
150LB,RF
CheckedOff
1000
L1003
Steam
Outlet
T136N3
MM_150LBa
2
150LB,RF
CheckedOff
1000
450
675
L1008
Jan08
77
EquipmentModeling
ChallengeExercise
EditingNozzles
Editingtheplacementofanozzleisassimpleaseditinganequipmentcomponent.These
basicstepsarerequired.
1. SelecttheEditComponentcommandandpickthedesirednozzle.
2. Enterthenewplacementattributes.
3. ClickOK.
Exercise5:MovethereliefnozzleonT136tomatchthefigureshownhere.
EquipmentModeling
78
Dec08
Modeling Heat Exchangers
ModelingHeatExchangers
Thefollowingexerciseswillreemphasizetheplacementproceduresyouhavealready
learned.Youwillmodelahorizontalheatexchangerandaddinletandoutletnozzlestothe
vessel.
Whencomplete,yourexchangershouldlookliketheoneshownfromafrontview.
Exercise1:CreateahorizontalheatexchangerE106,usingtheparametersbelowand
placeitatthepredefinedlocationpointwithadirectionangleof180.
Jan08
79
EquipmentModeling
Attribute
Imperial
Metric
MixedMetric
Tag
E106
E106
E106
126
3750
3750
1200
1200
1200
1200
2400
2400
1200
1200
Sdlwidth
900
900
200
200
16
450
450
900
900
150
150
InsulThk
FlangeThickness
50
50
FlangeOuterDia.
44
1400
1400
DrawRightFlange
ON
ON
ON
DrawLeftFlange
ON
ON
ON
DrawRightHead
ON
ON
ON
DrawLeftHead
OFF
OFF
OFF
EquipmentModeling
80
Dec08
AddingNozzlestoE106
Exercise2:AddtheradialnozzlestotheexchangerE106.SelectEquipment>Nozzles
>OnEquipment>Radial.
Note:
Usetherepeatcommandfunctiontocontinueplacingnozzles.Toendthecommand,clickEnter.
Nozzle
Tag
Spec
Size/Rating
COrient
DOffset
LineNo.
Channel
Inlet
E106N1
I_150LB
8
150LB,RF
180
L1006
Channel
Outlet
E106N2
I_150LB
8
150LB,RF
TRIM
Shell
Inlet
E106N3
I_150LB
8
150LB,RF
13
TRIM
Shell
Outlet
E106N4
I_150LB
8
150LB,RF
26
180
L1001
COrient
DOffset
LineNo.
MetricRadialNozzles
Nozzle
Tag
Spec
Size/Rating
Channel
Inlet
E106N1
M_150LB
200mm
150LB,RF
300
180
L1006
Channel
Outlet
E106N2
M_150LB
200mm
150LB,RF
300
TRIM
Shell
Inlet
E106N3
M_150LB
200mm
150LB,RF
3900
300
TRIM
Shell
Outlet
E106N4
M_150LB
200mm
150LB,RF
750
300
180
L1001
COrient
DOffset
LineNo.
Nozzle
Tag
Spec
Size/Rating
Channel
Inlet
E106N1
M_150LB
8
150LB,RF
300
180
L1006
Channel
Outlet
E106N2
M_150LB
8
150LB,RF
300
TRIM
Shell
Inlet
E106N3
M_150LB
8
150LB,RF
3900
300
TRIM
Shell
Outlet
E106N4
M_150LB
8
150LB,RF
750
300
180
L1001
Jan08
81
EquipmentModeling
Associative Components
AssociativeComponents
AutoPLANTEquipmentcomponentlibrariesprovidealargeselectionofassociative(Assoc)
components.Themostcommonisthenozzle,butyoucanalsoaddboots,ladders,ora
varietyofdifferentheadtypesasassociativecomponents.
Asthetermimplies,thesecomponentscannotstandaloneinadrawingtheymustbe
associatedtoanexistingpieceofequipment.
Whileassociativecomponentsaredependentonotherequipmentcomponents,theyare
consideredanindependententryintheAutoPLANTdatabase,andmusttherefore,havea
uniquetag.Whenplaced,AutoPLANTwillautomaticallygenerateauniquetagforthese
components,butaswithallcomponentsyouhavetheoptiontomodifythetagtosuityour
requirements.
Associativecomponentscanbegroupedintothefollowingcategories:
Vesselcomponentsincludebootsandlegs.Thesecomponentsarelocatedinthe
Equipment>Vesselsmenu.
Associatedprimitivesincludingheadsandsolids,aretraditionallyusedfor
foundationsandbaseplates.SelectassociatedprimitivesfromtheEquipment>
AssociatedPrimitivesmenu.
Structurecomponentsincludeladders,platformsanddavits.Toaddthesetypesof
components,selectfromtheEquipment>Structuresmenu.
Note:
EquipmentModeling
Forincreasedproductivityandfastercomponentplacement,selectthecomponenttypesfroma
toolbarratherthanadropdownmenu.
82
Dec08
VesselComponents
Inthefollowingexercise,youwilladdabootandnozzletoVH45.Yourfinishedvessel
shouldlookasshown.
Exercise1:AddabootincludinganozzletohorizontalvesselVH45usingthe
parameterslistedbelow.
1. SelectEquipment>Vessels>AddBoot.
2. ClickvesselVH45toopentheBootonHorizontalVesseldialog.
3. Enterthebootparametersasshown.
Attribute
Imperial
Metric
MixedMetric
Tag
VB45
VB45
VB45
11
3300
3300
26
750
750
26
750
750
Jan08
83
EquipmentModeling
4. Addaradialnozzle,VH45B1,totheboot.
SelectEquipment>Nozzles>OnBoots>Radial
5. Intheplacementdialog,inputthefollowingparameters.
Attribute
Imperial
Metric
MixedMetric
Tag
VH45B1
VH45B1
VH45B1
Spec
I_150LB
M_150LB
MM_150LB
Nom.
Size/Rating
2
150LBRF
50
150LBRF
2
150LBRF
600
600
150
150
LineNo.
TRIM
TRIM
TRIM
6. Addanaxialnozzle,VH45B2totheboot.
SelectEquipment>Nozzles>OnBoots>Axial.
Note:
Selectalocationnearthebottomoftheboot.
7. Inthedialog,inputtheparametersasshown.
EquipmentModeling
Attribute
Imperial
Metric
MixedMetric
Tag
VH45B2
VH45B2
VH45B2
Spec
I_150LB
M_150LB
MM_150LB
Nom.
Size/Rating
3
150LBRF
80mm
150LBRF
3
150LBRF
300
300
LineNo.
TRIM
TRIM
TRIM
84
Dec08
Thisexercisedemonstrateshowcomponentssuchaslegs,lugsandheadsareattachedby
creatinganassociationtoanexistingcomponent.
Exercise2:AddlegstoT136.
1. SelectEquipment>Vessels>AddLegs.
2. PickapointonvesselT136.(Donotpickapointontheheadprimitiveaddedinthe
previousexercise.)
3. EnterthefollowingparametersintheLegsonVerticalVesseldialog.
Note:
Wheninsertinglegs,thevesselreferencepointisbasedonthevessel'soriginalinsertionpointas
indicatedinthepromptdescriptionwhenthecursorisplacedinparameterC.
Attribute
Imperial
Metric
MixedMetric
Tag
TL136
TL136
TL136
No.Legs
45
45
45
89
2625
2625
23
675
675
10
250
250
4. ClickOKtoattachthelegstothevesselasshown.
Jan08
85
EquipmentModeling
AssociatedPrimitives
Inthisexerciseyouwilladdaprimitivecomponenttothevessel.
Exercise1:AddanellipticalheadtothebottomofT136.
YoumayfindithelpfultochangetotheFRONTviewbeforeperformingthisexercise.
1. SelectEquipment>AssociativePrimitives>Heads>Elliptical.
2. PickapointonT136nearthebottomofthevesseltoindicatethelocationforthe
ellipticalhead.
3. EnterthefollowingparametersintheAssociativeEllipticalVesselHeaddialog:
Attribute
Imperial
Metric
MixedMetric
Tag
EH136
EH136
EH136
10
3000
3000
LinkDiameter
Checkedon
Checkedon
Checkedon
26
750
750
4. CheckLinkDiametertoassociatethediameteroftheheadtothediameterofthe
vessel.
Ifthediameterofthevesselislatermodified,thediameteroftheheadwillbe
automaticallyupdated.
5. ClickOKtoattachthehead.
EquipmentModeling
86
Dec08
StructuralComponents
AutoPLANTEquipmentprovidesawiderangeofstructuralcomponentsincludingladders
andplatforms.Thesestructuralcomponentsmustbeattachedtoanexistingcomponentor
primitive.
Exercise1:CreatealadderwiththeparameterslistedbelowandaddtoT136.
1. SelectEquipment>Structures>Ladders>OnVerticalVessels.
2. PickverticalvesselT136toformtheassociation.
3. Entertheladderparametersintotheplacementdialog.
Attribute
Imperial
Metric
MixedMetric
Tag
SU329
SU329
SU329
1800
1800
66
1950
1950
166
4950
4950
10
250
250
12
300
300
13
3900
3900
16
450
450
25
25
Discontinue
NoCheck
NoCheck
NoCheck
4. ClickOKtoplacetheladder.
Jan08
87
EquipmentModeling
Exercise2:AddacircularplatformtoT136.
1. SelectEquipment>Structures>CircularPlatform.
2. PickverticalvesselT136toformtheassociationanddisplaytheplacementdialog.
3. Entertheplatformparameters.
Attribute
Imperial
Metric
MixedMetric
Tag
SU346
SU346
SU346
1500
1500
900
900
10
250
250
10
10
10
135
135
135
50
50
18
500
500
10
3000
3000
4. ClickOK.
YourfinishedT136shouldresembletheexampleshown.
EquipmentModeling
88
Dec08
Copy Component Command
CopyComponentCommand
Formultipleinstancesofanequipmenttypeespeciallyifthenozzlesandotherassociated
componentsarethesameitcanbemuchfastertocreatethefirstcomponentandthen
copyandplacethenewcomponentinmultiplelocations.
TheEquipment>EquipmentTools>CopyComponentcommandisusedtocopyequipment
andanyassociatedcomponents.Theparametersofthecopiedcomponentcanthenbe
modified.Thecomponentisredrawnandtheexternaldatabaserecordsareupdatedwith
thenewvalues.
Tomaintainuniquenaming,AutoPLANTusesthissimplenamingconventionforcopied
equipment:
<originalname>$(<copynumber>)
Sincethedefaultformatmaynotmeetyournamingconventions,youcanrenamethem.
Beforeyoucanchangethenameofanycomponent,thecomponentmustfirstbesavedto
theEquipmentdatabase.Shouldyouforgettosave,youwillbepromptedbyaProject
DatabaseError.
Threethingstorememberwhencopyingequipment:
1. TheAutoCADcopycommandworkssimilartotheAutoPLANTcopycommand.
2. DonotexitthecopycommandwiththeEsckey.Doingsoresultsinaduplicategraphic.
TheEquipmentapplicationdoesnotconsideritacomponentseparatefromtheoriginal.
3. DonotusetheWindowscommandforcopyandpaste(ctrl+c,ctrl+v).Itwillonly
duplicatethegraphicsselected,whilealloftheAutoPLANTintelligencewillbelost.
Jan08
89
EquipmentModeling
CreatingaSparePump
Exercise1:CreateacopyofP104andplacethecopyinthelocationspecified.
TheISO2viewismoreconvenientforthisexercise.
1. SelectEquipment>EquipmentTools>CopyComponent.
2. Respondtothepromptsasfollows:
Select objects:
PickanypointonPumpP104andthenclickEnter(thisindicatesyouaredoneselecting
objectstocopy).
Specify Base point or displacement, or {Multiple}:
Pickanypointonthepump.
Specify second point of displacement or <use first point as
displacement>:
Type@9'3"<270(or@2775<270forMetricandMixedMetricprojects)andthenclick
Entertopositionthecopiedpump.
ThepumpanditsassociatednozzlesarecopiedasshownintheSEisometricview.
EquipmentModeling
90
Dec08
ModifytheTags
Exercise2:Modifythenewpumptags.
Note:
Beforeyoumodifythenewpumpstagnumbersyoumustsavethemodel.
1. ClickSave.
2. SelectEquipment>EquipmentTools>EditComponent
3. Selectthecopiedpumptodisplaytheplacementdialog.
Noticethedefaulttagnumberincludestheoriginalpumptagwithadditionalcharacters
appendedattheend.
4. ClickBrowsenexttothetagnumberfieldtodisplaytheRenameEquipmentTagdialog
shownbelow.
5. TypeP124forthenewtagname.
6. ClickOK.
Note:
IfamessageboxpromptsforanadditionallinkforP124,clickYes.
7. ClickOKtoclosethedialogandsavethechangedtagtothedatabase.
8. SelecttheEditComponentcommandtochangethetagnumberforbothpumpnozzles.
EnterP124N1forthesuctionnozzleandP124N2forthedischargenozzle.
9. Whencomplete,clickSave.
Jan08
91
EquipmentModeling
CreateaSecondHeatExchanger
TheCopyComponentcommandcanbeusedtocreateasecondheatexchanger,similarto
thepreviousexerciseforthepump.
Exercise1:UsingtheCopyComponentcommand,makeasecondheatexchangerand
positionitontopoftheoriginalexchanger.
YoumayfindthisexerciseeasierifyouchangetoaFRONTviewandZoominaround
exchangerE106.
1. SelectEquipment>EquipmentTools>CopyComponent.
2. SelectexchangerE106.
3. ClickEnter.
4. Selectabasepointofdisplacement.Pickanywhereonthecomponent.
Enter@0,0,6'(or@0,0,1800forMetricandMixedMetricprojects)forthesecondpoint
displacement.
5. Saveyourmodel.
6. WhentheModifyTagsdialogdisplays,changethetagofthenewexchangertoE107.
7. Usetheeditcommandtochangethenozzlesonthetwoexchangerstomatchthose
showninthefigure.
8. Saveyourmodel.
EquipmentModeling
92
Dec08
Theseexercisescompletetheequipmentmodel.Yourfinishedmodelincludingall
componentsandreferencedrawingsshouldappearsimilartothefigureshown.
ThismodelwillbeusedduringtheAutoPLANTPipingcourse.
Theexercisesinthefollowingsectionsareoptional.
Jan08
93
EquipmentModeling
Custom Components
CustomComponents
Attimesyoumayneedtocreateacustomcomponent.AutoPLANTEquipmentprovidesan
extensivearrayofbasicshapes,referredtoasprimitives,forcreatingcustomcomponents.
PrimitivesarecategorizedasEquipmentPrimitives,AssociativePrimitivesorTransition
Components.
EquipmentPrimitives
EquipmentPrimitivesactastheparentcomponenttoAssociativeandTransitionchild
components.
Whenyouconstructequipmentfromprimitives,thefirstprimitiveplacedbecomesthe
parentcomponentandisassignedatag.
YoucanthenattachAssociativePrimitivesorTransitionComponentstothefirstEquipment
Primitivetocompleteyourcustomequipment.AnEquipmentPrimitivecannotbeattached
toanotherEquipmentPrimitive.
AssociativePrimitives
AssociativePrimitivescannotstandaloneandmustbeattachedtoanexistingcomponent.
Onceplaced,anAssociativePrimitivebecomespartoftheparentprimitiveandisresizedor
relocatedwiththeparentprimitive.
TransitionComponents
TransitionComponentsareassociativeprimitivesthatallowyoutocreateasmooth
connectionbetweendissimilarcomponents.
EquipmentModeling
94
Dec08
Custom Components
BuildingCustomComponents
Customequipmentcanbesimplewithafewcomponents,ordetailedincludingequipment
primitives,associativeprimitives,transitioncomponentsorAutoCADobjects.Whilemore
detailmayenhancethevisualmodel,thatvisualdetailmaynotimprovetheoveralldesign.
Exercise1:ModeltheverticalvesselasshownusinganEquipmentPrimitiveand
severalAssociativePrimitives.
1. SelectEquipment>EquipmentPrimitives>Cylinders>Vertical.
2. WhentheCreateNewEquipmentTagdialogopens,enterthenozzletagCH101and
clickOK.
3. IntheVerticalCylinderdialog,enterthefollowinginformation:
Attribute
Imperial
Metric
MixedMetric
Tag
CH101
CH101
CH101
17
8100
8100
2400
2400
4. ClickOK.
Note:
Jan08
IftheLocationPointdialogdisplays,clickEsctocloseit.
95
EquipmentModeling
Custom Components
5. Placethecylinderwiththefollowingcoordinates:
Imperial
Metric
MixedMetric
Elevation
1099
32925
32925
North
9911
297450
297450
East
1040
312000
312000
Youwillnowaddanellipticalheadtothecylinder.
6. SelectAssociativePrimitives>Heads>Elliptical.
7. Pickapointonthecylinderclosetothetopofthecylinder.
Note:
Anaxialcomponentwillbeplacedattheendthatisclosesttothepointusedtofirstselectthe
component.
8. IntheAssociateEllipticalVesselHeaddialog,enterthesevalues:
Attribute
Imperial
Metric
MixedMetric
Tag
VH101
VH101
VH101
2400
2400
LinkDiameter
ON
ON
ON
600
600
9. ClickOKtoattachtheheadtothecylinder.
Youwillnowaddaconetothecylinder.
10. SelectAssociativePrimitives>Cones>Axial.
11. ClickapointonthecylinderCH101nearthebottomofthecylinder.
EquipmentModeling
96
Dec08
Custom Components
12. IntheAssociateAxialConedialogenterthesevalues:
Attribute
Imperial
Metric
MixedMetric
Tag
BC101
BC101
BC101
66
1950
1950
2400
2400
LinkDiameter
ON
ON
ON
1200
1200
13. ClickOKtoattachtheconetothecylinder.
14. SelectVessels>AddLegsfromtheEquipmentmenu.
15. PickcylinderCH101(donotpickapointontheheadorconesection.)
16. Definethelegparametersusingthesevalues:
Attribute
Imperial
Metric
MixedMetric
Tag
HL101
HL101
HL101
No.ofLegs
45
45
45
12
3600
3600
23
675
675
10
250
250
17. ClickSave.
Jan08
97
EquipmentModeling
Custom Components
CreatingaComponentfromSimplePrimitives
SomeprimitivetypesareavailableasbothEquipmentandAssociativeprimitives.The
TriangularSolidisagoodexample.Inthenextexerciseyouwillcreateahorizontalvessel
fromsimpleprimitives.
EquipmentModeling
98
Dec08
Custom Components
WhenusedasanEquipmentPrimitive:
Enterthevaluesforheight,widthandthicknessinthedialog
Toplacetheprimitive,providecoordinates,directionangleandorientationangle.
WhenusedasanAssociativePrimitive:
EntervaluesforeachphysicalattributeANDthelocationoftheprimitivewithrespectto
theparentprimitive.
ToplacetheAssociativePrimitive,providedistanceandangleinallthreeplanes
Exercise1:Createahorizontalvesselwithtriangularlegsasshown.
1. SelectEquipment>EquipmentPrimitives>Cylinders>Horizontal.
2. IntheCreateNewEquipmentTagdialog,enterCYL1.
3. ClickOK.
4. IntheHorizontalCylinderdialogenterthefollowingparameters:
Attribute
Imperial
Metric
MixedMetric
Tag
CYL1
CYL1
CYL1
12
3600
3600
1500
1500
5. ClickOK.
Jan08
99
EquipmentModeling
Custom Components
6. Placethecylinderusingthesecoordinates:
Imperial
Metric
MixedMetric
Elevation
105
31500
31500
North
970
291000
291000
East
1030
309000
309000
Angle
7. SelectEquipment>EquipmentPrimitives>TriangularSolid.
8. IntheCreateNewEquipmentTagdialog,enterLEG1.
9. ClickOK.
10. IntheEquipmentTriangularSoliddialogenterthesecoordinates:
Attribute
Imperial
Metric
MixedMetric
Tag
LEG1
LEG1
LEG1
2100
2100
1500
1500
11
275
275
11. ClickOK.
12. Placethesolidatthesecoordinates:
Imperial
Metric
MixedMetric
Elevation
100
30000
30000
North
1032
291000
291000
East
970
309475
309475
Direction
Orientation
EquipmentModeling
100
Dec08
Custom Components
13. CopyLEG1andplacethecopy711(2375mm)eastoftheoriginal.
14. UsetheEquipment>EquipmentTools>EditComponenttorenamethenewlegLEG2.
ClickSave.
CreatingUserDefinedEquipment
TheUserDefinedEquipmentcommandallowsyoutocombineAutoPLANTprimitiveswith
nativeAutoCADelementstocreateauniquecomponentincludingdimensionsandlocation
attributes.Followthesebasicstepsforcreatingthecomponent.
1. SelectEquipment>UserDefined.Provideanameforthecomponent.
2. TheUserDefinedEquipmentdialogappears.TheonlyfunctionsavailableareSelect
EntitiesorCanceloutofthecommand.
Jan08
101
EquipmentModeling
Custom Components
3. Selecttheentitiestoincludeinyourcomponent.ClickEnter.
Note:
Onceselected,youcannotaddorremovecomponents.
4. TheUserDefinedEquipmentdialogreopensallowingyoutoenterthevaluesforthe
component.
Identification
TheTagyoudefinedpreviouslydisplaysintheTagfield.
TheGroupIDisareadonlyfield.Thisvaluewasautomaticallygeneratedwhenyouselected
theprimitivestobecombinedforyourcomponent.
TheDescriptionfieldallowsyoutoenteradditionalinformationaboutthecomponent.
OverallDimensions
AutoPLANTworkswithuserdefinedequipmentasifitwereahorizontalcylinder.The
LengthandRadiusvaluesgivethecylinderdimension.Theseattributescanbeentered
manually,orpickedfromtheAutoCADscreenbyclickingonthe<<Pickbutton.
Note:
Whileyoucanchangethevalues,therewillbenovisualchangestothegraphicalrepresentation.
USC
Foryourequipmenttoexistinspace,youneedtodefinethelocalcoordinatesystem
includingLocationPoint,DirectionPointandOrientationPoint.
TheXaxisisusedasthecenterlineaxis,definedasthevectorfromtheLocationPointtothe
DirectionPoint.
TheYaxisisdefinedasthevectorfromtheDirectionPointtotheOrientationPoint.
TodefineXandY,youcanenterthevaluesmanuallyorpickfromtheAutoCADscreenby
clickingonthe<<Pickbutton.
EquipmentModeling
102
Dec08
Custom Components
CreateaCustomVessel
Exercise1:Createauserdefinedequipmentcomponentfromthehorizontalvessel
yougeneratedinthepreviousexercise.
1. SelectEquipment>UserDefined.
2. EnterHV1000asthetagintheCreatenewEquipmenttagdialog.
3. ClickSelectEntitiesintheUserDefinedEquipmentdialog.
4. SelecttheCYL1,LEG1,andLEG2componentsinyourmodel.ClickEnter.
5. DefinetheUCScoordinatesaslistedbelow:
ImperialUCSCoordinates
Point
XCoord
YCoord
ZCoord
Location
1030
970
105
Direction
10326
970
105
Orientation
10326
982
105
MetricUCSCoordinates
Point
XCoord
YCoord
ZCoord
Location
309000
291000
31500
Direction
312600
291000
31500
Orientation
312600
291750
31500
MixedMetricUCSCoordinates
Point
XCoord
YCoord
ZCoord
Location
309000
291000
31500
Direction
312600
291000
31500
Orientation
312600
291750
31500
6. ClickOK.
Jan08
103
EquipmentModeling
Custom Components
7. UsetheEditcommand,renamethevesselandenterthedimensionsasshown.
Attributes
Imperial
Metric
MixedMetric
Length
12
3600
3600
Radius
1500
1500
8. Saveyourmodel.
Oncecreated,youcanmove,rotate,rename,addnozzlesandcopythecomponentlike
anyotherpieceofequipment.
Thisexercisecompletesthemodule.
EquipmentModeling
104
Dec08
Module Review
ModuleReview
Nowthatyouhavecompletedthefirstmodule,letsreviewwhatyouhavelearned.
Questions
1. Assoctypecomponentsmustbeattachedtoanexistingcomponenttoforman
association.
True
False
2. ComponentsinamodelareeasilydeletedusingAutoCADdelete.
True
False
3. Whenplacinganaxialnozzleonavessel,itisimportanttopickapointclosesttothe
endofthevesselwhereyouwantthenozzletoattach.
True
False
4. Eachtimeyourouteapipe,itisimportanttomakesuretospecifythecorrectline
number.
True
False
5. Asyouplaceapump,thesystemwillautomaticallyincrementthenumericcodevaluein
thetag.
True
False
Jan08
105
EquipmentModeling
Summary
Answers
1. True:AllAssocTypecomponentsincludingnozzles,structuresandassociativeprimitives
mustbeattachedtoanothercomponent.
2. False:AlthoughAutoCADDeletewillerasethecomponentgraphicsfromyourmodel,
thedatabaselinkwillonlyberemovedwhenyouusetheEquipmentTools>Edit
Componentcommand.
3. True:Axialnozzlesextendinadirectionperpendiculartotheplaneofthecylindrical
structure.Duringplacement,thefunctionplacesthecomponentattheendclosestto
whereyouselect.
4. True:Forprojectconsistency,linenumbersaregenerallydefinedpriortothestartof
theproject.LinenumbersarechangedeasilybybrowsingwithintheChange
LineNumberdialog.
5. True:Eachtimeanozzleisplacedonapieceofequipment,thenumericvalue
automaticallyincrementstothenextavailablenumber.Thenewvalueiseasilymodified
bytheEquipmentTools>EditComponentcommand.
Summary
Youarenowableto:
Modelapumpwithsuctionanddischargenozzles
Modelahorizontalvesselwithradialandaxialnozzles
Modelandeditaverticalvessel
Modelaheatexchangerwithinletandoutletnozzles
Usethecopycommandtocreatesparecomponents
Createcustomcomponents
EquipmentModeling
106
Dec08
DatabaseManagement
Overview
Inthismoduleyouwilllearnhowtoeditdatabaserecordswhilemaintainingtheaccuracyof
thedatabase.Youwilllearnhowtorepairalostorcorrupteddatabasefromcomponent
informationsavedinthedrawingfile.
Prerequisites
Basicunderstandingofhowcomponentdataiscreatedwhilebuildingamodel
Objectives
Dec09
Manageandeditdatabaserecords
Cleanandrepairacorrupteddatabase
CreateanEquipmentListreport
CreateaNozzleSchedulereport
Checkdrawingaccuracyagainstcomponentreports
107
DatabaseManagement
Questions
1. InStandaloneMode,allrelationshipdataiswrittentoanindividualdrawingdatabase.
True
False
2. TheAutoCADDeletecommandwillcompletelyerasecomponentsfromyourdrawing.
True
False
3. CreatingaNozzlereportisagoodmethodofcheckingtheaccuracyofyourdrawing.
True
False
Answers
1. True:InMode,relationshipdataiswrittentotheindividualdrawingdatabase.The
mannerthedataisstoredisdependentontheprojectmodeselectedStandalone,
DistributedandCentralMode.
2. False:AutoCADDeletewillonlyerasethecomponentgraphicfromthedrawing,leaving
thecomponentdatainthedatabase.ItisbesttousetheAutoPLANTDeleteComponent
commandtodeletethegraphicandcomponentdata.YoucanalsousetheEquipment>
DatabaseTools>CleanDatabasecommandtocleanthedatabaseofunusedcomponent
data.
3. True:AdetailedNozzleSchedulereportincludescomponentdataincludingTagNo.,
size,andplacementcoordinates,enablingyoutoverifytheaccuracyofyourmodel.
DatabaseManagement
108
Dec09
Managing the Database
ManagingtheDatabase
Whenacomponentisplacedinadrawing,arecordiswrittentoanexternaldatabase.The
mannerinwhichthisdataisstoredisdependentupontheprojectmodeselectedProjects
orUserConfigurations.
AdditionalinformationcanbefoundinONLINEHelp.
Nozzleorequipmentcomponentrecordsarealwayswrittentotheappropriatenozzleor
equipmentdatabasetable.
Equipmentplacementcommandswritetheequipmentname,tagnumberand
descriptiontotheEquipmentTable.
Nozzleplacementcommandswriteinformationincludingassociatedequipmenttag,
nozzletag,nominalsize,linenumberandotherinformationfromthechosenspecinto
theNozzleTable.
DatabaseToolsMenu
TheDatabaseToolsmenuincludes
functionsforeditingandmanaging
componentrecordsstoredinthe
projectdatabase.Additional
functionsincludetoolsforcleaning,
repairingorrestoringacorrupted
databasebasedonthetypeof
componentinformationstoredinthe
drawing.
Dec09
109
DatabaseManagement
Editing Database Records
EditingDatabaseRecords
Eachcomponentinadrawinghasauniquerecordinthedatabase.Userscaneasilyview
andamendtherecordsfromwithintheAutoPLANTapplicationthataccessestheproject
database.EditingrecordsistypicallytheAdministratorsresponsibility.
BelowareexamplesoftheequipmentrecordforthebottomheadonT136.Thisdialogwas
obtainedbyEquipment>DatabaseTools>EditEquipmentandselectingacomponentinthe
model.
YoucanalsoeditadatabaseentrywiththeSetFieldValuemenucommand.FromtheEdit
EquipmentDatabaseFielddialogyoucanselecttheattributeyouwanttochangeand
providethenewvalue.
DatabaseManagement
110
Dec09
Cleaning the Database
CleaningtheDatabase
Thedrawingdatabasecanoccasionallybecomeoutofsyncwiththedrawing.The
databasetoolscleanthedatabaseofunnecessarycomponentdataandallowyoutoedit
individualcomponentrecords.
TheCleanDatabasecommandremovesrecordsfromthedatabasethatnolongerhavea
linktoacomponentgraphicinthemodel.ThiscanhappenifyouusetheAutoCADDelete
commandinsteadoftheAutoPLANTDeleteComponentcommand.
Note:
CleaningthedatabasewilleraseyourAutoCADundo/redobuffer.
Tocleanthedatabase,selectEquipment>DatabaseTools>CleanDatabaseandthen
answerYestotheconfirmationprompt.
ActiveConnections
WheneveryouopenanAutoPLANTmodel,theappropriateAutoPLANTdatabaseiscopied
toalocaltemporarydirectory.Thisgreatlyimprovesperformanceasyoudonothaveto
continuallyaccessanetworkfordatabaseinformation.
TheEquipment>DatabaseTools>ActiveConnectionsopenstheCurrentDatabase
Connectionsdialogandlistsallofthetemporarydatabasesyouarecurrentlyconnectedto.
Youshouldonlybeconnectedtoonedatabase.Youcandisconnectfromallotherdatabases
fromthisdialog.
Dec09
111
DatabaseManagement
Repairing / Rebuilding the Database
Repairing/RebuildingtheDatabase
Ifyourexternaldatabasehasbeencorruptedorlost,youcanrepairitorcompletelyreplace
itwiththedatabeingstoredinthemodel.Anindicatorthatyourdatabasehasbeen
damagedisanemptycomponentdialog.
TheEquipmentTools>RepairDatabasecommandexamineseverycomponentinthe
drawingandfillsinmissingphysicalcomponentdatawiththevaluesfromthedrawing.
DatabaserecordswillbereplacedwiththedefaultvaluesestablishedbyyourProject
Administrator.
Note:
IfyourunaRepairorRebuildaftertheexercisesinthischapter,youwilllosethechangesyou
havemade,sincethevalueswillrevertbacktothosevaluesestablishedintheprojectdataset.
TheRebuildDatabasewilldeletethecurrentdrawingdatabaseandbuildanewonebased
onthedrawing.Thismethodisintendedforseverecircumstances.
RepairDatabaseandRebuildDatabasemakechangestoyourlocaldatabasefirst,andthen
writesthechangestotheprojectdatabasewhenyousavethedrawing.
DatabaseManagement
112
Dec09
EditingaDatabaseRecord
Exercise1:EdittheLongDescriptionforvesselT136.
1. Openyourequipmentdrawing.
2. SelectEquipment>DatabaseTools>EditDatabasefromtheEquipmentmenu.
3. SelectvesselT136toopentheEquipmentDatabaseRecorddialog.
4. ModifytheLongDescfieldtoVerticalVesselT136.
5. ClickOK.
6. Updatethelongdescriptionsforeachtagusingthenewvalues.
ImperialDescriptions
Item
Tag
NewLongDescription
HorizontalVessel
VH45
168x68HorizontalVesselVH45
BootonHorizontalVessel
VB45
VerticalBootonVH45
HorizontalPumpMain
P104
MainHorizontalPumpP104
HorizontalPumpSpare
P124
SpareHorizontalPumpP124
BottomHeadonVert.Vessel
EH136
BottomHeadonT136
VesselLegs
TL136
4LegsonT136
Ladder
SU329
136LadderonT136
CircularPlatform
SU346
135degreeCircularPlatformonT136
HorizontalExchanger
E106
FeedEffluentExchangerE106
HorizontalExchanger
E107
MetricDescriptions
Dec09
Item
Tag
NewLongDescription
HorizontalVessel
VH45
113
DatabaseManagement
VB45
VerticalBootonVH45
HorizontalPumpMain
P104
HorizontalPumpSpare
P124
EH136
BottomHeadonT136
VesselLegs
TL136
4LegsonT136
Ladder
SU329
LadderonT136
CircularPlatform
SU346
HorizontalExchanger
E106
HorizontalExchanger
E107
MixedMetricDescriptions
Item
Tag
NewLongDescription
HorizontalVessel
VH45
VB45
VerticalBootonVH45
HorizontalPumpMain
P104
HorizontalPumpSpare
P124
EH136
BottomHeadonT136
VesselLegs
TL136
4LegsonT136
Ladder
SU329
LadderonT136
CircularPlatform
SU346
HorizontalExchanger
E106
HorizontalExchanger
E107
7. Savethemodel.
DatabaseManagement
114
Dec09
Report Generator Utility
ReportGeneratorUtility
TheAutoPLANTReportGeneratorutilityisusedbyallAutoPLANTPlantDesignapplications
togenerateareportthatcanbeoutputtoaprinter,file,ordisplayedinpreviewmode.
CrystalReport(*.RPT)filesformatsareconfiguredforyourusewithaspecificreportname
and/ortype.
CrystalReportsEngine
TheReportGeneratorfunctionsuseSeagateSoftware'sCrystalReportsruntimeengine
toprocessthecomponentdataforthereport.
Note:
YoumustfirstpurchasetheCrystalReportssoftwaretogeneratenewormodifyexistingreport
files.
Whenyourequestareport:
1. TheReportGeneratorextractsthecomponentdrawingdatabaserecords,asselected
fromthedrawingdatabaseandsavestoatemporarydatabase.
2. Thetemporarydatabaseiscleanedtoremoveanyrecordsforcomponentsthatno
longerexistinthedrawing.InAutoPLANTPiping,thepipecutlengthsarerecalculated.
3. TheReportWriter(fromCrystalReports)extractsthedatafromthetemporarydatabase
andprocessesitfortheselectedreportfile.
ReportTypes
Reportsaregroupedbytype.AutoPLANTEquipmentincludestworeporttypesEquipment
ListandNozzleSchedule.
EquipmentListType
Twoequipmentlistreportsareprovided:
1. EquipmentListreportsonlythemajorpiecesofequipmentandomitsassociated
components.
2. DetailEquipmentListliststheprimaryequipmentcomponentsandtheirassociated
components.
NozzleScheduleType
Tworeportsareprovided:
1. BriefNozzleTakeoffincludesequipmentandnozzletagsandnozzlesize.
2. FullNozzleTakeoffincludesprojection,locationanddirection.
Dec09
115
DatabaseManagement
Generating Equipment and Nozzle Reports
GeneratingEquipmentandNozzleReports
TheAutoPLANTReportGeneratorcreatesequipment,nozzle,andpipingreports.The
Equipment>Reportsmenuprovidesaccesstotwopredefinedreports:EquipmentListand
NozzleSchedule.
ExecutingeitheroftheseoptionsopenstheAutoPLANTReportGeneratordialogwiththe
requiredfunctionparametersforeachreport.
DatabaseManagement
116
Dec09
TheOptionssectionofthedialoghasbeendisabledsincetheyarepipingrelatedand
thereforenotrequiredfortheequipmentreports.
ReportoutputUnitscanbechangedtoImperial,Metric,andMixedMetric.
Outputcanbeviewedonthescreen,sentdirectlytoaprinter,orsavedtoanASCIItextfile.
EquipmentReport
Exercise1:Generateadetailedlistoftheequipmentcomponentsinyourmodel.
1. SelectEquipment>Reports>EquipmentListtoopentheAutoPLANTReportGenerator
dialog.
2. Checkthatthereportsettingsareconfiguredasshownbelow.
Dec09
Attribute
Imperial
Metric
MixedMetric
ReportType
EQUIPMENTLIST
EQUIPMENTLIST
EQUIPMENTLIST
ReportName
DETAILEQUIPM,ENTLIST
Units
Imperial
Metric
MixedMetric
Precision
001/16"
mm
mm
BorePrecision
001/8"
mm
mm
Output
Preview
Preview
Preview
117
DatabaseManagement
3. ClickOK.
WhentheAutoPLANTSelectionsdialogopens,clicktheDrawingtab.
4. ClickAlltoselectallequipmentcomponentsinthedrawing.
5. ClickOKtogenerateyourreport.
Compareyourreportoutputtotheexampletodetermineifyouhaveplacedallofthe
componentsandmodifiedtheirrespectiveprojectdatabaserecordsasinstructed.
DatabaseManagement
118
Dec09
6. Afterviewingthereport,closethepreviewwindow.
7. ClickCanceltoclosedialog.
NozzleScheduleReport
Note:
BeforegeneratingaNozzleSchedulereport,closeoutanypreviouslygeneratedEquipmentList
reports.
Exercise1:Generateanozzlelistforthecomponentsinyourdrawing.
1. SelectEquipment>Reports>NozzleSchedule.
2. TheAutoPLANTReportGeneratordialogdisplaysenablingyoutoconfigurethereportas
follows:
Attribute
Imperial
Metric
MixedMetric
ReportType
NozzleTakeoff
NozzleTakeoff
NozzleTakeoff
ReportName
FullNozzleTakeoffList
Units
Imperial
Metric
MixedMetric
Precision
001/16"
mm
mm
BorePrecision
001/8"
mm
Mm
Output
Preview
Preview
Preview
3. TheAutoPLANTSelectionsdialogdisplays.ClicktheDrawingtabandenabletheAll
option.
4. ClickOK.
5. Compareyourreportoutputtotheexamplestodetermineifyouhaveplacedallofthe
nozzlesasinstructed.
6. Afterviewingthereports,closethepreviewwindow.
7. ClickCanceltoclosethedialog.
Dec09
119
DatabaseManagement
DatabaseManagement
120
Dec09
Module Review
ModuleReview
Questions
1. Anemptycomponentdialogmeansyourdatabasemaybecorrupted.
True
False
2. Onceyouhaveplacedacomponentinyourdrawingyoucanneverchangethe
componentdescription.
True
False
3. ReportsaregeneratedfromthedrawingusingCrystalReports.
True
False
4. CreatingaNozzlereportisagoodmethodofcheckingtheaccuracyofyourdrawing.
True
False
Dec09
121
DatabaseManagement
Summary
Answers
1. True:Anemptycomponentdialogmeansnodataisreadfromthedatabase.Torepair
thedatabase,usetheEquipmentTools>RepairDatabasecommand.
2. False:ComponentdescriptionsareeasilymodifiedusingtheEquipment>Database
Tools>EditDatabasecommand.Pickthecomponentandmakethenecessarychanges
tothedatabaserecord.
3. True:theReportGeneratorrunsonCrystalReports.Ninereportformatsareincludedin
Equipment.CrystalReportssoftwareisrequiredtogeneratenewormodifyexisting
reportformats.
4. True:AdetailedNozzleSchedulereportincludescomponentdataincludingTagNo.,
size,andplacementcoordinates,enablingyoutoverifytheaccuracyofyourmodel.
Summary
Youarenowableto:
Manageandeditdatabaserecords
Cleanandrepairacorrupteddatabase
CreateanEquipmentListreport
CreateaNozzleSchedulereport
Checkdrawingaccuracyagainstcomponentreports
DatabaseManagement
122
Dec09
CourseSummary
Review
Questions
1. Workingwithinaprojectenvironmentenablesyoutopredefinesettingsfordrawing
units,custombordersandcomponents.
True
False
2. Briefcasemodeenablesyoutosavecomponentdatainthedrawingfile.
True
False
3. Youcaneasilychangethedrawingunitsatanytimeduringyourmodelingsession.
True
False
4. DocumentManagerenablesyoutoeasilymanagealldrawingfilesrelatedtoaproject
True
False
5. AnexampleofaProjectObjecttheEquipmentapplicationisLineNumber.
True
False
6. SettingupaWorkAreaenablesyoutoeditreferencedrawingsfrommultipledisciplines.
True
False
7. LocationPointsreferstotheCADcoordinatesystem.
Dec09
True
False
123
CourseSummary
Review
8. ComponentTagnumberscannotbeduplicated.
True
False
9. Nozzlesareconsideredassociativecomponents.
True
False
10. UsingtheAutoCADdeletefunction,erasesthecomponentfromyourdrawing.
True
False
11. Iftheexternaldatabaseiscorrupted,youwillneedtostartyourmodelingsessionfrom
thebeginning.
True
False
12. CreatingaNozzleReportgivesyouagoodmethodofcheckingformissingcomponents.
True
False
CourseSummary
124
Dec09
Review
Answers
1. True:Projectmodeenablesyoutodefinealldrawingdefaultsandsettingspriorto
startingtheproject.Allteammemberscreatemodelsanddeliverablestothesameset
ofdesignrules.
2. True:BriefcasemodeisaassociatedwithaUserConfiguration.Itdoesnotrequirea
project,butstoresallcomponentdatainthedrawing.DrawingsinaProjectcanbe
savedinBriefcasemodeandBriefcasedrawingscanbeaddedtoanexistingProject.
3. False:IfyouareworkingwithinaProjectenvironment,drawingunitsandallother
projectsettingsaredefinedbyaProjectAdministratorbeforeanyteammemberbegins
themodelingprocess.
4. True:DocumentManagerisautilityapplicationdeliveredwithAutoPLANT.Using
DocumentManagertolaunchandmanagedrawingfilesguaranteesthatallrelateddata
issavedintheappropriatelocationwithaproject,ensuringaccessforallteam
members.
5. True:TheonlyProjectObjectusedwhenplacingequipmentcomponentsisthe
LineNumber.OncetheProjectAdministratorcreatesthelistofLineNumberstobeused
intheproject,allcomponentsplacedonaspecificlinenumberwillformthecorrect
relationship
6. False:Ausercanonlyplaceequipmentcomponentsinacurrentdrawing.Connections
tothecomponentsinareferencedrawingdonotchangethereferencedrawinginany
way.Noeditscanbemadetoreferencedrawings.
7. False:LocationPointsarereferencepointscreatedbytheusertopositionequipment
components.DynamicrelationshipsinaLocationPointmakeiteasierfortheuserto
moveequipment,withoutworryingaboutconnectedcomponents.
8. False:Alltagnumberswithinadrawingareunique.However,ifyouwishtousean
existingtagnumber,alinktotheoriginaltagnumberiscreateduponplacement.
9. True:Whenyouplaceanozzle,itmustbeattachedtoanexistingcomponenttoforman
association.
10. False:WhenyouusethestandardAutoCADdeletefunctiontoerasecomponentsfrom
yourdrawing,onlythegraphicisdeleted.Componentdataremainsinthedatabase.
YoucanusetheCleanDatabasefunctiontoremovethedata.
11. False:Acorruptedorlostdatabasecanbereplacedfromthedatastoredwithinthe
drawing.TheRepairDatabasecommandwillexamineeachcomponentinthedrawing
andfillsinthemissingcomponentvaluesinthedatabase.
12. True:Bycreatingbothanequipmentreportandanozzlereportyoucaneasilyverify
yourcomponentshavebeenplacedaccurately
Dec09
125
CourseSummary
Review
CourseSummary
126
Dec09
V8i
TRN0102801/0002
Trademarks
Patents
Copyrights
Allrightsreserved.
V8i
2
Dec-09
TableofContents
CourseOverview________________________________________________________ 1
TargetAudience_____________________________________________________________ 1
Prerequisites________________________________________________________________ 1
Questions ________________________________________________________________________6
Answers _________________________________________________________________________7
ApplicationStartup _____________________________________________________ 9
Overview___________________________________________________________________ 9
Prerequisites________________________________________________________________ 9
Objectives__________________________________________________________________ 9
AutoPLANTApplicationStartup _______________________________________________ 10
LaunchingAutoPLANTApplicationsfromtheStartMenu__________________________________10
LaunchingAutoPLANTApplicationsfromtheDesktopIcon ________________________________11
LaunchingAutoPLANTApplicationsfromDocumentManager______________________________12
PipingModelSetup ____________________________________________________ 15
Overview__________________________________________________________________ 15
Prerequisites_______________________________________________________________ 15
Objectives_________________________________________________________________ 15
CreatingaNewPipingModel _________________________________________________ 16
SaveCommand___________________________________________________________________21
SaveAsCommand ________________________________________________________________21
Dec09
i
TableofContents
Table of Contents
TouringtheInterface________________________________________________________ 22
PipingMenu_____________________________________________________________________23
ToolbarsandTooltips______________________________________________________________23
DrawingPreferences ________________________________________________________ 25
DrawingSettings__________________________________________________________________25
DrawingModeandRepresentation___________________________________________________25
ComponentSettings_______________________________________________________________25
OtherSettings____________________________________________________________________25
ComponentPreferences______________________________________________________ 27
ComponentPreferencesControl_______________________________________________ 28
Relationships ____________________________________________________________________28
ProjectPreferences _______________________________________________________________28
FilteringPreferences_______________________________________________________________29
WorkAreas________________________________________________________________ 30
ModuleReview_____________________________________________________________ 33
Questions _______________________________________________________________________33
Answers ________________________________________________________________________34
Summary__________________________________________________________________ 34
ComponentPlacement__________________________________________________ 35
Overview__________________________________________________________________ 35
Prerequisites_______________________________________________________________ 35
Objectives_________________________________________________________________ 35
ComponentPlacementMethods_______________________________________________ 36
PlacementPointsPorts___________________________________________________________38
PlacementToolbars _______________________________________________________________38
PipelineL1008______________________________________________________________ 39
ValvePlacement__________________________________________________________________39
PlacingPSVValves________________________________________________________________40
AddaSliponFlange_______________________________________________________________41
AddinganElbow__________________________________________________________________42
DefaultSpecifications______________________________________________________________42
AddingPipeSegmentstoPlacedComponents __________________________________________43
PipelineL1004______________________________________________________________ 45
TeeComponentsPlacementMethods_________________________________________________46
ReducersandSwages______________________________________________________________49
VesselVH45_____________________________________________________________________50
PumpP104 _____________________________________________________________________52
DefaultSpecification_______________________________________________________________54
PipelineL1001______________________________________________________________ 56
RoutingPipefromExchangerE106___________________________________________________57
UsingAutoFlange_________________________________________________________________59
AligningtoReferenceDrawings______________________________________________________62
AutoPipeRouter____________________________________________________________ 64
TableofContents
ii
Dec09
Table of Contents
UsingAutoPipetoPlaceConnectingPipe ______________________________________________65
UsingPointFilters___________________________________________________________ 66
Method1:PointFilterOnly_________________________________________________________66
Method2:PointFilterandOSNAP ___________________________________________________66
FlangePlacementMethods___________________________________________________ 67
Method1:Placedinspace _________________________________________________________67
Method2:Fittingtofittingplacement ________________________________________________68
Method3:Relativeplacement_______________________________________________________69
InsertingComponentsinExistingLines__________________________________________ 70
PipelineL1002______________________________________________________________ 72
ComponentSelection________________________________________________________ 81
AutoPLANTSelectionsDialog________________________________________________________81
BuildaQuerytoAutomatePipeRouting_______________________________________________84
ClippingPlanes_____________________________________________________________ 85
LoadingAutoPLANTvclipUtility______________________________________________________85
PipelineL1007______________________________________________________________ 87
ModuleReview_____________________________________________________________ 95
Questions:_______________________________________________________________________95
Answers:________________________________________________________________________96
Summary: _________________________________________________________________ 97
AdditionalComponents_________________________________________________ 99
Overview__________________________________________________________________ 99
Prerequisites_______________________________________________________________ 99
Objectives_________________________________________________________________ 99
BranchConnections________________________________________________________ 100
TapPorts_______________________________________________________________________100
PlacinganIndependentTapPort____________________________________________________101
PlacingOlets____________________________________________________________________101
PlacingElbolets__________________________________________________________________102
PlacingLatrolets_________________________________________________________________103
PlacingStubIns__________________________________________________________________107
ValveTopworks ___________________________________________________________ 111
PlacingSimpleTopworks __________________________________________________________112
PlacingLeverTopworks ___________________________________________________________112
EditingTopworks ________________________________________________________________113
Supports _________________________________________________________________ 116
PlacingSupports_________________________________________________________________116
EditingSupports_________________________________________________________________118
ComponentModules_______________________________________________________ 119
LoadingComponentModules ______________________________________________________120
ChallengeExercise _______________________________________________________________121
Dec09
iii
TableofContents
Table of Contents
ModuleReview____________________________________________________________ 122
Questions:______________________________________________________________________122
Answers:_______________________________________________________________________123
Summary: ________________________________________________________________ 124
RoutingOptions______________________________________________________ 125
Overview_________________________________________________________________ 125
Prerequisites______________________________________________________________ 125
Objectives________________________________________________________________ 125
AutoRouterMode_________________________________________________________ 126
CenterlineRouters_________________________________________________________ 127
FromDialog_____________________________________________________________________128
FromPolyline ___________________________________________________________________133
ConnectivityChecking ______________________________________________________ 135
ConnectivityCheckerCommands____________________________________________________135
CheckRun______________________________________________________________________136
JoinComponents ________________________________________________________________137
ModuleReview____________________________________________________________ 139
Questions ______________________________________________________________________139
Answers _______________________________________________________________________140
Summary_________________________________________________________________ 140
ReportingTools ______________________________________________________ 141

Overview_________________________________________________________________ 141
Prerequisites______________________________________________________________ 141
Objectives________________________________________________________________ 141
PipingToolsMenu _________________________________________________________ 142
GraphicPreferences________________________________________________________ 143
Representations___________________________________________________________ 144
ComponentManipulationTools ______________________________________________ 145
JoinComponents ________________________________________________________________145
MoveComponents_______________________________________________________________146
AlignComponents _______________________________________________________________146
InsertComponents_______________________________________________________________146
RotateComponents______________________________________________________________146
DeleteComponents ______________________________________________________________146
MendComponents_______________________________________________________________146
DeleteandMendComponents _____________________________________________________146
AutoCADCopyCommand ___________________________________________________ 147
ControlCandControlV___________________________________________________________149
ChangeSize/ChangeSpecUtility______________________________________________ 150
DismantledComponentsField______________________________________________________150
TableofContents
iv
Dec09
Table of Contents
RebuiltComponentsField _________________________________________________________151
AttachmentsandSupports_________________________________________________________151
DatabaseTools____________________________________________________________ 152
EditComponent_________________________________________________________________153
UpdateComponents _____________________________________________________________155
SpecBrowser ___________________________________________________________________158
UpdateFromSpec _______________________________________________________________160
CleanDatabase__________________________________________________________________160
ViewDatabase __________________________________________________________________161
DatabaseInformation_____________________________________________________________162
ActiveConnections_______________________________________________________________162
ReportGeneration_______________________________________________________________163
BillofMaterials__________________________________________________________________164
GeneratingaBillofMaterialsReports________________________________________________165
ModuleReview____________________________________________________________ 171
Questions:______________________________________________________________________171
Answers:_______________________________________________________________________172
Summary: ________________________________________________________________ 172
CourseSummary______________________________________________________ 173
Review___________________________________________________________________ 173
Questions ______________________________________________________________________173
Answers _______________________________________________________________________177
Dec09
v
TableofContents
Table of Contents
TableofContents
vi
Dec09
CourseOverview
CourseDescription
ThiscourseisdesignedforthePipingDesignerordrafter.Studentslearntimesaving
methodsforroutingpipebetweenequipmentcomponents.Byselectingpredefined
propertiesincludingspec,linetypeandinsulation,thestudentassuresconsistencywithin
thesharedprojectenvironment.Branchingconnections,includingteesandolets,valve
topworksandsupportscompletethecomplexpipingmodel.Significantimportanceof
connectivitybetweenallcomponentsbecomesapparentwhenviewingdatabaserecords
andgeneratingreports.
TargetAudience
Designedforthenewuserwithlittleornoexposuretoapipingmodeling
application.
Prerequisites
TheAutoPLANTEquipmentFundamentalscourseisarecommendedcoursepriorto
creatingapipingmodel.
CourseObjectives
Dec09
Createacomplexthreedimensionalpipingmodel.
Learnhowtoincreaseproductivityusingadditionalpiperoutingmethods.
Learnhowtoviewandeditcomponentdata.
LearnhowtocreateBillofMaterialsfordrawingsandreports.
1
CourseOverview
Modules Included
ModulesIncluded
PipingModelSetup
ComponentPlacement
AdditionalComponents
RoutingOptions
ReportingTools
CourseOverview
2
Dec09
System Requirements
SystemRequirements
ThefollowingprerequisitesarerequiredtorunthemodulesincludedintheAutoPLANT
PlantDesignV8i(Version08.11.05).
Processor:
greater
OperatingSystem:
Internet:
Memory:
2GBorgreater
HardDisk:
InputDevice:
OutputDevice:
VideoGraphicsCard:
AutoCAD:
2004,2005,2006,2007,2008,2009
2004,2005,2006,2007,2008
2004,2005,2006,2007,2008
BuildingSystems:
2004,2005,2006,2007,2008
AutoCADMechanical:
2004,2005,2006,2007,2008
Note:
DatabasesSupported
Oracle9iRelease2,Oracle10gRelease2,Oracle11gRelease1d
Dec09
3
CourseOverview
projectdata.
2. DownloadthedatasetfileAP_FV8i_PIP.exe.
4. DoubleclickthefileAP_FV8i_PIP.exe.
6. ClickClose.
7. FromyourWindowsStartmenu,clickPrograms>Bentley>PlantV8i>ProjectTools>
ProjectAdministrator.
Note:
projectdirectory.
primarylevel.
CourseOverview
4
Dec09
12. ClosetheProjectAdministrator.
Note:
Dec09
5
CourseOverview
Beforeyoubeginletsdefinewhatyoumayalreadyknow.
Questions
1. DocumentManagerisautilityapplicationusedformanagingtherelationshipsbetween
drawingsbelongingtoaspecificproject.
True
False
2. APortonacomponentindicatesthelocationwhereanothercomponentmaybe
connected.
True
False
3. AutoPLANTusesthesimpleAutoCADcopycommandtoduplicatecomponentsina
drawing.
True
False
4. Topworksonvalvesalwaysmovewiththevalve.
True
False
5. AutoRoutermodeenablesyoutoconnectcomponentsquickly.
True
False
6. Connectivitybetweencomponentsinyourmodelassuresyouthatthedatabaseis
accurate.
True
False
7. Flat3DdrawingscanbecreatedinAutoCAD.
True
False
8. Componentsplacedduringamodelingsessioncanbeediteddirectlyfromthedatabase.
True
False
CourseOverview
6
Dec09
Answers
1. True:DocumentManagerisdeliveredfreewithAutoPLANTapplications.Thisutility
providesaneasymethodofmanagingdrawingfileswithinaprojectenvironment.Files
arestoredtothecorrectlocationwithoutadditionalinputfromtheusers.
2. True:APortistheendofacomponentthatcanbeconnectedtoanothercomponent.
AutoPLANThasmanymethodsforeasyconnectionofcomponents.
3. True:AutoCADcopyprovidesafastmethodforcreatingduplicatecomponents.
Howeveryouwillbeaskedtorenamealltagnumbersassociatedwiththecopied
componenttoguaranteetheintegrityofthedatabase.
4. False:AlthoughTopworksareattachedtoavalve,alltopworkscanbemoveandedited
independentlyofeachother.
5. True:AutoRouterModeisaDrawingPreferencesettingthatallowsyoutoquickly
modelconsecutivecomponentssuchaselbow,pipesegment,tee,pipesegment.
6. False:Oneofthemostimportantreasonsforproperconnectivitybetweencomponents
inyourmodelistoensureaccuratedimensionalannotations.
7. True:AutoPLANTPipingprovidesamethodtocreate2Dand3Drepresentationsofa
model.Thesedrawingsarenotintelligentdrawingsandthereforecannotbeedited.
8. True:Whenacomponentisplacedduringamodelingsession,thecomponentdatais
addedtothedatabase.Databasetools,suchasEditComponentcanbeusedtomodify
thecomponentatthedatabaselevel.Thesechangesareautomaticallyreflectedinthe
model.
Dec09
7
CourseOverview
CourseOverview
8
Dec09
ApplicationStartup
Overview
Thismodulediscussesthemethodsforinitiatingtheapplicationstartup.Youwilllearnthe
bestmethodforstartingtheapplicationtoensureallrelatedmodelsanddrawingsthat
belongtoaprojectarestoredintheappropriatelocations.
Prerequisites
Therearenoprerequisitestothemodule
Objectives
Dec09
LearnmethodsforlaunchingtheAutoPLANTapplication
LearnthebenefitsoflaunchingtheapplicationsusingDocumentManager
9
ApplicationStartup
AutoPLANTApplicationStartup
TherearemultiplewaystolaunchtheAutoPLANTapplications.Whenworkingwithina
projectenvironment,youwillfindusingDocumentManager,ensuresthatallfilesrelatedto
aspecificprojectaresavedtothecorrectlocation.
LaunchingAutoPLANTApplicationsfromtheStartMenu
1. SelectAllPrograms>Bentley>PlantV8i>PlantDesignforAutoCAD.
ThiswillstartAutoCADandloadtheAutoPLANTPlantDesignenvironment.The
AutoPLANT3Dmenuandtoolbarhavebeenadded,providingaccesstoanintegrated
setofAutoPLANTPlantDesignapplicationsandutilities.
2. ThisexampleshowshowtostarttheEquipmentapplication.ClickontheEquipment
iconontheAutoPLANTtoolbaror,clickEquipmentfromtheAutoPLANT3Dmenu.
3. TheOpenProjectdialogdislays,listingthedefaultProjectRootcalledBentleyPlantV8I
ProjectsthatcontainsthedefaultsampleprojectsinstalledwithAutoPLANT.
4. Selectingaprojectwilllaunchtheapplication.
Note:
ApplicationStartup
Sampleprojectsarenotrecommendedforproduction.Newprojectscaneasilybecreatedfrom
thesesampleprojects.ThedatasetinstalledforthiscourseincludesaProjectthathasbeen
createdspecificallyforthiscourse.
10
Dec09
Note:
Ifyouhavepreviouslyselectedaproject,thesystemautomaticallyopenstothatproject.
LaunchingAutoPLANTApplicationsfromtheDesktopIcon
WhenAutoPLANTwasinstalledonyourworkstation,theiconshownherewasplacedon
yourdesktop.
1. DoubleclickontheicontoopenaWindowsExplorerdialogshowingthecontentsofthe
Programs\Bentley\PlantV8Ifolderinyouruserprofile.
2. DoubleclickonthePlantDesigniconshowntotheleft(yourAutoCADversionmaybe
different).AutoCADandtheAutoPLANTdesignenvironmentwillload,displayingthe
AutoPLANTmenuandtoolbar.
3. Tostartanapplication,eitherclickontheiconontheAutoPLANTtoolbaror,select
EquipmentfromtheAutoPLANT3Dmenu.
4. FromtheOpenProjectdialog,selectaprojecttolaunchtheapplication.
Note:
Dec09
YoucanplaceshortcutstoanyAutoPLANTapplicationonyourdesktopbyselectingtheiconwith
therightmousebuttonanddraggingittoyourdesktop.Whenyoudroptheicon,youthenpick
CreateShortcutsHereoptioninthepopupmenu.
11
ApplicationStartup
LaunchingAutoPLANTApplicationsfromDocumentManager
LaunchingtheapplicationfromthepowerfulutilityprogramcalledDocumentManager
providestheabilitytomanagethedrawingfilesanddatawithintheprojectwithout
additionalinputfromtheuser.
Filesarestoredinthecorrectfolderswithintheproject.
Newfoldersaremadeautomatically.
Uponstartup,theapplicationautomaticallyopenstothelastprojectaccessed.
YouwillbeusingDocumentManagerthroughoutthiscourse,tomanageyourdrawingfiles.
1. DoubleclickontheBentleyPlantV8Iicontoshowthecontentsofthefolder.
2. DoubleclicktoopenDocumentManager.
3. ThisfigureshowsthedirectorystructurefortheSAMPLE_IMPERIALproject.
4. ToloadacustomprojectyouwouldusetheFile>OpenProjectfunction.Moreonthat
later.
Note:
Onceyouhaveloadedaproject,DocumentManagerwilldefaulttothatproject.
YoucanlaunchAutoCADandtheAutoPLANTapplicationsfromwithinanexistingproject
whenyouchoosetocreateanewfileortoeditanexistingfile.
ApplicationStartup
12
Dec09
Tocreateanewequipmentmodel
1. ClicktheAutoPLANTEquipmentdirectoryasshownbelow.
2. RightclicktodisplaythecontextmenuandclickNew.
3. BothAutoCADandAutoPLANTwilllaunch.
4. Onceyouhavecreatedamodel,youcanusetheEditfunctioninthesamewaytolaunch
theapplications.
5. Oncetheapplicationhasloaded,selectAutoPLANTEquipmentfromthepulldown
AutoPLANT3Dmenu.
Note:
Dec09
UsethissamemethodtolaunchanyoftheinstalledAutoPLANTapplications.
13
ApplicationStartup
ToOpenaProject
1. FromDocumentManagerclickFile>OpenProject.
TheOpenProjectdialogwillappearallowingyoutobrowseforaspecificproject.
2. ThefigurebelowshowstheTrainingproject.
NoticetherearetwoP&IDdrawingsalreadyinthisproject.Clickingonthedrawingwill
displaythepropertiesintherightfield.
3. RefertotheONLINEhelpforadditionalfunctionalityofDocumentManager.
Note:
Atsomepoint,DocumentManagermayalertyouthatVoloViewisnotloaded.VoloViewisan
AutoCADaddonthatisusedfortheDocumentViewtabofDocumentManager.
DocumentManagerisusedthroughoutthiscourse,tomanagedrawingfiles.
Youarenowreadytobeginthiscourse.
ApplicationStartup
14
Dec09
PipingModelSetup
Overview
AutoPLANTPipingenablesthestudenttoplaceintelligentcomponentsintoacomplex
structure.Placementaccuracyandconnectivitytocomponentsinthemodelisensuredby
placingcomponentsinreferencetoprojectmodels.Predefinedpropertiesforall
componentsincludingspec,linetype,andinsulationareselectedfromacontrollist.
Exercisesinthismoduleteachthestudenthowtosetupthemodelingenvironment.
Prerequisites
StudentsshouldbefamiliarwiththeAutoPLANTprojectdirectorystructurecreated
withtheProjectAdministratorutilitydeliveredwiththeAutoPLANTproduct.
Objectives
Dec09
LaunchthePipingapplicationfromDocumentManager
Createanewpipingmodel
Loadanddockthetoolbarsrequiredforcomponentplacement
SettheoptionsintheProjectPreferencescontrol
AddthepipingmodeltotheWorkArea
15
PipingModelSetup
Creating a New Piping Model
CreatingaNewPipingModel
DocumentManagerwillbeusedtomanageyourprojectfiles.Refertothestepsoutlined
aboveforusingDocumentManager.
ThePipingmodelyoucreatewillbeaddedtoapredefinedprojectthathasbeeninstalled
withthedataset.
1. OpenDocumentManagerfromtheBentleyPlantV8iicon.
Note:
IfthisisthefirsttimeDocumentManagerhasbeenusedonyourworkstationtheOpenProject
dialogwilllistthedefaultProjectRootBentleyPlantV8IProjectscontainingthesampleprojectsas
shown.Onceyoubeginworkinginaproject,DocumentManagerwillautomaticallyopentoyour
currentproject.
ProjectListwindow.
PipingModelSetup
16
Dec09
Note:
ThisprojecthasbeencreatedusingImperialUnits.
5. ClickOK.YourDocumentManagernowopenstotheTrainingProject.
6. TakeamomentnowtotourtheDocumentManagerinterface.
Note:
SincethisprojectwascreatedforbothAutoPLANT2Dand3Dfundamentalcoursesyouwillsee
P&IDdrawingsincluded.
7. SelectingoneoftheP&IDdrawings,showsthepropertiesintherightWindow.
YoucanalsoseeapreviewofthedocumentwhenyouselecttheDocumentViewtab.
Dec09
17
PipingModelSetup
Nowletscreatethepipingmodel.
PipingModelSetup
18
Dec09
Exercise2:FromDocumentManager,createanewpipingdocument.
1. Fromthedocumentlist,selectAutoPLANTPiping.
2. FromtheDocumentsmenuselectNeworusetherightclickpopupmenu.
Filename:Piping
Name:Piping
Description:TrainingPipingModel
Note:
Note: ThepathtothedocumentsinthelocationfieldismanagedbyDocumentManager.
Dec09
19
PipingModelSetup
TheCreate,RecordOnly,andReservebuttonsaredisableduntilyouselectthetypeof
4. ClickAutoPLANTPiping.
6. SelectPipingfromtheAutoPLANT3Dmenuortoolbar.
TheModelSetupdialogdisplays.
enablesyoutodefinethedirectionforNorth,thedimensionsforthemodelandorigin
ofthemodel.
Bydefault,Northissetto90tomatchAutoCAD.
Theorigincoordinates(x,yandz)indicateyourplantmodelsorigin.Whensetto0,0,0
itisknownastheWorldCoordinateSystem(WCS).Whenthecoordinatesmovefrom
thedefaultlocation,itisreferredtoastheUserCoordinateSystem(USC).
Note:
Attribute
Imperial
Metric
MixedMetric
North
90
90
90
WorldLength
100
30000
30000
WorldWidth
60
18000
18000
OriginX,Y,Z
0.0,0.0,0.0
0.0,0.0,0.0
0.0,0.0,0.0
InsertNorthArrow
OFF
OFF
OFF
DrawLimitsBox
OFF
OFF
OFF
8. ClickDone.ThePipingmenuisaddedtotheAutoCADmenubar.
9. ClickFile/Save.
PipingModelSetup
20
Dec09
Note:
TheLogindialogwillnotappearifyouhavepreviouslyenabledtheSavePasswordoptionwhen
loggingintothisproject.
DeletingDocuments
documentfilesfromaproject,youshouldusethefunctionalityofDocumentManager.
Whenyouselectadocumentandrightclick,aContextmenuprovidesyouwiththeoption
todeletethedrawingfromtheregister,asshownbelow.
SaveCommand
.dwg.
files.
SaveAsCommand
Dec09
21
PipingModelSetup
thismethod:
1. SelectPrograms\Bentley\PlantV8ISelectBentley\DocumentManager.
2. SelecttheEquipmentdrawingfromtheDocumentWindow.
3. SelectEditfromtheDocumentsmenuortherightmouseclickpopupmenu.Youwill
needtoloadtheEquipmentapplicationafterAutoCADstartsupandAutoPLANTis
loaded.
Note:
TouringtheInterface
Theeasytouseinterfaceprovidesbothdropdownmenusanddockabletoolbarsfor
accessingPipingfunctionsandplacementoptions.
PipingModelSetup
22
Dec09
PipingMenu
ThePipingmenuisacascadingstylemenu,
containingcommandsandfunctionsusedin
pipingmodeldesign.
Asthefigureshows,thePipingmenugivesthe
useraccesstoallPipingcommandssuchas
preferences,placementofcomponents,and
onlineHelp.
Mostmenuoptionshaveacorresponding
toolbarthatcanbeopenedfromtheToolbars
cascade.
Throughoutthiscourse,themenucommand
sequencerequiredtoexecuteacommandis
definedinthetext.Onceyoubecomefamiliar
withtoolbars,youmayfindthemmore
expedient.
ToolbarsandTooltips
AutoPLANTtoolbarsprovideyouwithanother
meansforexecutingcommandsandfunctions.
Manytoolbarscontainmultiple,related,
toolbarsasflyouts.
Aflyouttoolbarisindicatedwithasmall
triangleinthelowerrightcornerofatoolbar
button.Thelastcommandexecutedfroma
flyoutwillbecomethedefaultcommandonthe
primarytoolbar.
Toviewthecommandthatwillbeexecutedby
aspecifictoolbarbutton,positionthecursor
overthebuttonandpause.Atooltip
descriptionwillappear.
Dec09
23
PipingModelSetup
Exercise1.:Loadthefollowingtoolbars.
1. Piping>Toolbars>PipingFunctionsMain.
PipingFunctionsincludepreferencesettings,routingoptions,andreporting.
2. Piping>Toolbars>PipingComponentsMain.
ThistoolbarconnectsyoutoallthepipingcomponentsavailableinAutoPLANT.
3. Piping>Toolbars>DirectionAids.
ThistoolbarallowsyoutorespondtoorientationpromptsinX,Y,andZindependently
fromyourAutoCADnorthsetting.
4. Piping>Toolbars>Responses.
ThistoolbarallowsyoutoclickabuttonformanyofthePipingplacementprompts,such
asToggle,Relative,andAlign.FromhereyoucanalsoChangetheReferencepointfora
relativeplacementandinsertacomponentintoanexistingpipesegment.
Note:
PipingModelSetup
Thesetoolbarsandflyoutscanallbeusedinthiscourse.Therearealsotoolbarsforeverypiping
componentandeachofthetoolgroups.
24
Dec09
Drawing Preferences
DrawingPreferences
DrawingPreferencesforapipingmodelaresetpriortostartingthemodelingsession.
DrawingSettings
ThedefaultSpecification,Nominal
Size,InsulationThickness,Insulation
SpecandPaintCodecorrespondto
yourcurrentComponentPreferences
settings.Toreviewsettingsofa
componentinyourmodel,clickFrom
Componentandselectthe
componentinthedrawing.The
ComponentPreferencesdialogwill
openortakeyoutothe
ComponentPreferencescontrol.
DrawingModeand
Representation
Duringthiscourse,youwillbe
workingin3Ddrawingmodewith
doublelinerepresentation.
ComponentSettings
YourcomponentcolorinAutoCADcanbedeterminedbySize,Layer,Spec,LineNumber,
Paint,orService.ThelayerisbasedonSpec,LineNumber,orService.Theseoptionsand
AutoCADsettingsaretypicallysetbyyourProjectAdministrator.
OtherSettings
YourDataModesettingdeterminesifyourcurrentcomponentspec,size,linenumberand
insulationpropertiesarefromtheConnectingComponent,orfromthesettingsinyour
Severalofthesecontrolswillbediscussedthroughoutthiscourse.
Note:
DebugModeshouldalwaysbeturnedoff.
AcompletedescriptionofthePipingDrawingPreferencescanbefoundintheOnlinehelp.
GotoAutoPLANTPIPINGHelp>CommandReference>SetupMenu>DrawingPreferences>
DrawingPreferences.
Dec09
25
PipingModelSetup
Drawing Preferences
Exercise1:SettheDrawingPreferencesforyourPipingmodelanddisplaytheProject
Preferencesfloatingtoolbar.
1. SelectPiping>Setup>DrawingPreferencestoopentheDrawingPreferencesdialog.
2. Setthepreferencesasshownbelow.
Attribute
Imperial
Metric
Mixed Metric
Specification
I_150LB
M_150LB
MM_150LB
Nominal Size
150mm
Insulation Thickness
Insulation Spec
AA
AA
AA
Paint Code
Drawing Mode
Surface Resolution
3D
12
3D
12
3D
12
Representation
Double Line
Double Line
Double Line
Component Color
By Size
By Size
By Size
Component Layer
By Line Number
By Line Number
By Line Number
Data Mode
From Connecting
Component
From Connecting
Component
From Connecting
Component
Auto Router Mode
Check Off
Check Off
Check Off
Show Insulation
Check Off
Check Off
Check Off
Sketch Mode
Check Off
Check Off
Check Off
Default Spec. Choice
Check Off
Check Off
Check Off
Weld gaps
Check Off
Check Off
Check Off
Auto Flange
Check Off
Check Off
Check Off
Advance Tap Port Method
Check Off
Check Off
Check Off
Tracing
Check Off
Check Off
Check Off
Use Symbols
Check Off
Check Off
Check Off
Disable Tooltips
Check Off
Check Off
Check Off
AutoPLANT Selections
Check On
Check On
Check On
3. ClickOK.
PipingModelSetup
26
Dec09
ComponentPreferences
Whenacomponentisplacedinamodel,arelationshipisformedbetweencomponents
existinginthesamemodelorinothermodelsincludedintheproject.TheAutoPLANT
EquipmentapplicationmanagestheserelationshipsbyassigningspecificvaluestoaProject
Object.TheonlyProjectObjectinAutoPLANTEquipmentistheLineNumber.
Priortocreatingamodel,theProjectAdministratorwillcreatealistofLineNumbers.Each
linenumberwillbedefinedwithuniquevalues.Allcomponentsthatareplacedusinga
specificLineNumbervaluewillformarelationship.
Oncethemodeliscomplete,theserelationshipsareusedforcreatingreports,Billsof
Materialsorforselectinggroupsofcomponentsforediting.
TheimagehereshowsrelationshipsformedintheAutoPLANTP&IDdrawings.Runnumbers
refertoprocesslinesintheP&ID.Thesesamelinenumbersareusedwhileplacing
equipmentcomponentsandconnectingpipesegments.
AllLineNumberslistedintheComponentPreferencescontrolwerecreatedfortheTraining
projectinstalledatthebeginningofthiscourse.
Dec09
27
PipingModelSetup
Component Preferences Control
ComponentPreferencesControl
AutoPLANTcomponentshaveidentifyingattributes.
Attributesettingscanbechangedfromthe
ToopentheComponentPreferencescontrolselect
Piping>Setup>ComponentPreferences.
IftheComponentPreferencescontrolwasdockedfor
theEquipmentmodelingsession,itwillstaydocked
duringthePipingsession.
Relationships
Whendockedtothesideofyourdrawingscreen,the
ComponentPreferencescontrolalsoshowsthe
Relationshipnavigationtree.Thiscontroliscovered
inAutoPLANTAdministrativetrainingcourses.By
keepingthecontrolinminibarmode,the
Relationshiptreeisclosedandoutofyourway.
ProjectPreferences
ProjectPreferencesareattributesthathave
beendefinedbyyourProjectAdministrator
thatapplytoeachcomponentinyourmodel.
Avalueforeachattributeisrequired.
IntheEquipmentapplication,LineNumberis
theonlyProjectPreferenceattributedefined.
InthePipingapplicationProjectPreferences
alsoincludeArea,UnitandService.
Traditionally,theseattributesrepresentplantgeography,process,andfluidtype.
PipingModelSetup
28
Dec09
Component Preferences Control
FilteringPreferences
Sincesomepreferencesettings,suchasLineNumber,canhavealonglistofselections,you
canfilterthepreferencetoshowonlyaspecifiedcollection.
IfyoudoubleclickintheFilterfieldforLineNumberandenterCW*,theselectionlistfor
LineNumberwillonlycontainpipelinesthatstartwithCW,liketheexampleshown.
TheComponentPreferencescontrolcanbedockedinminibarmode,liketheoneshown.
Exercise1:DocktheComponentPreferencesControl
1. SelectPiping>Setup>ComponentPreferencestoopenthecontrol.
Note:
AProjectAdministratortypicallydefinestherelationshipsforLineNumber,Area,Unit,Service,
andSpool.Area,UnitandServicehavenotbeendefinedinthisproject.Thissubjectiscoveredin
anadvancedcourse.
2. Whenprompted,forArea,UnitandService,enter1todefineeachofthese
relationships.
3. Dockthecontrolattheleft,toporbottomoftheAutoCADwindow.Dockingattheleft
ofthescreengiveyouallfunctionality,allsomeusersprefertheminibarmode.
4. Nowtakeafewmomentstoexplorethefeaturesofthecontrol.
5. ClickFile>Save.
Dec09
29
PipingModelSetup
Work Areas
WorkAreas
Duringtheequipmentmodelingcourse,aworkareawasdefinedthatreferenceddrawings
fromotherdisciplines.Youwillnowaddyourpipingmodelandadditionalpipingdatatothe
predefinedWorkArea.
Exercise1:Addthecurrentpiping.dwgandAT_PIPE1.dwgtotheWorkArea
1. SelectPiping>DrawingProduction>WorkAreaSetup.
2. FromtheWorkAreaSetupdialogclickOpen.
3. NavigatetotheBentleyTrainingProject>Trainingdirectory.
4. SelecttheArea100.rwafileandclickOpen.
PipingModelSetup
30
Dec09
Work Areas
Note:
ThisWorkAreawascreatedduringtheEquipmentFundamentalsexercises.
5. ClicktheMemberoptionintheMembershipStatusareatoaddyournewpiping
drawing.
6. OntheleftoftheReferenceDrawingslist,clickAdd.
7. NavigatetotheprojectsSupplementaldirectory.
8. SelecttheAT_PIPE1.dwgfileandclickOpen.
9. ClickSave.
Dec09
31
PipingModelSetup
Work Areas
10. ClickDonetoclosethedialog.
11. ZOOMExtents.
NoticethatallthedrawingsfromtheWorkArea,includingtheequipmentdrawingare
automaticallyreferencednowtothecurrentdrawing.Thisexercisecompletesthe
module.
PipingModelSetup
32
Dec09
Module Review
ModuleReview
Nowthatyouhavecompletedthismodule,letsmeasurewhatyouhavelearned.
Questions
1. UsingDocumentManageristheeasiestwaytoaddanewdrawingtoaproject.
True
False
2. TheProjectPreferencesControlmanagestherelationshipsbetweendrawing
components.
True
False
3. WorkAreasenableyoutoeditdrawingsfromotherdisciplines.
True
False
Dec09
33
PipingModelSetup
Summary
Answers
1. True:WhenyouusetheDocumentManagerinterfacetocreateoreditdrawings,the
newdrawingisstoredintheappropriatelocation.Allprojectfilesareeasilyaccessedby
othermembersoftheprojectteam.
2. True:WhencomponentsareplacedonthedrawingusingtheProjectPreferences
Control,thesecomponentsformarelationshipwithothercomponentsinthesame
drawingorfromotherdrawinginaproject.Consistencyismaintainedacrossall
drawings.
3. False:AWorkAreaissetuptoallowyoutoconnectpipingcomponentstointelligent
componentsinareferencedrawing.Nochangeismadetothereferencedrawing.
Summary
Youarenowableto:
LaunchthePipingapplicationfromDocumentManager
Createanewpipingmodel
Loadanddockthetoolbarsrequiredforcomponentplacement
SettheoptionsintheProjectPreferencescontrol
AddthepipingmodeltotheWorkArea
PipingModelSetup
34
Dec09
ComponentPlacement
Overview
AutoPLANTincludesvariousmethodsforplacingpipingcomponentsinamodeltoensure
connectivitytoadjoiningcomponents.Byplacingconnectingcomponentsfirst,theusercan
alsotakeadvantageoftheautomatedpiperoutingcommands,connectingthepipe
segmentstotheequipmentcomponentsplacedduringtheAutoPLANTEquipment
Fundamentalscourse.TheEquipmentmodelbecomesareferencefileintheWorkArea.
Prerequisites
StudentsshouldhaveabasicunderstandingofAutoCAD3D
Studentsshouldhaveaworkingknowledgeofcomponentplacementcommands
StudentsshouldbefamiliarwithWorkAreas
Objectives
Placeelbows,teesandflanges
Manuallyroutepipesegments
UsetheAutoPipecommandtoautomateplacementofconnectingpipesegments
UsetheCleanDatabasecommandtomaintaindatabaseintegrity
CopyandRotatepipesegmentsandupdateproperties
UsetheAutoFlangecommandtoautomatecomponentplacement
UserPointFilterstopositioncomponents
Completethepipingmodelincludingallconnectingcomponents
Dec09
35
ComponentPlacement
Component Placement Methods
ComponentPlacementMethods
Thebasiccomponentplacementprocedurerequiresfoursteps.Specificoptionsare
providedateachstage,dependingonthecomponenttypeandhowitistobeplacedinthe
model.
1. Selectthecomponent:Componentscanbeselectedfromatoolbarorthemenu
system.
2. Specifyareferenceandplacementpoint:Componentsareusuallyplacedwithrespect
toareferencepoint.Inmostcases,thereferencepointandtheplacementpointarethe
samesincethedefaultreferencepointisusuallytheendpointofthecomponent
previouslyplaced.Youcanattachacomponentdirectlytothereferencepoint,placeita
knowndistancefromthepoint,orselectoneofthefollowingoptions:
Inspace:Thiscomponentisnotconnectedtoanothercomponent,centerline,or
pieceofequipment.Theuserpicks(orinputs)anewpointinthemodel,whichthen
becomesthereferencepoint.Youcanalsospecifyanelevationpriortopickingthe
point.
Insertedonanintelligentcenterline:Thecomponentrundirectionandorientation
willbeextractedfromthegeometryofthecenterline.Thecomponentpicksupthe
size,specandlinenumberattributesfromtheline,ifdefined.
Alignedwithexistingcomponents:Acomponentcanbeplacedsothatits
centerlineautomaticallyalignswiththecenterlinesoftwoexistingcomponents
(bendandbranchcomponentsonly).
Attachedtoprevious Placedin
component
space
Insertedona
Centerline
Alignedtoexisting
components
ComponentPlacement
36
Dec09
3. Toggleinsertionpoint:Ifyouspecifythereferencepointonanexistingcomponent,you
cantoggletoanyofthenewcomponent'sportstospecifytheportthatyouwantto
connecttotheexistingcomponent.Forexample,ateemaybeinsertedwithrespectto
eitherofitsmainrunendports,itscenterpoint,oritsbranchendportasshownbelow.
Somecomponents,suchaspipe,donothaveacenterpointorabranchendanddonot
providethispromptoption.
Endpoint
Centerpoint
Branch
4. Orientthecomponent:Manycomponentshaveabranch/bendthatmustbeoriented
separately.Forexample,whenplacinganelbow,thedownstreamlegcanbeplacedin
theX,Y,orZplane.Thispromptwillonlyappearforcomponentplacementsthat
requireit.
ExamplesofhowaTeemaybeoriented
Placementmethodsareexplainedthroughouttheexerciseswhileyoubuildyourmodel.
Afteralittlepractice,youbeabletoplacecomponentswitheaseandprecision.
Dec09
37
ComponentPlacement
PlacementPointsPorts
AllPIPINGcomponentshaveassociatedports.Theseportsareimportantconnection
referencepointsasinsertionpointsforthecomponent.Thenumberofportsona
componentdependsonthecomponenttypeandfunction.
Forexample,ateehasfourports:
Twoinsertion/connectionportsonthemainendsofthecomponent
Oneinsertion/connectionportonthebranchend
Oneinsertionportatthecenter
EndpointPorts
Note:
CenterpointPort
BranchPort
Aninlinecomponent,suchasstraightpieceofpipemayhaveonlytwoportstoindicatethestart
andendpoints.
PlacementToolbars
Toolbarsaredesignedforfastcomponentplacement.
ToolsavailableontheDirectionAidstoolbarusethetraditionalplanedirectionsregardless
oftheAutoCADsettingforNorth.Inplanview,+XandXrepresentrightandleft;+YandY
representthetopandbottomoftheview;and,+ZandZrepresentUpandDownoutofthe
view.
ResponsetoolsallowyoutochooseToggle,Relative,Align,andChangeReference.Allof
thesetoolsarecoveredinthischapter.
Asyoubuildthepipingmodelyouwillbelearningavarietyofplacementroutines.Theory
forusingeachroutineisdescribedpriortoitsuseduringtheexercises.
ComponentPlacement
38
Dec09
Pipeline L1008
PipelineL1008
PipingcomponentsonlineL1008includeapressuresafetyvalve,flange,elbowandtwopipe
segments.
ValvePlacement
Mostvalvesareplacedlikeotherinlinecomponents
withtheoptionofselectingthetopworks.Cone
Operators,Handwheels,andGearOperatorsare
selectedfromaslistasshown.
Theadditionoftopworksiscoveredinafuturechapter
ofthistrainingcourse.Untilthen,valveswillbeplaced
withouttopworks.ClicktheCancelbuttonwhenthis
dialogappears.
AngleandReliefValves
Thestepstoplaceanangleorreliefvalve,requireyou
toselectaspecificationandprovideadditional
information.
AsampleoftheAngle/ReliefValvedialogshowsthe
typeofinformationyoucanenterfortheparticular
valve.
Controlvalvedialogsallowyoutocreateatag,change
theValveLength,addaMaterialTag,andchangethe
LongDescriptionofthevalve.
Dec09
39
ComponentPlacement
Pipeline L1008
PlacingPSVValves
Exercise1:ConnectaPSVtonozzleN3onvesselT136.
Inthisexerciseyouwillconnectareliefvalvetothe2nozzleontopofverticalvesselT136
asshownontheprecedingpage.
Note:
Youmayfindworkinginanisometricviewhelpful.TheSWIsometricview,correspondstothe
ISO1viewport.
1. TheDirectionAidstoolbarwillbeusedinthisexercise.SelectPiping>Toolbars>
DirectionAids.
2. IftheComponentPreferencecontrolisnotcurrentlyopen,selectthePiping>Setup>
ComponentPreferencesanddockitinminibarmode.
3. SetyourComponentPreferencesto:
Attribute
Imperial
Metric
Mixed Metric
LineNumber
L1008
L1008
L1008
Spec
I_150LB
M_150LB
MM_150LB
4. SelectPiping>Valves>Relief>Angle.
Followthepromptstoplacethevalveusingthefittingtofittingmethod.
5. TypeNodeandpressEnter.
6. PicknozzleN3onT136.PressEnter.
7. YouwillbepromptedwithaSpecificationSelectiondialog,selectthe2x3(50x80)valve.
8. ClickOKforthedefaultsettingsintheAngle/ReliefValvedialog.
9. Orientthevalveinthe+Xorwestdirectionbypickingfromthetoolbar.
10. CanceloutoftheAutoPLANTSelectionstopworksdialog.
ComponentPlacement
40
Dec09
Pipeline L1008
Note:
AutoPLANTPipingautomaticallyretrievedtherequiredMainSizefromthenozzlebecauseData
ModeintheDrawingPreferencedialogissettoFromConnectingComponent.
AddaSliponFlange
Exercise2:Connectaflangetothereliefvalveusingthefittingtofittingmethod.
1. SelectPiping>Flanges>SlipOn.
Thedefaultconnectionpointishighlightedastheopenendofthereliefvalvejust
placed.
2. Followthepromptstoconnecttheflange,usingthefittingtofittingmethod,tothe
branchofthereliefvalve.
PressEntertoaccepttheinsertionpoint.
Theflangewillbeconnectedtothevalvecompletewithboltsandgasketsasshown.
Dec09
41
ComponentPlacement
Pipeline L1008
AddinganElbow
Exercise3:PlaceaelbowarelativedistancefromtheflangeplacedinExercise2.
1. SelectPiping>BendsandReturns>90LRElbow.
2. Respondtotheprompts:TypeRforrelativeandpressEnter.
Note:
Noticetherubberbandlineextendsfromthedefaultflangeport.
3. Attheprompt,enteradistanceof12(300mm)fromtheflange.
4. PressEntertoplacetheelbow.
5. UsetheDirectionAidtoolbarandselect+Ytoorienttheoutlettothenorth.
6. PressEntertoacceptthedirectionandendthecommand.
Theelbowshouldresemblethefigurebelow.
DefaultSpecifications
Sofar,youhavebeenpromptedwithmultipleSpecificationSelectiondialogs.Ifyour
projectsspecificationshavebeenproperlysetupbyyourProjectAdministrator,therewill
beadefaultchoicedefinedformanycomponents.Toreducethenumberofinterruptions
tothemodelingprocess,youcanelecttohavethedefineddefaultchoicesused
automatically.
Exercise4:SetthedefaultspecificationsinDrawingPreferences
1. SelectPiping>Setup>DrawingPreferencestoopentheDrawingPreferencesdialog.
2. ChecktheDefaultSpec.Choiceoption.
3. ClickOK.
4. Deletetheelbowfromthepreviousexercise.
5. Recreatetheelbowfromthepreviousexercise.Youshouldnotbepromptedfora
specificationselection.
ComponentPlacement
42
Dec09
Pipeline L1008
AddingPipeSegmentstoPlacedComponents
Exercise5:AddapipesegmenttotheelbowonlineL1008usingthefittingtofitting
method.
1. SelectPiping>PipeComponents>Pipe.
2. Followingtheprompts:
TypeTandpressEntertotoggletheinsertionpointtotheendoftheelbowrunningin
thenorthdirection.PressEnteragaintoaccepttheinsertionpoint.
3. Type4(1200mm)forthelengthofpipetoconnecttoport2oftheelbow.
4. PressEntertoplacethepipe.
Exercise6:Connecttheflangeonthereliefvalvetotheelbow.
2. Picktheflange.PressEnter.
3. Refertothecommandline:
Relative/Toggle/createtaP/Elev/<PickpointorReturnforfitfit>:
Connectto/<EnterLength>:
NoticetheConnecttooption.
4. TypeCtoenableyoutojointhepipetoanothercomponent.
5. Picktheelbow.PressEntertoplacethepipeandendthecommand.
6. Saveyourmodel.
Dec09
43
ComponentPlacement
Pipeline L1008
YourfinishedL1008shouldresembletheTOPviewasshown.
Zoominandverifyyouhavefourweldsasrepresentedbythereddots:
oneconnectingthefirstpipesegmenttotheelbow
oneconnectingthesecondpipesegmenttotheelbow
twoconnectingthesecondpipesegmenttotheflange
ComponentPlacement
44
Dec09
Pipeline L1004
PipelineL1004
PipelineL1004connectshorizontalvesselVH45N2topumpP104N1usingflanges,
reducersandvalves.
Foranunobstructedview,youmaywanttochangetotheISO2view,whichcorrespondsto
asoutheastisometricview.DDLMODESisusedtohideobstructingsteel.
Dec09
45
ComponentPlacement
Pipeline L1004
TeeComponentsPlacementMethods
LetsreviewthecommonplacementmethodsusingtheTeecomponentfortheexample.
Teescanbeplacedinspace,bythefittingtofittingmethodorrelativetoanother
componentasoutlinedbelow.Youwillgainexperienceusingthesemethodsduringthe
exercises.TheseexamplesshowtheAutoCADpromptsyouseeonthescreen.Throughout
theexercises,thepromptsareomitted,buttheuserinputisincluded.
PlacedinSpace
1. SelectPiping>BranchingComponents>StraightTee.
2. Providethelocationofinsertionpoint.
Current elevation <COP 0'>
Relative/Toggle/Elev/<Pick point or Return for fit-fit>:
Ifanelbowisthefirstcomponentplaced,youwouldchangethecurrentelevationand
selecttheXYplacementofthetee.
3. Selectinsertionpoint.
Toggle insertion point/<Return to select>:
Therearethreeinsertionpointsonanunconnectedtee:centerpoint,endpointand
branchasshownbelow.
Centerpoint
Endpoint
Branch
Likeanelbow,theinsertionpointoftheteeisindicatedbyayellowdot.TheToggle
commandcanberepeatedasmanytimesasdesired.Theinsertionpointisnotaccepted
untilyoupressEnter.
4. Selectthedirectionoftheteethisistherundirectionofthetee.
Up/Down/East/West/North/South/Align/<Enter direction or press Return when
done>:
Typethecorrespondingletter,oruseoneoftheDirectionAidstoolbarbuttonstoselect
thedirection.
Youcanselectdirections(byletterorDirectionAid)untilyouaresatisfied.
AvalueisnotaccepteduntilyoupressEnter.
ComponentPlacement
46
Dec09
Pipeline L1004
5. Selecttheorientationoftheteethisisthebranchdirectionofthetee.
Up/Down/East/West/North/South/Align/Rotate/reseT/<Enter orientation or
press Return when done>:
Youcanenteradirection,usetheDirectionAidstoolbar,orenterRandentera
rotation.AswithDirection,youcanselectmultipledirections.Avalueisnotaccepted
untilyoupressEnter.
FittingtofittingPlacement
Current elevation <COP 2'-6">
Ifthelastcomponentplacedisnotthecomponentyouwanttoconnectto,youcanpick
anyotherplacedcomponent.Todothis,youmayneedtoToggletotheproperporton
theothercomponent.
PressEntertoselectdefaultplacementoffittingtofitting(fitfit).
Toggletoselecteithertheendorbranch.
4. Selectthedirection/orientationofthetee.
Ifthebranchwasselectedastheinsertionpoint
done>:
Or,iftheendwasselectedastheinsertionpoint
Youcanselectdirections(byletterorDirectionAid)untilyouaresatisfied.
AvalueisnotaccepteduntilyoupressEnter.
Dec09
47
ComponentPlacement
Pipeline L1004
RelativePlacement
Ifnecessary,selectthecorrectportofthecorrectcomponentyouareplacingrelative
to.
EnterRforrelativeplacement.ThiswilltemporarilychangeyourUCSsothatthe+X
equalstheorientationofthecomponentbeingusedasareferencepoint.
Toggle/Align/change Ref point/<Enter Distance or Return for fit-fit>:
Enterthedesiredspacingbetweencomponents,orpickorenterapoint.Thiswill
returnyourUCStoWorldCoordinates.
PressEnter.
4. Selectalignmentport.
Toggle alignment port/<Return to select>:
Hereyoucandecideiftherunorbranchoftheteeispointedtowardsthecomponent
youareplacingrelativeto.
OrIfthebranchisthealignmentport:
Selectthedirectionofthetee.
done>:
OrIftheendpointisthealignmentport:
Selecttheorientationoftheteethisisthebranchdirectionofthetee
PressEnter.
ComponentPlacement
48
Dec09
Pipeline L1004
ReducersandSwages
Placingreducersandswagesaretypicallyinsertedfollowingthesesteps:
1. Definethelocationofthecomponent.
2. Youwillbepromptedforthespecificationofthereducer.
TheSpecificationSelectiondialogwillfilterthelistofavailablereducersbasedonthe
componentthereducerisbeingconnectedto.Ifthereducerisnotconnectedto
anothercomponent,thesettingsinyourComponentPreferencescontrolwillbeusedto
filterthespecificationlist.
3. Selectthespecification.
4. Definetheplacementpoint.Pickeitherendorthecenterofthecomponent.
5. Ifthereducerisbeingconnecteddirectlyorrelativetoanothercomponent,youwillbe
promptedwith:
Forconcentricreducers/swages,thisdeterminestheorientationofthecomponent.The
portwillnotbeaccepteduntilyoupressEnter.
or
Up/Down/East/West/North/South/Align/Rotate/reseT/<Enter orientation of
flat side or press Return when done>:
Foreccentricreducers/swages,thissetswhichdirectiontheflatsideofthecomponent
willface.TheorientationwillnotbeaccepteduntilyoupressEnter.
6. Ifthereducerisnotbeingconnected,orplacedrelativetoanothercomponent,youwill
bepromptedwith:
Up/Down/East/West/North/South/Align/<Enter reducing direction or press
Return when done>:
Thisdefinesthedirectionofthesmallerdiameterendofthecomponent.Thedirection
willnotbeaccepteduntilyoupressEnter.
7. Ifyouareplacinganeccentriccomponent,youwillalsobepromptedfortheorientation
oftheflatside.
Dec09
49
ComponentPlacement
Pipeline L1004
VesselVH45
Inthefollowingexercises,youwillbeaddingacomponenttotheverticalvesselandaseries
ofcomponentstothepumpasindicatedbythenumbers.
ThefirstfivecomponentsconnectedtothepumpareplacedusingtheFittingtoFitting
method.ThelastcomponentisplacedusingtheRelativePlacementmethod.
ComponentPlacement
50
Dec09
Pipeline L1004
Exercise1:PlaceaweldneckflangeonnozzleVH45N2.
Note:
ToobtainanunobstructedviewyoumaywishtochangetotheFRONTviewusingtheViewport
utilitythatwaspreviouslysetup.AtthecommandlinetypeAPPLOADandpressEnter.Thentype
FRONT.
1. UseZoomWindowtofocusonhorizontalvesselVH45.
Note:
YoucanalsofreezethelayerofthexrefSTEELdrawingtogetabetterview.Atthecommandline,
typeDDLMODESandpressEnter.FreezeAT_STEELandpressOKtoclosethedialog.
2. SetLineNumbertoL1004intheProjectPreferencesdialog.
Usethefittingtofittingmethodtoconnectaweldneckflangetothe8outletnozzleon
VH45N2.
3. SelectPiping>Flanges>Weldneck.
4. PickVH45N2.
5. PressEntertoplacetheflange.
6. Savethemodel.
Dec09
51
ComponentPlacement
Pipeline L1004
PumpP104
InthisexerciseyouwilladdfivecomponentstopumpP104usingthefittingtofitting
method.
Exercises1:PlacethecomponentsonpumpP104usingthefittingtofitting
placementmethod.
Note:
TypeISO2andpressEntertoswitchtoaSEIsometricview,thenZOOMWindowaroundpumpP
104asshownbelow.
Point1
Usingthefittingtofittingmethod,attachaweldneckflangetothesuctionnozzleP104N1
onpumpP104.
Pickthethe6"{150mm}suctionnozzlecomingoutofthefrontofthepump.
2. PressEnter.
ComponentPlacement
52
Dec09
Pipeline L1004
Point2
Placean8"x6"reducer{200mmx150mm}againsttheweldedportoftheflangejust
placed.OrienttheflatsideUp.
1. SelectPiping>ReducersandSwages>EccentricReducer
2. PicktheWeldneckFlangeplacedpreviously.
3. Whenaskedfororientationofflatside,typeUforup.
Point3
PlaceaWeldneckflangeagainstthereducer.
1. SelectPiping>Flanges>Weldneck
2. Pickthereducer.
3. FromtheSpecificationSelectiondialog,selectthe150lbflange.ClickOK.
4. PressEntertoplacetheflangeandendthecommand.
Point4
PlaceaGatevalve(withouttopworks)againsttheflange.
1. SelectPiping>Valves>Gate>Gate.
3. PressEnter
Note:
AutoPLANTautomaticallyconnectsthecomponenttothepreviouslyplacedcomponent.
4. WhentheTopworksdialogappears,clickCancel.
5. Thevalvewithouttopworksisplacedinthemodel.
Dec09
53
ComponentPlacement
Pipeline L1004
Point5
PlaceaWeldneckflangeagainstthevalve.
2. PressEntertoplacetheflangeagainstthevalvepreviouslyplaced.
Note:
Youdidnotgetpromptedtoapickaflangesincethevalveclasshasalreadybeendeterminedto
be150.
DefaultSpecification
Sofar,youhavebeenpromptedwithaSpecificationSelectiondialogforflanges.Ifthe
projectspecificationshavebeendefinedbytheProjectAdministrator,therewillbeadefault
choicedefinedformanycomponents.Toreduceinterruptionsduringthemodelingprocess,
youcanelecttohavethedefinedchoicesusedautomatically.
Exercise2:SetthedefaultspecificationsinDrawingPreferences
1. SelectPiping>Setup>DrawingPreferences.
2. ChecktheDefaultSpec.Choiceoption.
3. ClickOK.
4. Deletetheflangesandvalvefromthepreviousexercise.
5. Recreatetheflangesandvalve.Youshouldnotbepromptedforaspecificationselection.
ComponentPlacement
54
Dec09
Pipeline L1004
Point6
Exercise3:ConnectthebranchportofaStraightTeearelativedistanceof36from
theweldneckflange.
2. Attheprompt,typeR,pressEntertoenableyoutoenterarelativedistance.
3. Enter36.PressEntertoaccept.
4. Attheprompt,typeT,PressEntertousetheToggleCommandtoorientthebranchport
tofacebacktowardtheflange.
Note:
TheTogglecommandcanbeusedasmanytimesasdesired.Avalueisnotaccepteduntilyou
pressEnter.
5. SelectthedirectionoftheTeeusingthedirectionaids.Thebranchportfacesback
towardstheflangeasshowninthefigure.
6. Saveyourmodel.
Yourmodelshouldresembletheoneshown.
TheremainingpipesegmentsofL1004willberoutedlaterinthecourseusingtheAuto
Routerfunction.
Dec09
55
ComponentPlacement
Pipeline L1001
PipelineL1001
Inthefollowingexercises,youwillrouteapipinglinefromtheshellinletnozzleatthe
bottomofthelowerexchangerE106.
ThepipebridgeshavebeenlaidoutsothatEastWestpiperunshaveaBOPelevationof
110'and115',andNorthSouthpiperunshaveaBOPelevationof112'6".
Youwilllearnhowtoplaceandorientelbowsandteesrelativetoanexistingfitting,or
alignedwithtwoexistingfittings.
AllconnectingpipingwillbeplacedusingtheAutoRouterfunction.
ComponentPlacement
56
Dec09
Pipeline L1001
RoutingPipefromExchangerE106
Inthefirstexerciseyouwillplaceflanges,elbowsandvalvesasindicatedbythenumbersin
thefigure.Youwillbeusingboththefittingtofitting,andrelativeplacementmethods.
Note:
Allconnectingpipesectionswillbeaddedlater,usingtheAutoRouterfunction.
Exercise1:Refertothefigureabovetoroutethefirstfivecomponentsfrom
exchangerE106.
ChangetheLineNumberintheProjectPreferencescontroltoL1001.
Note:
TypeISO2andpressEntertomovetotheFrontRightisometricview.PANandZOOMuntilthe8"
{200mm}shellinletnozzleonthebottomofE106isvisible.
Note:
Youmayalsowanttofreezethelayeronwhichthesteelwasdrawntogetabetterview.Type
DDLMODESandpressEnter,thenfreezeAT_STEEL.ClickOKtoclosethedialog.
Dec09
57
ComponentPlacement
Pipeline L1001
Point1
1. Toplacethefirstflange,selectPiping>Flanges>Weldneck.
RespondtothepromptsbypickinginletnozzleE106N4.
IftheSelectionDialogappears,chooseflange.
2. PressEntertoplacetheflange,gasketandbolts.
Point2
1. Toplacethefirstelbow,selectPiping>BendsandReturns>90LRElbow.
Respondtotheprompts.
2. PressEntertoconnecttheelbowtothedefaultopenflangeport.
3. Fororientation,typeSandpressEntertochangetheelbowbranchorientationtotheY
direction.
4. PressEnteragaintoplacetheelbow.
Point3
1. Toplacethesecondelbow,selectPiping>BendsandReturns>90LRElbow.
2. TypeRandpressEntertoplacetheelbowarelativedistancefromtheendofthe
previouselbowport.
3. Type3'3"{975}andpressEntertospecifythedistance.
4. PressEntertoacceptthedefaultinsertionpointatthecenteroftheelbow.
5. TypeWandpressEntertochangetheelbowbranchorientationtotheXdirection.
6. PressEnteragaintoaccepttheorientationandplacetheelbow.
ComponentPlacement
58
Dec09
Pipeline L1001
Point4
1. Toconnectaweldneckflangetotheelbow,selectPiping>Flanges>Weldneck.
Respondtotheprompts.
2. TypeTandpressEntertotoggletheflangeinsertionpointtotheotherendofthe
elbow.
3. SelecttheappropriateflangefromtheComponentSelectiondialog.
4. PressEntertoaccepttheinsertionpointattheendoftheelbowandplacetheflange.
UsingAutoFlange
Ifyourprojectspecificationsincludethepropersettingsandtables,AutoPLANTcan
automaticallygeneratematchingflanges.ThisfunctionalityisknownasAutoFlange.
Tosetthefunction:
1. SelectPiping>Setup>DrawingPreferences.
2. CheckAutoFlange.
3. ClickOK.
Inthenextexercisethisfunctionwilleliminatetheneedtomanuallyaddamatchingflange
afteravalve.
Point5
1. Toconnectagasketandgatevalvetotheflange,selectPiping>Valves>Gate>Gate.
2. PressEntertoacceptthedefaultinsertionpointattheflangeface.
Note:
TheAutoPLANTSelectionsdialogdisplaystoenableyoutoaddtopworkstothegatevalve.
3. ClickCancelfornotopworks..
Theflangeandgasketwillautomaticallyinsertontheoppositeendofthevalve.
Dec09
59
ComponentPlacement
Pipeline L1001
Exercise2:Placetheremainingelbowsasshownbelow.
Point1
1. SelectPiping>BendsandReturns>90oLRElbow.
2. PressEntertoacceptthedefaultinsertionpointattheopenendoftheflange.
3. TypeUandpressEntertospecifytheorientationinthe+Zdirection.
Point2
1. PressEntertoreexecutethelastruncommandtoplaceanotherelbow.
Respondtothepromptstoplacetheelbowrelativetothepreviouselbowataspecified
bottomofpipeelevation.
2. TypeRandpressEntertoplacetheelbowatarelativedistancefromtheelbow.
3. TypeEandpressEntertodisplaytheSetElevationdialog.
ComponentPlacement
60
Dec09
Pipeline L1001
4. EnableBottomofPipe.
5. Type112'6"{33750}intheElevationfieldandclickOK.
Thiswillmovetheelbowinsertionpointtothespecifiedbottomofpipeelevation
relativetothepreviouselbow'scenterport.
6. PressEntertoacceptthedefaultcenteroftheelbowastheinsertionpoint.
7. TypeSandpressEntertospecifytheorientationintheYdirectionandplacetheelbow.
Point3
1. PressEntertoreexecutetheelbowplacementcommand.
2. TypeTandpressEntertotoggletheinsertionpointtothehorizontalendoftheelbow.
3. TypeRandpressEntertoplacetheelbowarelativedistancefromtheelbow.
4. Type8'{2400}andpressEntertospecifytherelativedistance.
6. TypeUandpressEntertodefinetheelboworientationinthe+Zdirection.
Dec09
61
ComponentPlacement
Pipeline L1001
Point4
1. SelectPiping>BendsandReturns>90LRElbow.Respondtothepromptsasfollowsto
placetheelbow.
Picktheportontheopenendoftheelbowmovinginthe+Zdirection.
2. TypeRandpressEntertoplacethenewelbowarelativedistancefromthelower
elbow.
3. Type2'6"{750}andpressEntertospecifytherelativedistance.
5. TypeEandpressEntertospecifytheorientationinthe+Xdirection.
6. PressEntertoacceptthisorientationandplacethelastelbow.
AligningtoReferenceDrawings
Inthenextexerciseyouwillplaceaflangeusingtherelativeplacementmethod.Thisflange
willalignwiththehorizontalendofthelastelbowplaced(Point1)andtheflangeonthe
piperackinareferencedrawing(Point2).
Note:
TheWorkAreasetupincludesAT_Pipe.dwgasareferencedrawing.
ComponentPlacement
62
Dec09
Pipeline L1001
Exercise3:Placeaweldneckflangetoalignwiththeelbowandaflangeonthepipe
rack.
1. SelectPiping > Flanges > Weldneck.

Thesystemassumesyouareplacingaflangeontheelbowpreviouslyplaced.
FromthepromptthecurrentelevationisshownasBOP112'6"
2. TypeTandpressEntertotoggletheinsertionpointtothehorizontalelbowport.
3. TypeRandpressEntertoplacetheflangearelativedistancefromtheelbow.
4. Type.XandpressEntertouseXYZfilterstoplacethefitting.
5. TypeCENandpressEnter.
6. Picktheendofoneofthepipesonthereferencedrawing.
of(needYZ):
7. Type@andpressEnter.
8. PressEntertoselecttheinsertionpoint.
9. TypeTandpressEntertotogglethealignmentporttothefaceoftheflange.
10. PressEntertoselectalignmentport.
Theflangewillbedrawnasillustratedinthefigure.
Dec09
63
ComponentPlacement
AutoPipe Router
AutoPipeRouter
Onceyouhaveplacedfittingsinamodel,aneasymethodforrunningconnectingpipeisto
usetheAutoPipeRouter.ThiscommandpicksuptheMainSizeandLineNumberintelligence
fromtheconnectingcomponent.
Changesareautomaticallymadewhenreducersareencounteredandifachangein
LineNumberisdetected,therouterwillnotplacepipebetweenthecomponents.
ThebasicstepsforusingtheAutoPipeRouterinclude:
1. SelecttherouterfromPiping>PipingComponents>AutoPipe.
2. Chooseaselectionmodefromthedialog.
3. ClickOKtostarttherouter.Adialogreportseachconnection.
ComponentPlacement
64
Dec09
AutoPipe Router
UsingAutoPipetoPlaceConnectingPipe
Inthisexercise,youwillusetheAutoPiperoutingfunctiontoplacetheconnectingpipe
betweenallcomponentsinlinesL1001andL1004.
Exercise1:Placeconnectingpipebetweenallcomponents.
1. ZoomExtentstoviewallofthepipingcomponentsplacedinthepreviousexercises.
2. SelectPiping>PipeComponents>AutoPipetodisplaytheAutoPLANTSelections
dialog.
Note:
Thisdialogenablesyoutodefineaselectionsetofcomponentsinthecurrentdrawing.Youwill
learnmoreaboutcomponentselectionsinfutureexercises.
3. ClickontheDrawingtab.
4. EnabletheAllradiobuttonandclickOK.
AutoPipeautomaticallyfindsallalignedportsandplacesconnectingpipe.
TheimagesbelowshowroutedpipeforbothL1001andL1004.
Dec09
65
ComponentPlacement
Using Point Filters
UsingPointFilters
ThefollowingsectionexplainsthemethodofusingAutoCADPointFilterswhichprovidethe
abilitytodefineoffsetdistancesbyordinateorordinatepair.Inconjunctionwiththe
OSNAPfunctionality,PointFiltersprovideanotherwaytolocatecomponentswithrespect
tootherdrawnobjectsinyourmodel.Thisisusefulifyoudonotknowarelativedistance,
butyoudohaveacomponentinyourdrawingthatsharesanordinate,ortwo,withthe
desiredlocationforthenewcomponent.
Method1:PointFilterOnly
1. Selectacomponenttobeplaced,suchasanelboworflange.
2. Settheportofthecomponentbeingusedasareference.
EnterR
Activatepointfilterforsingleordinate(X,Y,orZ):
Selectcomponentwithdesiredordinatevalue
of (need <>):
Now,AutoCADneedstoknowwhatvaluestousefortheothertwoordinates.Enter@
toindicatenochangeinthosedirections.
3. Completetheplacementofthecomponent.
Insertionpoint/Orientationforelbows
InsertionPoint/Directionforflanges
InsertionPoint/Alignment/Directionfortees
Method2:PointFilterandOSNAP
1. Selectacomponenttobeplacedsuchasanelboworflange.
2. Settheportofthecomponentbeingusedasareference.
3. Selectrelativeplacement.
EnterR
4. ActivatePointFilter
X,Y,orZ.
ComponentPlacement
66
Dec09
Flange Placement Methods
5. ActivateOSNAPsuchasCENorEND.
of
Selectcomponentwithdesiredordinatevalue.
of (need <>):
Atthispoint,AutoCADneedstoknowwhatvaluestousefortheothertwoordinates.
Enter@toindicatenochangeinthosedirections.
InsertionPoint/Orientationforelbows
InsertionPoint/Directionforflanges
InsertionPoint/Alignment/Directionfortees
FlangePlacementMethods
Thefollowingsectiongivesyouabriefoverviewofadditionalcomponentplacement
methods.
Method1:Placedinspace
MenuSelection:Piping>Flanges>Weldneck
1. Providethelocationofinsertionpoint
Current elevation <COP 0'>
Ifthisisthefirstcomponentplaced,changethecurrentelevationandselecttheXY
placementoftheflange.
2. Selectinsertionpoint
Therearethreeinsertionpointsonanunconnectedflange:face,nonflangedsideand
overallcenteroftheflangeasshownbelow.
Face
NonFlangedSide
OverallCenter
Theinsertionpointoftheflangeisrepresentedbyayellowdot.TheTogglecommand
canberepeatedasmanytimesasdesired.Theinsertionpointisnotaccepteduntilyou
pressEnter.
Regardlessofhowtheflangeisdrawn,youareonlyselectingtheinsertionpoint.
Dec09
67
ComponentPlacement
3. Selectthedirectionoftheflange
Up/Down/East/West/North/South/Align/<Enter direction of Non-Flanged Side
or press Return when done>:
Eitherkeyinthecorrectletter,oruseoneoftheDirectionAidstoolbarbuttonstoselect
thedirection.
Youcanselectdirections(byletterorDirectionAid)untilyouaresatisfied,avalueisnot
accepteduntilyoupressEnter.
Method2:Fittingtofittingplacement
Relative/Toggle/Insert/Elev/<Pick point or Return for fit-fit>:
Ifthelastcomponentplacedisnotthecomponentyouwanttoconnectto,youcanpick
anyothercomponent.Oncepicked,youmayneedtoToggletotheproperportofnew
component.
2. Entertoselectdefaultplacementoffittingtofitting(fitfit).
Youmaybepromptedforthespecificationoftheflange.
Theflangewillnowplacewithnecessaryconnectingboltsandgaskets.
ComponentPlacement
68
Dec09
Method3:Relativeplacement
Ifnecessary,selectthecorrectportofthecorrectcomponentyouareplacingrelative
to.Youmaybepromptedfortheflangesspecification.
EnterRforrelativeplacement.ThiswilltemporarilychangeyourUCSsothatthe+X
equalstheorientationofthecomponentbeingusedasareferencepoint.
Align/change Ref point/<Enter distance or Return for fit-fit>:
Enterthedesiredspacingbetweencomponentsor,pickorenterapointonthescreen.
TheUCSwillreturntoWorldCoordinates.
2. Selectinsertionpoint
SeeinstructionsinMethod1.
3. Selectdirectionoftheflange
SeeinstructionsinMethod1,fordirection.
Dec09
69
ComponentPlacement
Inserting Components in Existing Lines
InsertingComponentsinExistingLines
Attimes,youmayneedtoaddacomponenttoanexistingline.
Followthisprocedure:
1. Selectacomponenttobeinserted
Relative/Toggle/Insert/Elev/<Pick point or Return for fit-fit>:
2. Selectthepipesegmentthecomponentistobeinsertedinto.
Elevation/Insert/<Pick point>:
EnterItoinsertthenewcomponent.
3. Selectthedesiredportofthepipesegment.
Select reference port
Toggle/<Enter to select currently highlighted port>:
Toggletotheendofthesegmentthatwillbethelocationforthenewcomponent.
TheportwillnotbeaccepteduntilyoupressEnteragain.
4. Entertheoffsetfromtheselectedport
Align/change Ref point/Enter distance <0.0>:
Youcan:enteradistance,selecttheplacementpoint,orAligntoanothercomponent.
Changingthereferencepointwillbecoveredlaterinthischapter.
ComponentPlacement
70
Dec09
Inserting Components in Existing Lines
Exercise1:InsertasetofbreakoutflangesintoL1001asshown.
2. Selectthepipesegment.
3. Refertothecommandline.
NoticetheInsertoption.
TypeIandpressEnter.
Thelinetypechangestodotsandtheportindicatorbecomesactive.
4. Toggletothenorthernport.
5. PressEntertoaccepttheport.
Note:
Areferencepointwillbecomeactiveatthecenterpointoftheelbow.WhenusingtheInsert
Command,theconnectingfittingisthereferencepoint,allowingcentertocenterplacement.
6. PressEntertoacceptthefittingtofittingcommand.
Note:
Noticeayellowburstsymbolattheendoftheflange.ThisisaTentativeJointMarker.This
allowsyoutocompletetheinsertcommandbyaddingaflangedobjectandautomaticallycutback
thepipe.Thecutbackiscompleteonamatingobjectwiththesamesizeandendconditionis
placed.
7. SelectPiping>Flanges>Weldnecktocompletetheinsertion.
8. Saveyourmodel.
Dec09
71
ComponentPlacement
Pipeline L1002
PipelineL1002
InthenextexercisesyouwillberoutingpipelineL1002betweentheverticalvesselT135
andthehorizontalexchangerT135.Inthepreviousexercisesyoulearnedtoplace
connectingcomponentsandusetheAutoPiperoutertoconnectthepipesegments.During
theseexercisesyouwillplaceboththepipeandconnectingcomponents.
Therearemanywaystocompletethispiperun.Youcouldstartattheverticalvesseland
workyourwayaroundtotheexchanger.Oryoucouldstartfromtheexchangerandworkin
theoppositedirection.
Theseexercisesuseacombinationofmethodsgivingyourealworldexperiencewhen
aligningwithfixedcomponents.
ComponentPlacement
72
Dec09
Pipeline L1002
Exercise1:Routeapipeline,includingallfittingsfromthenozzleT136N1,
Refertothisfigureasyouroutethelinetoensurepropercomponentplacement.
Point1
1. TypeISO1andpressEnter.ZOOMWindowaroundT135andE107.
2. SelectL1002fromtheLineNumberfieldoftheProjectPreferencescontrol.
3. ToconnectaflangetotheT135vessel'sN1shellinletnozzle,selectPiping>Flanges>
Weldneck.
PickverticalvesselshellinletnozzleT135N1.
PressEntertoaccepttheinsertionpointandconnecttheflangetothenozzleface.
Respondtothepromptstoconnectelbowtotheflangeusingthefittingtofitting
method.
PressEntertoacceptthedefaultinsertionpointattheweldendoftheflange.
TypeDandpressEntertospecifytheorientationintheZdirection.
PressEnteragaintoacceptthisorientationandplacetheelbow.
Dec09
73
ComponentPlacement
Pipeline L1002
Point2
Respondtothepromptstoplaceelbow(2)relativetoelbow(1)atabottomofpipe
elevationof115'{14500mm}.
2. TypeRandpressEntertoplacetheelbowatarelativedistancefromthefirstelbow
placed.
3. TypeEandpressEntertodisplaytheEnterElevationdialogasshownbelow.
4. EnabletheBottomofPiperadiobuttonandtype115'{34500}intheElevationfield,and
thenclickOK.
5. PressEntertoacceptthedefaultinsertionpointatthecenteroftheelbow
6. TypeWandpressEntertospecifytheorientationintheXdirection.
7. PressEnteragaintoacceptthisorientationandplacetheelbow.
Point3
1. PressEntertoreexecutetheelbowplacementcommand.Respondtothepromptsas
followstoplaceelbow(3)arelativedistancefromthehorizontalendofelbow(2).
2. TypeTandpressEntertotogglethereferencepointtothehorizontalelbowport.
3. TypeRandpressEntertoplacetheelbowatarelativedistancefromelbow(2).
6. TypeDandpressEntertospecifytheorientationintheZdirection.
ComponentPlacement
74
Dec09
Pipeline L1002
Point4
followstoplaceelbow(4)arelativeverticaldistancefromcenterofelbow(3).
2. TypeTandpressEntertotogglethereferencepointtotheverticalportoftheelbow.
3. TypeRandpressEntertoplacetheelbowatarelativedistancefromelbow(3).
6. TypeSandpressEntertospecifytheorientationintheYdirection.
Point5
Respondtothepromptstoplaceelbow(5)relativetoelbow(4)andalignedwithoneof
thebottomelbowsinlineL1001asshownbelow.
2. TypeTandpressEntertotogglethereferencepointtothehorizontalendoftheelbow.
3. TypeRandpressEntertoplacetheelbowrelativetoelbow(4).
4. TypeAandpressEntertospecifythatyouwanttoalignthiselbowwithanother
component.
5. PickthelowerelbowonlineL1001.
Dec09
75
ComponentPlacement
Pipeline L1002
6. Selectporttoalignto:
PressEntertoacceptthehighlightedelbowport.
9. PressEntertoaccepttheorientationandplacetheelbow.
Point6
followstoplaceelbow(6)relativetoelbow(5).
2. TypeTandpressEntertotogglethereferencepointtotheotherendofelbow(5).
3. TypeRandpressEntertoplacetheelbowarelativedistance.
5. PressEntertoacceptthedefaultinsertionpointinthecenteroftheelbow.
Point7
followstoplaceelbow(7).
2. TypeTandpressEntertotogglethereferencepointtotheotherendoftheelbow.
3. TypeRandpressEntertospecifythatyouwillplacetheelbowarelativedistance.
4. Type19'{5700}andpressEntertospecifytherelativedistance.
ComponentPlacement
76
Dec09
Pipeline L1002
Point8
followstoplaceelbow(8)arelativedistancefromelbow(7)andalignedwiththelower
elbowinlineL1001.
2. TypeTandpressEntertotogglethereferencepointtotheendoftheelbow.
3. TypeRandpressEntertospecifythattheelbowwillbeplacedrelativetotheselected
port.
4. TypeAandpressEnter,tospecifythatyouwanttoalignthiselbowtoanother
component.
5. Pickcomponenttoalignto:
PickthelowerelbowinlineL1001.
6. Selectporttoalignto:
PressEntertoacceptthedefaultportselected.
Youwillnowconnectaflange,gatevalve,andaflangeassemblytothehorizontalportof
elbow(8)justplaced.
Respondtothepromptstoplacetheflange.
11. TypeTandpressEntertotogglethereferencepointtotheotherendoftheelbow.
12. PressEntertoaccepttheinsertionpointatthehorizontalportoftheelbowandplace
theflange.
13. SelectPiping>Valves>Gate>GateandpressEnter.
14. ClickCancelontheAutoPLANTSelectiondialog,toconnectthegatevalvetotheflange
facewithouttopworks.
Note:
IfAutoFlangeisselectedinyourDrawingPreferencesdialog,thereisnoneedtomanuallyplace
thematchingflangeforthevalve.
15. Savethemodel.
Dec09
77
ComponentPlacement
Pipeline L1002
Exercise2:CompleteL1002byplacingelbowsatPoint9,10and11.
Note:
Elbowatpoint11isalignedwithelbowsatPoint9and10.
Point9
Respondtothepromptstoconnecttheupturningelbowtotheweldendoftheflange.
2. PressEntertoacceptthedefaultinsertionpointattheweldendoftheflange.
3. TypeUandpressEntertospecifytheorientationoftheelbowinthe+Zdirection.
ComponentPlacement
78
Dec09
Pipeline L1002
Point10
YouwillnowcontinuethelinefromthechanneloutletnozzleN4onthetopofexchangerE
107shellbyconnectingaflange,thenanelbow.Thiselbowwillbeusedtoalignelbow(11)
asshownabove.
PicktheshelloutletnozzleE107N4,thenpressEntertoconnecttheflangetothe
nozzle.
3. PressEntertoaccepttheinsertionpointattheweldendoftheflange.
4. TurnOrthoOFFF8,thentypeCENandpressEnter.
5. Picktheopenverticalportofelbow(9).
Thiscausestheelbowtorollinthedirectiontowardstheupturningelbow.
6. PressEntertoacceptthisorientationandplacetheelbow.
Point11
followstoplaceelbow(11)alignedwiththeelbowfromtheexchanger(10)andtheup
turningelbow(9).
2. Picktheupturningendoftheelbow(9)inlineL1002.
Youneedtostarttheinsertionfromthiselbowinsteadoftheelbowneartheexchanger
tobeabletoalignthebranchendrelativetothatelbow.
3. TypeRandpressEntertoplacethiselbowrelativetotheselectedelbowport.
4. TypeAandpressEntertoalignthiselbowtotheexchangerelbow.
5. TypeCENandpressEnter.Picktheopenendoftheelbowneartheexchanger.
6. Ifnecessary,typeTandpressEntertotoggletheselectedreferencealignmentportto
theendoftheselectedelbow.Whenselected,pressEntertoaccepttheport.
8. TypeAandpressEntertoaligntheelbowbranchtotheexchangerelbow.
9. TypeCENandpressEnter.
10. Picktheopenendportoftheelbowneartheexchanger(10).
11. PressEntertoaccepttheopenportontheendoftheelbow.
Dec09
79
ComponentPlacement
Pipeline L1002
PressEntertoaccepttheselectedportandplacetheelbow.
12. Savethemodel.
Yourmodelshouldresemblethefigure.
YouarenowreadytoplaceconnectingpipebetweenthecomponentsusingtheAutopipe
router.
ComponentPlacement
80
Dec09
Component Selection
ComponentSelection
TheAutoPLANTEquipmentapplicationusestheAutoPLANTSelectionsdialogtoselect
modelcomponentsforgeneratinganEquipmentListandtheNozzleSchedulereports.
Thedialogautomaticallyappearsfortheusertoselectwhichcomponentswillappearinthe
reports.
AutoPLANTPipingdisplaystheAutoPLANTSelectiondialogwhenevertheAutoPiperouteris
usedtoautomaticallyinsertpipingbetweenconnectingcomponents.
AutoPLANTSelectionsDialog
TheinitiatetheAutoPLANTSelectiondialog,itmustbe
turnedoninDrawingPreferences.Thisappliestoboth
AutoPLANTEquipmentandAutoPLANTPiping.
ThedialogisinitiatedinPipingwhenyouusethe
AutoPiperouter.
SelectPiping>PipeComponents>AutoPipe.
Fromthisdialog,youcanselectcomponentsacrossall
drawingsinaprojectorfromyourcurrentdrawing.
ProjectTab
FromtheProjecttab,youcanselectcomponentsacross
alldrawinginaProject,regardlessofwhichmodelyou
arecurrentlyworkingon.WhenaProjectObject,such
asLineNumberisselectedfromthedropdownlist,allavailableLineNumbersintheproject
willbelistedforyourselection.
TheAdvanceModeallowsyoutobuildaqueryformorepreciseselection.
Note:
Dec09
BuildingselectionqueriesacrossaprojectisusuallyperformedbytheProjectAdministrator.This
coursewillfocusonbuildingqueriesforacurrentmodel.
81
ComponentPlacement
Component Selection
DrawingTab
FromtheDrawingtab,onlycomponentsinyourcurrentmodelcanbeselected.
Therearethreeselectionmodes:
Allselectseverycomponentinthemodeleligiblefortheprocess
Manualwillclosethedialog.Youcanthenselectthecomponentsbypickingfrom
themodel.
Advancedallowsyoutowriteaquerybasedonmodeldata,AutoCADattribute,or
projectobject.
AdvancedComponentSelection
The<<Advanced>>optionallowsyoutodefineaquerytoselectonlycomponentsyouwant
includedfortheAutoPiperun.
Therightwindowliststhemodelsinyourproject.Anyreferenceddrawingsassociatedwith
themodelarelistedwhenyouexpandthedocumenttree.Forprojectswithmany
drawings,youcanapplyanamefiltertothelist.Whengeneratingreportsorisometric
drawings,youcanselectmultipledrawingsformoreinclusiveoutput.
Forthiscourse,youwillonlycreatequeriesforaonetimeuse.Therefore,youwillnotuse
theQuerySelectionsectionofthedialog.
ComponentPlacement
82
Dec09
Component Selection
QuerydefinitionsrequireDataType,Attribute,Constraint,andAttributeValues.Formore
complexqueriesyoucanalsoapplytheOr/Andoperators.
DataType:DrawingDatabaseinformation(3DPipingData);AutoCADattributes
(Drawing);orProjectObjects(Relationship).
AttributeField:OneoftheattributesoftheDataType.Forexample,LineNumberis
anattributeoftheRelationshipdatatype;CUT_LENGTHof3DPipingData;and
ColorofDrawing.
Constraint:TherelationshipbetweentheAttributeFieldandtheAttributeValue.
AttributeValue:ThevalueoftheDataTypeattributethatyouareinterestedin.
Note:
IfyouchecktheGetattributesforselecteddocsonly,theselectionlistwillbefilteredtoonly
thevaluesoftheAttributeFieldthatarecontainedwithinthedocumentsyouselected.
Amoredetaileddescriptionofthisdialogisnotneededforthiscourse.
TheAutoPLANTSelectionsdialogisfullydocumentedintheOnlinehelpatAutoPLANT
PIPINGHelp>CommandReference>DatabaseToolsMenu>AutoPLANTDatabaseTools>
OtherFunctions>ComponentCopyPreferences>DrawingSelection>DrawingSelection.
Dec09
83
ComponentPlacement
Component Selection
BuildaQuerytoAutomatePipeRouting
Exercise3:UsingtheAutoPiperouter,buildanadvancedquerytoroutepipebetween
allcomponentspreviouslyplacedonL1002.
1. SelectPiping>PipeComponents>AutoPipe.
TheAutoPLANTSelectionsdialogdisplays.
2. ClicktheAdvancedtab.
3. Enterthevaluesforthefollowingfields:
DataType:Relationship
AttributeField:LineNumber
Constraint:=
AttibuteValue:L1002
4. ClickAdd>toaddthedefinitiontotheactivequerylist.
5. ClickOK.
AutoPipewillautomaticallyfindallthealignedportsinyourmodelandplacepipe
betweenthoseports.
6. Savethemodel.
L1002shouldresemblethefigure.
ComponentPlacement
84
Dec09
Clipping Planes
ClippingPlanes
AutoCADclippingplanesremoveportionsofaviewportenablingyoutofocusonaspecific
region.InAutoCAD,youcansettheclippingplanesfromthebuttonsonthe3DOrbit
toolbar.
AutoPLANTprovidesautilitythatallowsyoutosetclippingplaneswithouttheadditional
WindowsinterfaceprovidedbyAutoCAD.
LoadingAutoPLANTvclipUtility
1. AttheAutoCADcommandline,typeAPPLOAD.
2. Locatevclip.lispfromBentley\PlantXM\Bonusdirectory
3. ClickLoad.
4. ClickClose.
Oncetheutilityisloaded,typingvclipattheAutoCADcommandlinewillstarttheutility.
Forexample:Youwantafrontviewporttoshowasectionyouselectfromatopviewport.
Bothviewportsareopenandthetopviewportisactive.
Command:
vclip
Pick Front point:
Inthetopviewport,clickonapointthatislocatedwhereyouwantthesouthernclipping
planelocated.
Pick The Back point:
Inthetopviewport,clickonapointthatislocatedwhereyouwantthenorthernclipping
planelocated.
Select a point in viewport to place the view:
Clickintothefrontviewporttomakeitactiveandclickinitagaintoactivatetheclipping
planes.
TurningOffClippingPlanes
AutoCADclippingplanesarenotremovedwithaZoomAllorZoomExtents.Toturnoff
clippingplanes:
1. Activatetheviewportwhereyouwantclippingplanesturnedoff.
2. EnterPLANintheAutoCADcommandline.
3. SelectaUCStobeappliedtotheclippedviewport.
Dec09
85
ComponentPlacement
ClippingPlaneNotes
Clippingplanesstayparallelanddonotmovewithaviewport.Therefore,ifyouclip
andthenrotateaview,youarelikelytogetunexpectedresults.
Ifyouapplyclippingplanestothesameviewportusedtoselecttheplanelocations,
theviewportshouldupdatetothenewdirection.Ifnot,youcanusetheAutoCAD
Viewbuttonstoorienttheviewport.
ThevectorbetweenyourFrontandBackpointsrepresentthelineofsightinthe
clippedviewport.Fororthogonalclips,makesuretheAutoCADORTHOisturnedon.
YoucanselectfrontandbackpointswithOSNAP.
YoucanuseclippingplanesandthevclipcommandinPaperSpace.
ComponentPlacement
86
Dec09
Pipeline L1007
PipelineL1007
PipelineL1007connectsfromnozzleE107N1andextendstothepipewayasshownbelow.
Exercise1:PlacecomponentsonL1007notedbypoints14.
Point1
2. Respondtotheprompts:
PicknozzleN106N1
4. PressEntertoselectfitfit.Flange,gasketandboltsareplaced.
Point2
2. Respondtotheprompts:
PressEntertoselectfitfittoconnecttheelbowdirectlytotheflange.
5. Enterorientation:EnterSforSouth.
Dec09
87
ComponentPlacement
Pipeline L1007
Point3
ThiselbowisalignedtotheelbowonL1001.
2. TypeRandpressEntertoinitiatetherelativecommand.
3. TypeAandpressEntertoinitiatethealigncommand.
4. SelecttheelbowonlineL1001.
5. TypeTtotoggletothewestwardend(Theendattachedtotheflange.)
6. PressEntertoaccept.
7. PressEntertoacceptthecenterinsertpoint.
8. Orienttheelbowtofaceup.TypeU.
ComponentPlacement
88
Dec09
Pipeline L1007
Point4
2. Followthecommands.TypeTtotoggletheinsertionpointtotheoppositeend.
3. TypeRandpressEntertoplacetheelbowarelativedistancetoanothercomponent.
4. TypeEandpressEntertodisplaytheSetElevationdialog.
5. EnabletheBottomofPiperadiobutton.
6. Typeelevation1126{33750}.ClickOK.
7. PressEntertoacceptthedefaultcenterofelbowinsertionpoint.
8. TypeS,pressEntertospecifytheorientationinYdirectionandplaceelbow.
9. PressEntertoacceptorientationandplacetheelbow.
Dec09
89
ComponentPlacement
Pipeline L1007
ChangeReferencePoint
Whenyoudefinerelativeplacementofonecomponenttoanother,youcreatealineon
whichtoplacethenewcomponent.Inthissituation,youwouldonlyneedtoknowthe
distancebetweenthetwocomponents.
Butwhatifyoudonotknowthedistancebetweenthetwocomponents?
PreviousexercisesusedtheAlignplacementandtheAutoCADPointFilteroptionstoplacea
componentrelativetoanotherwithoutknowingthedistancebetweenthetwocomponents.
AnotheroptionistochangethereferencepointonthePlacementLinetodefineadistance
youdoknow.
Inthisfigure,thereisanelbowactingastherelativetocomponentandaPlacementLine
extendinginthedirectionoftheselectedport.Theplacementpointforthenew
componentisshownasanasteriskatthebottomofthepicture.Thedistancefromthe
elbowtotheasteriskisunknown.
However,thepipesegmentonthelefthasacenterlineparalleltotheplacementforthe
newcomponent.AndthedistancefromPort2tothenewcomponentisknown.
Thereferencepoint,forthedistancetothenewcomponentistheintersectionofthe
placementLineandaperpendicularprojectionfromeitherofthereferenceports.
IfthenewreferencepointhasacenterlineperpendiculartothePlacementLine,suchasthe
pipesegmentshownatthebottomofthefigure,thereferencepointistheintersectionof
thePlacementLineandthecenterlineofthenewreferencecomponent.Becauseofthis,
theportofthenewreferencecomponentisirrelevant.
ComponentPlacement
90
Dec09
Pipeline L1007
Thepromptsequenceforachangeofreferencepointincludes:
1. Oncetheportofthereferencecomponentisselected:
TypeRforrelativeplacement
TypeRtochangethereferencepoint
Picknewreferencepointorreferencecomponent
2. Selectnewreferencecomponent
Toggleforcorrectportofnewreferencecomponent
3. Providedistancefromnewreferencepoint
4. Finishplacementofthenewcomponent.
Dec09
91
ComponentPlacement
Pipeline L1007
Exercise2:ContinueL1007byplacingElbow5relativetoElbow4,adistanceof310
(910mm)southofthecenterlineofpipelinePROD1020.
Note:
TheaboveimageisaSEviewshowingPROD1020,andPROD2020.UseDDLMODEStohideother
layers.
Point5
2. Toggletotheappropriateport.
3. TypeRandpressEntertoinitiatetherelativecommand
4. TypeRandpressEntertoinitiatethechangeRefpointcommand
5. SnaptoendcenteroflinePROD1020.
6. PressEntertoacceptcenterinsertionpoint
Note:
Thenewreferencepointwillautomaticallyorientitselfinlinewiththeelbowandthegiven
referencepoint.
7. Enteradistanceof310northofPROD1020.
8. EnterDtoorientelbowtofacedownward.
9. Saveyourmodel.
ComponentPlacement
92
Dec09
Pipeline L1007
Exercise3:CompleteL1007byplacinganelbowatpoint6andflangeatpoint7.
Point6
2. Toggletotheappropriateport.
3. TypeRandpressEntertoinitiatetherelativecommand
4. Enter26,pressEnter.
5. PressEntertoacceptinsertionpoint.
6. Enterorientation,typeEforeasterndirection.
7. PressEntertoacceptplacement.
8. PressEntertoacceptcenterinsertionpoint
Point7
2. PickelbowplacedinPoint6.
3. Toggletheinsertionpointifnecessary,toendofelbow.
4. TypeR,pressEntertoinitiateRelativecommand.
5. Enter64,pressEnter.
6. SelecttheflangefromtheSpecificationSelectiondialog.ClickOK.
7. PressEntertoacceptplacement.
8. Toggletheinsertionpointtofaceflangetowardelbow.
9. PressEntertoacceptinsertionpointandplacecomponent.
10. Savethemodel.
Dec09
93
ComponentPlacement
Pipeline L1007
Exercise4:UsetheAutoPipefunctiontoautomatetheplacementofthepipe
segmentsforL1007.
2. WhentheAutoPLANTSelectionsdialogdisplays,selectAll.
3. Saveyourmodel.
ThisexercisecompletesL1007andtheComponentPlacementmodule.
ComponentPlacement
94
Dec09
Module Review
ModuleReview
Nowthatyouhavecompletedthismodel,letsreviewwhatyouhavelearned.
Questions:
1. Componentplacementmethodsarecommonforallelbows,teesandflanges.
True
False
2. Pipingsegmentsmustbejoinedtoanotherpipesegmenttobeplacedproperly.
True
False
3. TheAutoPiperoutercommandenablesyoutoroutepipeautomaticallybetweenplaced
components.
True
False
4. Copiedcomponentsareautomaticallygivenauniquetag.
True
False
5. Cleaningthedatabaseonaregularbasisensuresthatallgraphicsonyourscreen
containsaonetoonerelationshipwiththedatabase.
True
False
6. Defaultspecificationsspeedthemodelingprocess.
True
False
7. Matchingflangesforallelbowsplacedinthedrawingareaddedautomatically.
True
False
8. PointFiltersprovideamethodofdefiningoffsetdistancesfromanexistingreference
componentinamodel.
Dec09
True
False
95
ComponentPlacement
Module Review
Answers:
1. True:Thecommonmethodsusedforplacingelbows,teesandflangesinclude
componentsplacedinspace,fittingtofittingandrelativeplacement.
2. False:Pipesegmentscanbeplacedusingthecommonplacementsmethodsforall
pipingcomponents.Youcanalsoplaceapipecomponentinspace.Reddotsatthe
connectionpointsindicateaproperconnectionhasbeenmade.
3. True:ConnectingpipesegmentscanbeautomaticallyroutedusingtheAutoPipe
command.Thisfunctionenablesyoutoplacecomponentsthroughoutthemodeland
whendone,runconnectingpipebetweenthecomponents.
4. True:WhenyoucopycomponentsusingtheAutoCADcopycommand,thesystem
automaticallyappendsthetagnumber.YoucanalsosettheComponentCopy
Preferencestopromptyoutoenterauniquetagnumber.Ifaduplicatetagisentered,
youmustdecideifthisisauniquecomponentoralinktoanexistingcomponent.
5. True:UsingtheCleanDabasecommandenablesyoutosynchronizethecomponents
youseeonthescreenwiththeintelligentdatastoredintheprojectdatabase.Graphics
unintentionallycreatedonthescreenareremoved.Statusmessagesaredisplayed
givingyoualldetails.
6. True:Ifyousetadefaultspecificationchoicepriortoyourmodelingsessionyouwillnot
bepromptedtoselectaspecificationeachtimeyouplaceacomponent.Thisisgood
methodtospeedupthemodelingprocess,butitisimportanttheProjectAdministrator
hasdefinedthedefaultspriortobeginningthemodelingsession.
7. False:Ifprojectspecificationshavebeensetupproperly,theAutoFlangecommandcan
beusedtoautomaticallyplacematchingflangesforyourvalves.TheAutoFlange
commandmustbesetintheDrawingPreferencesdialogpriortobeginningthe
modelingsession.
8. True:AutoCADpointfiltersprovideamethodofestablishingareferencepointfor
placinganewcomponent.Itisusefulwhenyouaremissingcriticalinformationon
wheretoplaceacomponent.
ComponentPlacement
96
Dec09
Summary:
Summary:
Youarenowableto:
Dec09
Placeelbows,teesandflanges
Manuallyroutepipesegments
UsetheAutoPipecommandtoautomateplacementofconnectingpipesegments
UsetheCleanDatabasecommandtomaintaindatabaseintegrity
CopyandRotatepipesegmentsandupdateproperties
UsetheAutoFlangecommandtoautomatecomponentplacement
UserPointFilterstopositioncomponents
Completethepipingmodelincludingallconnectingcomponents
97
ComponentPlacement
Summary:
ComponentPlacement
98
Dec09
Overview
Thismoduleintroducesseveralcomponentsandplacementroutinesthatcanspeedthe
modelingprocessofcomplexsystems.Branchingconnectionssuchasteesandolets,
provideconnectionsforwelded,screwedorsocketweldpipe.Valvetopworksalthough
placedinassociationwithavalve,areindependentcomponentsthatcanbeedited
separately.Alargecollectionofsupportsincludinghangers,supportsandshoesarealso
includedandaccessiblefromtheconvenientbrowser.
Inadditiontothedefaultsetofpipingcomponents,AutoPLANTalsoincludesspecialtyitems
thataregroupedintoComponentModules.TheDuctileIron,HighPurityandLinedpipe
ComponentModules,andmanyothershavetheirownmenuanddrawingroutines,thus
speedingupthemodelingprocess.
Prerequisites
Studentsshouldhaveabasicunderstandingofcomponentplacementroutinesforboth
AutoPLANTEquipmentandAutoPLANTPipingcomponents.
Objectives
Dec09
Createabypasslineonexistingpiperun
Createastubinwithoutafitting
Placeandeditahandwheelonanexistinggatevalve
Placeandeditasupportcomponentonapipesegment
LoadtheInstrumentModelandplaceaspecialtycomponentonapipesegment
99
Branch Connections
BranchConnections
AutoPLANTincludesalibraryofbranchingconnectionsincludingtees,crosses,lateralsand
manytypesofolets.Forreference,anoverviewofthebasicstepsisprovidedforeachtype
ofconnection.Theexercisesthatfollow,teachyouhowtoplacethesetypesof
components.
TapPorts
Forallolettypes,aTapPortisfirstdefinedinthepipesegmentbeingtappedtogivethe
oletaconnectionpoint.
Note:
AlthoughaTapPortcanbedefinedindependentlyoftheconnectingcomponent,itisnot
recommended.Thegraphicrepresentationofatapportisverysmallandeasilylostinamodel.
100
Dec09
Branch Connections
PlacinganIndependentTapPort
Tocreateanindependenttapport,followthesesteps:
1. SelectBranchingComponents>Olets>TapPort.
2. Followingtheprompts,selectingthepipetobetapped,theportontheselectedpipe,
thedistancefromtheselectedport,thesizeandorientationforthetap.
3. Ifyouareplacinganolet,suchasaweldoletorthreadolet,youcancreatethetapport
andplacetheoletinthesamestep.
PlacingOlets
Thefollowingmethodisusedtoplaceanoletwithinapipesegment.
AtapportiscreatedduringtheplacementofanOlet.
1. SelecttheolettypefromPiping>BranchingComponents>Olets.
Relative/Toggle/create taP/Insert/Elev/<Pick point or Return for fitfit>:
Ifdifferentfromthedefaultcomponent,selectthepipesegmenttheoletisconnected
to.
Relative/createtaP/Elev/<PickpointorReturnforfitfit>:
TypePtocreatethetapport
2. Locatethetapport.
Select the base port
Ifthecurrentportisnottheoneyouwanttouseasareferenceforthetapport,Toggle
tothatport.TheportwillnotbeaccepteduntilyouclickEnter.
Toggle base port/Align/change Ref point/<Enter Distance>:
Providethedistancefromthereferenceporttothetap.
3. Sizethetapport.
TheTapPortSizedialogopenstoselectthesizeofthetapport.Whenplacingolets,the
tapportissizedtothediameteroftherunpipeline.Thissizeshouldbethedefault
choice.
Dec09
101
Branch Connections
4. Orientthetapport.
Enter orientation of tap port
Eitherenteranangleorpointyourmouseinthedirectiontheoletistopointtoward.
5. Specifythebranchdiameteroftheolet.
AnOletSpecificationSelectiondialogopenslistingalltheoletsavailableatthemainsize
definedabove.
TheoletwillplaceafteryouclickOKtoacceptyourselection.
PlacingElbolets
Thefollowingmethodisusedtoplaceanelboletonanelbow.
Atapportiscreatedduringtheplacementofanelbolet.
1. SelectPiping>BranchingComponents>Olets>Elbolet.
Ifdifferentfromthedefaultcomponent,selecttheelbowtheoletisconnectedto.
2. Sizethetapporttothediameteroftherunpipeline.
Theorientationofanelboletisalongthecenterlineoftheelbowportselectedinthis
step.
4. Specifythebranchdiameter.
AnOletSpecificationSelectiondialogwillopenlistingalltheoletsavailableatthemain
sizedefinedabove.
Theelboletwillbecreated.
102
Dec09
Branch Connections
PlacingLatrolets
Thefollowingmethodisusedtoplacealatroletwithinapipesegment.
AtapportiscreatedduringtheplacementofanLaterolet.
1. SelectPiping>BranchingComponents>Olets>Laterolet.
Ifdifferentfromthedefaultcomponent,selectthepipesegmenttheoletisconnected
to.
2. Locatethetapport.
Ifthecurrentportisnottheoneyouwanttouseasareferenceforplacingthetap,
toggletothatport.TheportwillnotbeaccepteduntilyouclickEnteragain.
Providethedistancefromthereferenceporttothetap.
3. Sizethetapporttothediameteroftherunpipeline.
Eitherenteranangleorpointyourmouseinthedirectiontheoletistopointtoward.
5. Orientthelateral.
Enter orientation of Laterolet
Eitherenteranangleorpointyourmouseinthedirectionofthelateralbranch.
6. Specifythebranchdiameteroftheolet.
AnOlet:SpecificationSelectiondialogwillopenlistingalltheoletsavailableatthemain
sizedefinedabove,
Thelateroletwillbecreated.
Dec09
103
Branch Connections
Exercise1:CreateabypasslinebetweenL1001andL1002byinsertingthe
componentsatthepointsasshown.
ChangetoafrontviewandzoomintotheareaaroundL1001andL1002.
Point1Weldolet
1. SelectPiping>BranchingComponents>Olets>TapPort.
RespondtothepromptstocreatetheTapPort.
2. Pickcomponenttobetapped.
PicktheverticalpipeonlineL1001,upstreamofthegatevalve.
3. Aportonthepipesegmentisselected.Ifnecessary,toggletothebottomportofthe
pipesegment.ClickEntertoaccepttheport.
4. Typeadistanceof26andpressEntertospecifywherethetapportwillbelocated.
5. DefinetheTapPortsize.Select8.
Note:
TapPortsizeisdeterminedbythepipebeingtapped.
6. Enterorientationoftapport.SelectYfromthedirectionaidstoolbar.
7. SelectPiping>BranchingComponents>Olets>Weldolet.
8. Selectthepipesegment.Thetapportwillhighlight.
9. PressEntertoaccepttheport.
10. FromtheSpecificationSelectiondialogselect8x4{200x100}Weldolet.
11. ClickOKtoplacethefitting.
104
Dec09
Branch Connections
Point2Elbow
1. Connectanelbowdirectlytotheweldoletusingthefittingtofittingmethod.
2. UsethedirectionaidstopointthebranchintheXdirection.
Point3Flange
1. Connectaflangedirectlytoelbow.
2. MakesureAutoFlangeisturnedONinDrawingPreferences,toensureamatedflangeis
automaticallyplacedafterthevalve.
Point4Valve
1. ConnectagatevalvewithnoTopWorks,directlytotheflange.
3. Theflangewillautomaticallyplacewiththevalve.
Point5Weldolet
1. PlaceasecondWeldoletintheverticalrunofL1002.
2. Whenprompted,usetheAlignfeature.PlacethesecondWeldoletalignedwiththe
WeldoletonL1001.
Point6Elbow
1. Connectanelbowdirectlytothesecondweldoletusingthefittingtofittingmethod.
2. Usethedirectionaidstopointthebranchinthe+Xdirection.
Point7ConnectingPipe
Followthepromptstoattachthepipeusingthefittingtofittingmethod.
2. PressEntertoselectthehighlightedport.
3. Connectto/<EnterLength>:
TypeC,andpressEnterandpicktheopenportontheflangenexttothevalve.
Dec09
105
Branch Connections
Exercise2:Placeanelboletandpipesegmenttoconstructabasesupportforline
L1002.
1. SelectPiping>BranchingComponents>Olets>Elbolet.
2. Selecttheelbow.
3. CreatethetapbytypingP,PressEnter.
4. Sizethetap.Select8fromthedialog.
5. Selectthereferenceportoftheelbow.IfnecessaryToggletoselecttheverticalelbow
port.PressEntertoaccept.
6. FromtheSpecificationSelectiondialogselect8x2BWElbolet.ClickOKtoconnectthe
elbolettotheelbow.Thebranchwillbesizedto2(50mm).
Completethesupportbyaddingapipesegment.
8. PressEntertousethefittingtofittingcommandtoconnectthepipedirectlytothe
elbolet.
9. Type26(750mm),pressEnterforthepipelength.
10. Saveyourmodel.
106
Dec09
Branch Connections
PlacingStubIns
Stubinsdefinehowonesectionofpipecanbedirectlyattachedtoanotherpipesegment.
Elevation<Pick point>:
Selectthesegmentyouwanttobranchinto.
2. Createandlocateatap.
create taP/Elevation/Insert/<Pick point>:
TypePtocreatethetap.
Ifthecurrentportisnottheoneyouwanttouseasareferenceforplacingthetap,
toggletothatport.TheportwillnotbeaccepteduntilyouPressEnter.
3. Providethedistancebetweenthereferenceportandthelocationofthestubin.
4. Sizethetaptothebranchdiameterbyselectingfromthedialog.
5. Orientthetap.
Foranangledbranch,youcanenterrelativeplacementfortheorientationratherthan
providinganorthogonalvalue.Forexample,inthefiguretotheright,theorientation
enteredwas1,1,0.
6. Providethepipelength.
Connect to/<Enter Length>:
Dec09
107
Branch Connections
7. PickaJointSelection.
TheAutoPLANTJointSelectiondialogallowsyoutochoosehowthestubinwillbe
connectedtotherunpipeline.
8. ReinforcingPad.
Ifyouchooseastubinweldwithareinforcingpad,youwillbepromptedwiththe
ReinforcingPadThicknessdialog,toprovidepadgeometryanddescription.
Padsaredrawnasshown.
108
Dec09
Branch Connections
Exercise3:AddadrainlinetotheexistingpipesegmentofL1004.
1. ChangetothesouthwestorISO1viewandZoomaroundpumpP104.
Respondtothepromptstodefineatapportandplaceapipestubin.
3. PickanypointonthepipesegmentbetweentheTeeandtheFlangeonthepump
suctionline.
4. TypePtodefinethetapport.
5. IfnecessaryToggletotheportyouwanttouseasareference.PressEntertoselectthe
port.
6. ProvidethedistancebytypingCENandpressEnter.Pickapointontheoutlineofthe
pipetodefinethelocationofthetapportinthecenterofthepipesegment.
7. FromtheTapPortSizedialog,select2{50mm)forthediameter.
8. Type4andpressEnterforthelengthofthepipe.
9. SelectStubInIDWeldfromtheAutoPLANTJointSelectionandclickOK.
Nowaddagatevalvewithnotopworks,directlytothepipesegment.
10. SelectPiping>Valves>Gate>Gate.
11. ClickCancelfornotopworks.
12. PressEntertoplacethevalveusingthefittingtofittingmethod.
Dec09
109
Branch Connections
Thecompleteddrainwilllookasshown.
13. Saveyourmodel.
110
Dec09
Valve Topworks
ValveTopworks
AutoPLANTprovidesalibraryofvalveoperatorsreferredtoastopworks.Thelibrary
includescomponentssuchascones,chains,wrenches,handwheelsandgears.Whenplacing
valves,youareautomaticallypromptedtoselecttopworks.(Inpreviousexercisesyouhave
clickedCanceltoeliminatetopworks.)
YoucanalsoaddtopworkstoyourmodelatanytimebyactivatingthePiping>
Supports/TopworksBrowser.Withthebrowseropen,makeaselectionfromtheTopworks
treeandpickavalveinthemodeltoinsert.
Whiletopworksareplacedinassociationwithavalve,theyareindependentcomponents
thatcanbeeditedandmovedseparatelyfromthevalve.
Dec09
111
Valve Topworks
PlacingSimpleTopworks
Simpletopworks,suchasacone,areplacedintwosteps:
1. Selectavalve.
Select the component
2. Enterthedirectionofthecontrol.
Up/Down/East/West/North/South/Align/Rotate/reseT/<Enter rotation or press
Return when done>:
UseeitherlettersorDirectionAids.
ThedirectionwillnotbeaccepteduntilyoupressEnteragain.
PlacingLeverTopworks
Topworkswithalever,chain,orotherdirectiondependantaspectareplacedinthreesteps:
1. Selectavalve.
Select the component
2. Enterthedirectionofthecontrol.
Up/Down/East/West/North/South/Align/Rotate/reseT/<Enter rotation or press
Return when done>:
UseeitherwithlettersorDirectionAids.
ThedirectionwillnotbeaccepteduntilyoupressEnter.
Up/Down/East/West/North/South/Align/Rotate/reseT/<Enter lever direction
or press Return when done>:
3. Entertheleverdirection.
Generallythedirectionisperpendiculartothetopworksdirection.Theleverdirection
willnotbeaccepteduntilyoupressEnter.
112
Dec09
Valve Topworks
EditingTopworks
Topworksonvalvescanbeplacedduringvalveplacementoratalatertime.Valuesforall
topworkscomponentscanbemodifiedthroughagraphicaldialog.TheHandwheel
Operatordialogshownhereissimple.
TheRotorkActuatordialog,ismorecomplex.
Dec09
113
Valve Topworks
MostAutoPLANTPipingcomponentscannotbeeditedafterplacement.Thesecomponents
aredeletedandredrawn.However,Topworkscanberesizedaftertheyhavebeenplaced.
AfteraTopworkshasbeenplacedyoucanusethePiping>DatabaseTools>Edit
Componentcommandtoselectatopworkcomponentinthedrawing.
Onceselectededitthevaluesinthedialog.
Exercise1:PlaceaHandwheelonthegatevalveplacedonpipelineL1004asshown
below.
ForthisexerciseisiteasiertoselectthevalvefromtheFRONTview.
1. ChangetoaFrontviewandZOOMtopumpP104.
2. SelectPiping>Valves>TopworksBrowser.
3. Fromtheexpandedmenu,doubleclickonHandwheel.
Youwillbepromptedtoselectthevalve.
4. SelectthegatevalveonP104.
5. Enterthefollowingparametersinthedialog.
Attribute
Imperial
Metric
Mixed Metric
Diam A
1 4
400
400
Dist B
2 6
750
750
Diam C
80
80
Sort Code
9.0
9.0
9.0
Short
Description
TOPWORKS
TOPWORKS
TOPWORKS
Long
Description
HANDWHEEL
HANDWHEEL
HANDWHEEL
6. ClickOKtoplacethevalve.
7. EnterNorthrotation.
8. PressEntertocompletethecommand.
114
Dec09
Valve Topworks
Thecomponentshouldresemblethefigure.
9. SelectPiping>DatabaseTools>EditComponentandpicktheHandwheeltopworkson
themodeltodisplaythedialog.
Editsmadeinthedialogareautomaticallyreflectedinthemodel.
10. Savethemodel.
Dec09
115
Supports
Supports
TheSupportsBrowserisaccessedfromthePiping>Supports/TopworksBrowser.
Alargecollectionofsupportsaregroupedbytype,includingAnchors&Guides,Hangers,
Shoes,Base,Misc.Supports,andUserSupports.Withinthesegroups,youcanfindpipe
guides,lugattachments,teeshoes,andlegsupports.
PlacingSupports
ToplacePipesupportsfollowthesesteps:
1. OpentheSupports/TopworksBrowser.
2. SelecttheBaseSupport>Base>ElbowSupport.
3. Doubleclicktoselectthecomponent.
4. Selectlocationofsupport.
5. Providegeometricinformationineditordialog.
6. Enterthedirectionofthesupport.
Note:
Somesupportsrequireanorientation.Forexample,asupportswithanasymmetricbaseneed
additionalrotation.
116
Dec09
Supports
Exercise1:PlaceanelbowsupportonpipeL1002asshown.
1. ZoomintotheL1001/L1002bypassline.
2. SelectPiping>Supports/TopworksBrowser.
3. DoubleclicktoselecttheBaseSupport>Base>ElbowSupportoption.
4. Selecttheelbow.
5. Typethefollowinggeometricdatainthedialog.
Attribute
Imperial
Metric
Mixed Metric
Dist A
31.875
797
797
Diam B
50
50
Dist C
80
80
Dist D
10
250
250
Dist E
150
150
Long
Description
ELBOW
SUPPORT
ELBOW
SUPPORT
ELBOW
SUPPORT
Short
Description
SUPPORT
SUPPORT
SUPPORT
Tag
L1002-SUPPT
L1002-SUPPT
L1002-SUPPT
Followthecommandpromptstoplacethecomponent,usingtheDirectionAids.
6. SetthedirectionofthesupporttoZ.PressEntertoacceptthedirection.
7. Settheorientationofthebaseto+X.PressEntertoaccepttheorientation.
8. PressEnteragaintoendthecommand.Saveyourmodel.
Dec09
117
Supports
EditingSupports
Mostsupportshavegeometricdatathatcanbeeditedfromadialog.Liketopworks,you
canaccessasupportdialogwiththePiping>DatabaseTools>EditComponentcommand.
Somesupportdialogsarebasic,whilesomearequitedetailed.
118
Dec09
Component Modules
ComponentModules
Inadditiontothedefaultsetofcomponentsusedduringamodelingsession,AutoPLANT
alsoprovidesspecializedcomponentsgroupedtogetherwiththeirowndrawingroutines,
commandprompts,menusandspecifications,knowasComponentModules.These
modulesareloadedasneeded,givingtheuseraccesstospecificsetofcomponentswithout
beingdistractedbythosenotneeded.Thesemodulesareloadedineachmodelingsession.
ThePipingComponentModulesshippedwiththeapplicationcanbeviewedfromPiping>
Setup>ModuleSetup.Morethanonemodulemaybeloadedinthesamedrawingsession.
Onceloaded,themenuisaddedtotheinterface.Toolbarsareincludedtospeedthe
modelingprocess.
Dec09
119
Component Modules
LoadingComponentModules
Toloadonemodule:
1. OpentheModuleSetupdialog.
2. SelectthemodulefromtheAvailableModuleslist.
3. SelectLoadModule.
4. ClickOKtoaddthemenutotheAutoCADmenubar.
Toloadmultiplemodules:
1. OpentheModuleSetupdialog.
2. SelectthemodulefromtheAvailableModuleslist.
3. SelectLoadModule.
4. ClickApply.
5. ThemenuisaddedtotheAutoCADmenubar.
6. Selectthenextmodule.
7. ClickApply.
8. Continueuntilallmodulesareloaded.
9. ClickOK.
Tounloadoneormultiplemodules,followtheinstructionsabove,butusethe
UnloadModuleAction.
AllmodulescanbeloadedorunloadedwiththeLoadAllModulesandUnloadAll
Modulesactions.
AfterloadingaModule,youwillbeabletoselectthespecificationinyourDrawing
PreferencesdialogandComponentPreferencescontrol.
AlthoughtheAutoPLANTFundamentalscoursedoesnotusetheComponent
Modules,thefollowingexerciseisintendedtoexposeyoutothisfunctionality.
120
Dec09
Component Modules
ChallengeExercise
Exercise1:LoadtheInstrumentmoduleandinsertaspecialtyitemintoapipe
segment.
1. LoadtheInstrumentModulefollowingthestepslistedabove.TheInstrument/Specialty
Itemmenuappears.
2. Placea6(150mm)diameter,I_150LB(M_150LB,MM_150LB)pipesegment,ofany
lengthsomewhereinyourmodel,preferablyoutsidethestructurearea.
3. SelectInstrument/SpecialtyItems>OrificeComponents>OrificeFlangeSet
4. Forthefirstflange,thelocationwithinthesegmentaswellastheinsertionand
alignmentpointsareuptoyou.
5. Afterthefirstflangeisplaced,theOrificePlatedialogopens.
6. Thisdialog,allowsyoutochangetheplatethickness,createaTagfortheplate,and
changetheLongDescriptionoftheplate.ClickOK.
Theorificeplate,secondflange,andboltsplaceautomatically.
Youcankeepordeletethenewsegmentwiththeorificeflangeset.
YoucanalsounloadtheInstrumentModuleifyouwish.
7. CleanyourdatabasePiping>DatabaseTools>CleanDatabase.
8. Saveyourmodel.
Youhavenowcompletedtheexercisesforthismodule.
Dec09
121
Module Review
ModuleReview
Nowthatyouhavecompletedthismodel,letsreviewwhatyouhavelearned.
Questions:
1. Whencreatingabypasslinedirectlyfromanexistingpipesegment,youwoulduseda
weldolet.
True
False
2. Supportsforpipelinescanbemadefromasectionofpipeandanoletorelbolet.
True
False
3. Stubinrequirestheuseofanolet.
True
False
4. Valvetopworkscanbeaddedtoyourmodelatanytime.
True
False
5. Supportsforpipingsegmentsarealladdedbythesamemethod.
True
False
6. APipingModuleprovidesadditionaldrawingroutinesandmenusofspecialty
components.
True
False
122
Dec09
Module Review
Answers:
1. True:Bypasslinesthatarebeingcreatedona90degreeanglefromanexistingpipeline
canuseasimpleweldoletforconnectiontothepipe.
2. True:Simplepipesupportscanbeattachedtoasectionofpipeusingeitheranoletor
anelbolet.Elboletsareusedwhenattachingtoanelbo.Simpleoletsareattachedto
pipesectionswhentheangleis90degrees.
3. False:Astubinisasectionofpipethatisweldeddirectlytoanotherpipe.Thesetypes
ofconnectionsaretypicallymadeasbranchconnectionswheretheaddedpipe
diameteristhesameorsmallerthanthemainpipesection.
4. True:Avalvecanbeplacedintoamodelwithorwithoutthetopworksoroperators.All
topworkscanalsobeeditedindependentlyfromthevalvebody.
5. False:Whenplacingsupports,althougthplacementsproceduresaresimilar,
asymmetricalsupportsrequireanorientation.TheDirectionAidstoolbarprovidesand
quickmethodofsettingtheorientationofthesupport.
6. True:Specialtycomponents,alongwiththeirownmenusanddrawingroutinesare
providedasComponentModules.TheHighPuritymoduleisanexamplethatprovides
Triclovertypefittings.
Dec09
123
Summary:
Summary:
Youarenowableto:
Createabypasslineonexistingpiperun
Createastubinwithoutafitting
Placeandeditahandwheelonanexistinggatevalve
Placeandeditasupportcomponentonapipesegment
LoadtheInstrumentModelandplaceaspecialtycomponentonapipesegment
124
Dec09
RoutingOptions
Overview
AutoPLANTprovidesmultiplemethodsandtoolsformakingthetaskofroutingpipe
segmentsfasterandmoreefficient.Bycreatingintelligentcenterlinesyougainflexibility
whendesigningelaboratepiperunswithrolledandslopingpipe.Youcanalsocreatean
intelligentcenterlinefromanexistingcomponent.Oncecomponentsareplaced,the
connectivitybetweencomponentsischeckedforaccuracy.
Prerequisites
Studentsshouldhaveagoodunderstandingofthecommonpipeplacementfunctions.
Objectives
UnderstandtheconceptsoftheAutoRoutermode
Createasmartcenterlinefromanexistingcomponent
RuntheConnectivityCheckeragainstyourpiperuns
Dec09
125
RoutingOptions
Auto Router Mode
AutoRouterMode
AutoRouterModeisaDrawingPreferencesetting.Ifyouareroutingalineconsistingof
consecutivecomponents(forexampleelbow,pipesegment,tee,pipesegment)AutoRouter
Modewillautomaticallyconnectthecomponentyouareplacingtotheonejustplaced.
WhenworkinginAutoRouterMode,afterthefirstcomponenthasbeenplaced,youwill
onlybepromptedforthefollowinginformationforpipe,elbowsandtees.
Component
Pipe Segment
Elbow
Tee
Prompt
Possible Input
Length
Direction of Port 2
Up, Down, East, West, North, South, Align, Rotate
Insertion Point
Orientation of Branch, or
Direction of Run.
Up, Down, East, West, North, South, Align, Rotate
Whenplacingvalvesandflanges,youmaybepromptedbyaSpecificationSelectiondialog.
WhileAutoRouterModecanmakelineroutingmuchfaster,itisprimarilyusedforthemore
commontypesofpiperuns.
Additionalroutingmethodsdescribedinthefollowingtopicsaddpowerfulfunctionality
whenroutingcomplexpipingsystems.
RoutingOptions
126
Dec09
Centerline Routers
CenterlineRouters
AutoPLANTPipingprovidesseveralmethodsforcreatinganintelligentcenterlinethatcan
beusedtocreateathreedimensionalpipeline.Theadvantageofcreatingasmart
centerlineallowstheusertoquicklycreatecomplexpipingsystemsincludingrollsand
slopes.
FromDialog:isthemostversatilerouter.Itprovidesadialoginterfaceforchanging
elevations,specifyingslopeparameters,andotherwisecontrollingtheconstructionofthe
centerline.Centerlineroutingfromthisdialogprovidesaccesstoseveralroutingtoolsto
definethepipingpath.Thisrouteralsoenablesyoutoindicatewhetherornotyouwantto
makethecenterlineintelligent(i.e.,associatingthemainsize,linenumber,specification,
insulationthickness,andinsulationspecvalueswiththeline).
FromPoints:presentsacommandlineinterfaceforroutingfromspecificpoints.Afterthe
commandisexecuted,theCenterlinePreferencesdialogisdisplayedforthesettingofthe
mainsize,linenumber,specification,andinsulationthicknessandinsulationspecvalues
associatedwiththecenterline.
FromPolyline:enablesyoutoconvertanexistingAutoCADpolylineintoanintelligentpiping
centerline.AutoCAD'sPLINEcommandmaybeusedtorouteacenterline,thentheFrom
Dec09
127
RoutingOptions
Centerline Routers
Polylinecommandmaybeexecutedonthepolylinetoconvertittoanintelligentpiping
centerline.
FromFile:enablesyoutodefineacenterline'sgeometryinanexternaltextfile.Thisoption
enablesyoutoselectacenterlinefiletodrawthelineandassociateintelligence.
FromComponents:enablesyoutogeneratecenterlinesfromexistingcomponents.For
example,youmayinsertaseriesofcomponentsandthenrealizethatyouwanttoredothe
line.Youcangeneratecenterlinesfromthesecomponents,deletetheexistingcomponents
thatlieonthesecenterlines,thenusethecenterlinestomakeinsertionofthereplacement
componentseasier.
Theexercisesthatfollowillustratehowtocompleteapiperunusingthefollowingmethods:
FromDialog
FromPolyline
FromDialog
ThisexerciseteachesyouhowtousetheBoxRoutertorouteconnectingpipeand
components.
Exercise1:UsingtheFromDialogoption,youwillrouteconnectingpipefromthe
outletnozzleonVH45tothePumpP104.
TheflangeonVH45N2andthestraightteeonP104wereplacedinpreviousexercises.
ChangetoanISO2orsoutheastviewandZoomtotheareaasshown.
IntheComponentPreferencesdialog,makesureLineNumberL1004isactive.
RoutingOptions
128
Dec09
Centerline Routers
1. SelectPiping>PipingTools>CenterlineRouters>FromDialog.
2. WhentheRouterInfodialogdisplays,ensurethattheInfoModeONswitchisenabled,
andthenclickOK.
3. TheCenterlinePreferencesdialogisdisplayed.SettheSizeto8"{200mm}andLine
NumbertoL1004.
4. ClickOK.
UsetheCENTEROSNAPtodrawatemporaryroutingboxaroundtheflangeandtee.The
boxprovidesaroutingpathtoenableyoutocompletetheroutingline.
5.
Exit/<Options>/Start Point:
TypeCENandpressEnter.PicktheweldendoftheflangeonVH45.
6.
Exit/<Options>/Start Point:
PressEntertodisplaytheRoutingdialog.
Dec09
129
RoutingOptions
Centerline Routers
7. SelectBoxRouterPick.ClickOK.
Pick End Point of Box
8. TypeCEN.PressEnterandthenpicktheopenportofthetee.PressEnter.
Atemporaryroutingboxdisplaysasshown.
Thesideoftheboxhighlightedinyellowindicatesthecurrentrouteforthefirst
segmentofthepipingrun.YoucanchangethesegmentbypressingEntertoexecutethe
defaultNextoption.
Forthisexerciseyouwantthefirstsegmenttomoveinaverticaldirectionawayfrom
theflange.
9. PressEnteruntiltheverticalsegmentishighlighted.TypeKandpressEntertokeepthe
segment.
10. Thenextsegmentishighlighted.
ContinuetopressEntertoselectyoursecondsegment.
TypeKandpressEntertokeepthesecondsegment.
11. RepeattheprocedureforthefinalsegmentconnectingtotheTee.
12. TypeEandpressEntertocompletethepiperun.
RoutingOptions
130
Dec09
Centerline Routers
13. TypeEandpressEntertoendthecommand.
Nowthatyouhavecreatedacenterline,youcanplacetheelbowsateachturnby
selectingtheroutinglineasthepickpoint.
14. SelectPiping>BendsandReturns>90LRElbow
Toautomaticallyinsertanelbow,usetheENDOSNAPandpickneartheintersectionof
thelinesegments.Thefunctioninterpretstheorientationfromthegeometryofthe
routinglinetoplacethecorrectelbow.
Note:
Note:BeforeyouplacetheelbowssettheSizeto8"(200mm)andLineNumbertoL1004inthe
ProjectPreferencesdialog.
Whenyouhaveplacedthetwoelbowsattheturnsinthepipingpath,usetheAutoPipe
functiontoaddthepipesegments.
Usethemanualmethodtoselectyourobjectsandcompletethepiperun.
16. Savethemodel.
Dec09
131
RoutingOptions
Centerline Routers
FromPolyline
IfyouhaveanAutoCADlineorpolylineinyourmodel,youcanuseittoplacepiping
components.TheAutoCADlinehasnointelligence,thereforeyouneedtoinsurethe
settingsintheComponentPreferencescontrolarecorrectfortheitemsyouareplacing.
ThePiping>PipingTools>CenterlineRouters>FromPolylinecommandletsyoucreate
intelligentcenterlinesfromAutoCADlines.
Componentsplacedonthecenterlinewillcollectthelinenumber,specification,and
diameterofthepipe.Elbowsandteesplacewithoutanypromptingfordirectionor
orientation.
PipesegmentscanbecreatedmanuallyorbyusingusetheAutoPipecommand.
Exercise2:UsingtheAutoCADLinetool,createthelinesshownbelow.
1. FirstdeletethepipeandcomponentsonL1004createdduringthepreviousexercise.
2. UsingAutoCADLine,createthreelines:
LINE1:FromcenterofnorthfaceofteetodistancepastnozzleVH45N2.
LINE2:FromflangeonVH45N2downpastelevationofLINE1.
LINE3:PerpendiculartobothLINE1andLINE2.
3. UsingtheTrimcommand,cutthelinesbackasshownbelowbythedottedlines.
RoutingOptions
132
Dec09
Centerline Routers
4. SelectPiping>PipingTools>CenterlineRouters>FromPolylineandsettheCenterline
PreferencestoLineNumberL1004andSizeto8(200mm).
5. SelectthethreeAutoCADlines.
ThelinesarenowdrawnontheL1004_CLlayerandcontainthesettingsfromthe
CenterlinePreferencesdialog.
6. Manuallyplaceelbowsatthelineintersections.
7. UsetheAutoPipecommandtocompleteL1004.
8. Savethemodel.
Dec09
133
RoutingOptions
Connectivity Checking
ConnectivityChecking
Theconnectivitycheckingtoolsenableyoutoconfirmproperconnectivityalongpipingruns.
Themostcommonreasonforimproperconnectionsisthatoneportofacomponentisnot
connected.Thiscanbeintentional.Anothercauseofincompleteconnectivityismovingor
copyingcomponentswithoutestablishingconnectivityatthenewlocations.
Note:
Note: ThePipingapplicationgeneratesconnectivityduringtheAutoPipeprocess,inAutoRouter
Mode,whileplacingcomponentsfittingtofitting,andwhenyouusetheConnecttooptionwhen
placingpipesegments.Alsoremember,theCleanDatabasecommanddoesnoteraseactive
connectionpoints.
Properconnectivityisimportantbecausetheseconnectionsareusedfor:
componentplacementandeditinginfuturedesignsessions
theproductionofisometrics
accuratedimensionalannotation
ConnectivityCheckerCommands
ThePiping>PipingTools>ConnectivityCheckermenuhasthreecommands:Checker,
ResumeChecker,andCheckRun
Afterselectinganycommand,youwillbepromptedwithanAutoPLANTSelectionsdialogto
definewhichcomponentsaretobechecked.
Afterthecheckcompletes,youwillbealertedtoanyerrorsinconnectivity.
Iftherewerenoerrors,youwillberemindedthatcomponentsinyourselectionmaybe
attachedtocomponentsoutsideofyourselection.Thoseconnectionswerenottestedand
willnotbereported.
RoutingOptions
134
Dec09
Ifthereareerrors,theConnectivityCheckdialogopensandyouractiveviewportzoomsto
thefirstdisconnect.Thisfigureshowsanintentionaldisconnectattheendofapiperun.
Otheroptionsallowyoutozoominandrepairanydisconnects.
TheMoremodegivesyouadditionaloptionsincludingdisconnectinformation.
WhenworkinginMoreMode,youcanjumptotheFirstorLastdisconnectinadditionto
scrollingthrougheachone.
YoucanSuspendthecheckertoworkinthemodelwithoutlosingthecheckresults.
ToreturntoConnectivityCheckexecutethePiping>PipingTools>ConnectivityChecker>
ResumeCheckercommand.
ToreturntothecompactversionoftheConnectivityCheckdialog,clickBrief.
CheckRun
Thisoptionallowsyoutocheckaseriesofcomponentsthatshouldbeconnected.Select
thefirstcomponentoftherunandscrollthroughtherestofthecomponents.Ifyou
encounteradisconnect,thecommandwillexit.
Watchthecommandpromptswhileperformingacheckonapiperun.
1. Selectobjects:
UsingtheAutoPLANTSelectionsdialog,selectthecomponentruntobechecked.
2. Selectthestartingcomponentsuchasoneoftheendcomponentsoftherun.
3. Whenstartinganewbranch,selectDone/Entertocontinuetoconnectedcomponent.
4. ClickEntertomovetothenextcomponent.
5. ClickDonetoexitthecheck.
Dec09
135
RoutingOptions
JoinComponents
Ifaweldorotherconnectionhasbeenlostorwasnevercreated,youcanjointhetwo
componentsusingtheJoinComponentscommand.Youwillbepromptedforthefirst
componentandthenthesecondcomponent.
OncetheJoinComponentscommandhasbeenexecuted,AutoPLANTlooksforevery
possiblejoinbetweeneveryportofthefirstcomponentandeveryportofthesecond
component.
Inmostcases,youwillnotneedtoprovideanymoreinformationforthejointocomplete.
However,twosituationsexistthatwillrequirefurtherinput.
1. Dependingonyourspec,youmaybepromptedforaJointSelection.
Thiswillhappenonlyifmultiplejointoptionsqualifyfortheselectedcomponents.
2. Ifthejointcontainsareinforcingpad,youwillbepromptedforthepadgeometry.
IfAutoPLANTcannotdeterminewhattypeofjointtouse,youwillbealertedwiththeJoin
ComponentsResultsdialogthatwilltellyouwhyeachcombinationofcomponentports
failed.
Commoncausesforjointfailureincludephysicalimpossibilityofconnectionsandgaps
betweencomponentsthatarelargerthanaweldwillallow.
Exercise1:RuntheConnectivityCheckeronallofthecomponentsoflineL1001.
1. SelectPiping>PipingTools>ConnectiveTools>Checker.
2. YoucanalsousetheAdvancedSelectionoftheAutoPLANTSelectionsdialogtomake
selectionmorespecific.
RoutingOptions
136
Dec09
Ifyouhavecreatedyourmodelaccurately,youshouldonlyhaveoneintentional
disconnect.theflangedattheendofL1001.
Exercise2.RuntheConnectivityCheckeronL1002,includingthebypasslineand
elbowpipesupport.
Exercise3:UseCheckRunforL1004andJoinComponentsforanybreaks.
Yourmodelshouldresembletheoneshownbelow.
RemembertoSaveyourmodel.
Thiscompletestheexercisesinthismodule.
Dec09
137
RoutingOptions
Module Review
ModuleReview
Questions
1. LinesdrawinginnativeAutoCADcanbeusedforplacementofAutoPLANTcomponents.
True
False
2. TheCenterlineRouterdialoggivesyouaneasymethodtoroutepipelines.
True
False
3. AllAutoCADpolylinesareintelligent.
True
False
4. ConnectivityisestablishedwhenusingtheAutoRoutermode.
True
False
5. TheConnectivityCheckeralwayschecksconnectionsbetweenallcomponentsinyour
model.
True
False
6. Iftheconnectivitycheckerhasreportedadisconnect,youmustwaituntilthechecker
hascompletedtherun.
True
False
7. AquickmethodforrepairingalostcomponentconnectionsistousetheJoin
Componentscommand.
True
False
RoutingOptions
138
Dec09
Answers
1. True:AutoCADlinesorpolylinescanbeusedtoplacecomponents.Astraighttee
placedatanintersectionneedsnofurtherplacementinformation.
2. True:WhenusingtheCenterlineRouterdialoginterface,thedirection,distanceand
slopebetweenverticesiscontrolled.Attributesareeasilydefinedfromselections
providedforyou.
3. False:WhenfirstcreatedanAutoCADpolylinehasnotintelligence.Youcancoverta
nativeAutoCADpolylinetoanintelligentcenterlinebyselectingtheFromPolyline
command.
4. True:ProperconnectivitybetweencomponentsisestablishedwhenusingAutoRouter
mode,componentsplacedfittingtofittingandwhenusingConnecttooptions.
5. False:WhenusingtheConnectivityCheckeryoumustfirstspecifywhichcomponents
youwanttocheck.Anycomponentsoutsideofyourselectionsetwillnotbetested.
6. False:IfyouareworkinginMoremodeoftheConnectivityChecktool,youcansuspend
thecheckertoworkonthemodelwithoutlosinganycheckresults.
7. True:Whenconnectionsbetweencomponentshavebeenlostorwerenevercreated,
theJoinComponentscommandallowsyoutoautomaticallyjointhecomponents.Ifthe
automatedprocessdoesnotworkyouwillbealertedasthereasonwhyajoinhasnot
beencreated.
Dec09
139
RoutingOptions
Summary
Summary
UnderstandtheconceptsoftheAutoRoutermode
Createasmartcenterlinefromanexistingcomponent
RuntheConnectivityCheckeragainstyourpiperuns
RoutingOptions
140
Dec09
ReportingTools
Overview
TheAutoPLANTPipingtoolsprovideadvancedfunctionalityforcreatingrepresentationsof
yourmodel,including2D,3D,singleordoubleline.Othertoolsmanipulatecomponents,
includingmendingpipesegments,ormovingandrotatingcomponents.
Prerequisites
Studentsshouldhaveanunderstandingofthebasiccomponentplacementconcepts
Studentsshouldbefamiliarwiththetoolsandcomponentlibraries
Objectives
Setthedisplaypropertiesofmodelcomponents
Rotateapipesegmentaboutaconnectedport
Viewdatabaserecordsforselectedcomponents
CreateaBillofMaterialsindrawingandreporttypeformat
Dec09
141
ReportingTools
Piping Tools Menu
PipingToolsMenu
ThismodulecoversdisplaycontrolsandcomponentmanipulationtoolsinthePiping>
PipingToolsmenu.WiththesecommandsyoucancreatedumbAutoCADdrawings,
changeyourdisplaymodeandmanipulatehowspecificAutoPLANTcomponentsare
displayed.
AdditionalinformationcanbefoundintheonlinehelpatAutoPLANTPIPINGHelp>
CommandReference>PipingToolsMenu.
ReportingTools
142
Dec09
Graphic Preferences
GraphicPreferences
Piping>PipingTools>GraphicPreferences
ThiscommanddisplaystheAutoCADOptionsdialog,withthePDWGraphicstabactive.
GraphicpreferencesusedinAutoPLANTmaybedefinedinthisdialog.
SetDisplayMode
Setthegraphicusedforclippedpipelines
Setthebreaksymbolusedwhenbreakingpipe
SettheTorusCenterlineStyle
ChangecenterlinepropertiessuchascolorandLinetype
Dec09
143
ReportingTools
Representations
Representations
IntheAutoPLANTEquipmentFundamentalscourse,youlearnhowtocreatenative
AutoCADduplicatesofyourmodelcomponents.Thecomponentsinthistypeofdrawing
havenoAutoPLANTintelligence.
IntheEquipmentapplication,theoptionsenableyoutocreatea2DView,3DMesh,or3D
ACISofyouractiveviewport.
ThePiping>PipingTools>RepresentationscommandopenstheAutoPLANT
Representationsdialog.
Youcanselect3Dor2DaswellasDoublelineorSinglelineoptions.
YoucanturnOnorOfftheactivecomponentstherepresentationisbasedon
RedraworDeletethecurrentrepresentation
Changethelayertherepresentationwillbedrawnon.
Onceyouhaveestablishedyoursettings,youexecuteyourdrawingwitheithertheACIS,
Mesh,or2DViewbuttonsandselectDone.
Note:
Youareencouragedtochangeyourcurrentdrawinglayersothatnewgraphicswillnotbedrawn
onyourmodelinglayers.
YouwillbepromptedwithanAutoPLANTSelectionsdialogforselectingthecomponents
youwanttoincludeinyourdrawing.
ReportingTools
144
Dec09
Component Manipulation Tools
ComponentManipulationTools
TheComponentManipulationToolsmenuprovideadvancedfunctionalityforworkingwith
pipingcomponents.AllofthefollowingcommandscanbeaccessedfromthePiping>Piping
Tools>ComponentManipulationToolsmenu.
JoinComponents
Thiscommandconnectstwocoincidentcomponentssuchasconnectingacopiedpipelineto
theopenendofanotherpipeline.Flangesandothercomponentsthatarenotcoincident
cannotbeconnectedwiththiscommand.
Dec09
145
ReportingTools
Component Manipulation Tools
MoveComponents
TheMoveComponentscommandworkssimilartotheAutoCADMovecommand.However,
whenyouselectacomponentasthebasepoint,AutoPLANTMovewillpromptyoutotoggle
totheportofthecomponentthatistoactasthepointofdisplacement.
AlignComponents
TheAlignComponentscommandoffersyouaquickwaytoaligncomponentsinyourmodel.
Youwillbepromptedtoselectthecomponentstoalign.Onceselectedyouarerequiredto
pickabasepoint.TheToggleoptionallowsyoutomovetothedesiredportonthe
componentyouwouldliketoalign.Nextyouwillbepromptedtopickthecomponentyou
wanttoalignto.TheToggleisusedagaintoselectthedesiredalignmentport.The
componentsarethenmovedtoalignwiththeselectedport.
InsertComponents
Thiscommandallowsyoutomoveandfitcomponentstoothercomponentsinthedrawing
withouthavingtodeleteandredrawthecomponentorusetheJoinComponentscommand.
RotateComponents
WhenyouusetheRotateComponentscommand,thepointofrotationissettooneofthe
portsofthecomponentbeingrotated.Theaxisofrotationisdefinedasthecenterlineof
thatcomponentatthatport.
DeleteComponents
ThedifferencebetweenAutoCADEraseandtheAutoPLANTDeleteComponentscommandis
thattheAutoPLANTcommandwillremovealloftheattachmentsassociatedwiththe
selectedcomponents.IfyouusetheAutoCADErasecommand,makesuretocleanthe
database.
MendComponents
Ifyoudeleteaninlinecomponent,suchasagatevalvefromaplacedpipesegment,youare
leftwithabreakinthesegment.TheMendComponentsreplacesthebrokenlinesegment.
DeleteandMendComponents
Ifyouaredeletingcomponentsotherthanpipesegments,elbows,ortees,theDeleteand
MendComponentscommandcombinesthetwocommandsintoonestep.
ReportingTools
146
Dec09
AutoCAD Copy Command
AutoCADCopyCommand
AutoPLANTdoesnothaveaspecificcopycommand.TheAutoCADCopycommandcanbe
usedtocopycomponents.However,therearespecificrulestofollowsocopiedobjectsare
recognizedbyAutoPLANTandtheprojectdatabase.
Note:
NeverpresstheEsckeytoendthecopycommand.AlwayspressEnterorSpacebartoendthe
command.Whenthecopycommandiscomplete,AutoPLANTwillrunapostcopyroutinethat
willcreateuniquecomponentidentitiesinthedrawinganddatabaseforthecopiedobjects.
InthenextexerciseyouwillusetheAutoCADCopycommandtocompletethepiperunand
connectingcomponentsonthesecondpumpP124.
Exercise1:CopypipingobjectsinPipelineL1004
1. FromaplanviewzoomintopumpP104
1. InitiateAutoCADCopy.
2. Selecttheflange,valve,pipeandteeonpumpP104.
3. PickareferencepointattheCENofthetee.
4. WithOrthoOnmoveyourcursorinanorthdirectionandenteradistanceof93
5. PressEnterorSpaceBartoendcopycommand
Dec09
147
ReportingTools
6. TheUpdateComponentdialogshouldappear.Thisdialogwillallowyoutochange
projectobjectproperties,linenumber,area,unit,etc.
7. PressOKbuttontoclosethedialog.
NoticeontheCommandlinethatthereisapostprocessaftertheCopycommandhasended
establishingtheuniquenesstothenewlycopiedobjects.
Rebis post-copy/explode component update in progress...
Retrieving copied components...
Updating database links...
Re-establishing connectivity...
Updating component data...
23 components updated.
Note:
IfyoupressedtheEscbuttontoendthecopycommand,therewillbea*Cancel*onthe
commandlineattheendofcopy.Thepostcopyroutinewillnotrunandtheobjectswillnotbe
unique.TheresultwillshowobjectsbutAutoPLANTwillseethemastheoriginal.Eventhough
therearetwoimagesofeachcomponentonyourdrawing,theywillnotproduceanyinformation
onthemateriallistorberecognizedbyIsogen.
Yourcompletedmodelshouldresemblethefigure.
ReportingTools
148
Dec09
ControlCandControlV
Ctrl>CandCtrl>VisdisabledinthePipingandequipmentmodules.Becauseoflimitationin
buffersize,theroutinewillnotrun.ThefollowingCommandErrorappearswheneverthere
isanattempttouserthecommands.
AlwaysuseAutoCADCopy.
Dec09
149
ReportingTools
Change Size/Change Spec Utility
ChangeSize/ChangeSpecUtility
ThePiping>PipingTools>ChangeSize/ChangeSpecutilityenablesyoumakechangesinsize
andspectoaselectionofcomponentsinyourmodel.
ANewSessioniscreatedbyselectingthecomponentsusingtheAutoPLANTSelections
dialog.Theselectedcomponentsarelistedinthedialog.SizeandSpecchangescanbe
madeinthedialog.Thenewcomponentsaretheninsertedbackintothemodel,usingthe
originalcomponentclass,location,connectioninformation,linenumber,serviceand
insulation.
MultipleSessionscanbecreatedandsavedtobeusedrepeatedly.Thiscanbeusefulfor
componentgroupsthatmaybehardtoselectorforprocessesthatarestillinactivedesign.
Thesessioncurrentlyinuse,islistedintheSessionNamedropdownlist.Theactivesession
canbepurgedbyclickingontheDeleteSessiondialog.
Note:
AfteraChangeSize/ChangeSpectransactionhasbeencompleted,itisimportantthatyouensure
allconnectionshavebeenmaintainedandminorcomponentsaccuratelyupdated.
DismantledComponentsField
Thelistofcomponentsinthisfieldhavenotbeenaltered.Asyoucreatethesession,new
componentsareaddedtothelistbyclickingontheDismantlebuttonandselectingthe
componentsusingtheAutoPLANTSelectionsdialog.
Thelistofcomponentscanbesortedbyanyofthecolumnsbyclickingonthecolumn
header.TheAnchorattributedeterminesifthecomponentcanberelocatedto
accommodatechangestothegroup.Bydefault,elbowsandteesareanchored.
ChangesinSpecorSizearemadebyselectingthenewvalueinthecorrespondingdrop
downlist.Usingshiftselectorctrlselect,changestheactivevalueforalloftheselected
components.
ReportingTools
150
Dec09
Change Size/Change Spec Utility
TopreviewthechangesmadetoSpec,Size,orAnchorstatus,selectthealteredcomponents
andclickontheInsertbutton.TheInsertcommandrunstheplacementcommandforthe
changedcomponent.
Note:
IftheInsertionModeissettoAutoInsert,youwillonlybepromptedforSpecificationSelectionon
componentsthathavemultiplechoicesforthechangesmade.ThePromptInsertModeclosesthe
ChangeSize/ChangeSpecdialogandpromptsforplacementasdescribedintheComponent
Placementsectionofthiscourse.
OncetheInsertcommandiscompleted,thealteredcomponentswillberemovedfromthe
DismantledComponentsgridandplacedintheRebuiltComponentsgridwiththestatusset
toRebuilt.
YoucaneasilydeletecomponentsfromtheDismantledComponentsgrid.Thiswillmovethe
componenttotheRebuiltComponentsgridwiththestatussettoDeleted.
ToremoveacomponentfromtheChangeSize/ChangeSpecgroup,selectitandclickonthe
Restorebutton.
Atthispoint,noneofthechangesyouhavemadeareirreversible.
RebuiltComponentsField
ComponentsthathavebeenchangedarelistedintheRebuiltComponentsfieldwiththe
newsizeand/orspecvalue.Forchangesthatwouldresultinachangeinthegraphic
representation,thatchangeismadeforpreviewpurposes.Changesmadeinthedialogare
notfinaluntiltheApplySessionbuttonhasbeenused.
Toundochangesmadetoacomponent,selectitintheRebuiltComponentsgridandclick
ontheUnRebuildbutton.Thiswillreturnthecomponenttoitsoriginalconfigurationinthe
DismantledComponentsgridandintherepresentation.
Aswithdismantledcomponents,rebuiltcomponentscanbeselectedgraphicallybyclicking
onthePickbutton.
ToacceptthechangesindicatedintheRebuiltComponentsgrid,clickontheApplySession
buttonandacknowledgethatthecommandcannotbeundone.
YoucanclosetheBentleyChangeSize/ChangeSpecUtilitydialogwithoutapplyingthe
changesANDwithoutlosingtheconfigurationofthesessionbyclickingontheClosebutton.
AttachmentsandSupports
Attachmentandsupportcomponents,suchastopworks,arenotincludedintheDismantled
Componentsgrid.Rather,iftheparentcomponentisselected,thechildcomponentswill
appearintheAttachmentsandSupportsgrid.Changesmadetotheparentcomponentwill
initiatethechangeprocessforthechild.
Dec09
151
ReportingTools
Database Tools
DatabaseTools
Thedatabasetoolsmenuprovidesspecializedfunctionstoenableyoutoviewandmodify
componentdatastoredinthedatabase.Changesyoumaketothedatabasearereflectedin
yourmodel.
Thefollowingexercisesdemonstratesomeofthesecommands.
ReportingTools
152
Dec09
Database Tools
EditComponent
Afteracomponentisplacedinamodel,manyattributescanbemodifiedbyeditingthe
recordassociatedwiththecomponent.Asageneralrule,dimensionandpositiondatamay
notbemodified.
Followthesestepstoeditacomponentinyourmodel:
Exercise1:Edittheinformationforacomponent.
1. SelectPiping>DatabaseTools>EditComponent.
2. Selectacomponent.
Note:
YoucanalsodoubleclickonanAutoPLANTPipingcomponenttoactivatethecommand.Ifthe
commandisactivatedbythismethod,theAutoCADpropertiesdialogwillopenoncetheEdit
Componentcommandiscomplete.Todisablethecommand,settheACADenvironmentvariable
DBLCLKEDITtoOFF,ortheACADvariablePICKFIRSTto0.
3. Thefirstpageofthedialogcontainsthemostcommonlyuseddatabaseinformation.
Thefieldsvarywiththetypeofcomponentselected.
Changescanonlybemadetotheinformationinthewhitefields.
4. Placethecursorinthedesiredfieldandeditthevalue.
5. ClickingOKacceptsanyedits.
6. Changesmadeinthisdialogwillupdatetherespectivefieldinformationinthedrawing
database.
Note:
Dec09
PressCanceltoabortanyeditsmade.
153
ReportingTools
Database Tools
7. PressNextPagetodisplaythesecondpage.
Thispagedisplayscomponentpositionandportinformation.Italsoprovidesalistofall
databaserecordfieldvalues.
Thesefieldscanalsobeedited.
8. DONOTeditanyofthefieldsatthistime.
Note:
Thisexerciseisonlyintendedtogetyoufamiliarwithdatarecords.
9. ClickOKtoclosethedialog.
ReportingTools
154
Dec09
Database Tools
UpdateComponents
Therearetimeswhenyouwillneedtochangeasinglevalue,orsetofvalues,foragroupof
componentsalreadyplacedinthemodel.ThePiping>DatabaseTools>Update
Componentscommandismoreefficientthaneditingeachcomponentmanually.
ForexampleadesignchangemayrequireyoutochangeaselectedcomponentgroupsLine
Number.
Inthefollowingexercise,youwillchangethelinenumberforthepiperunconnectingthe
pumpstothehorizontalvessel.
Exercise3:ChangeLineNumberL1004toL1009
1. SelectPiping>DatabaseTools>UpdateComponents.
TheAutoPLANTSelectionsdialogisdisplayed.
2. DefinethequerybyselectingL1004fromtheAttributeValuefield.
3. ClickAddtobuildthequery.
Dec09
155
ReportingTools
Database Tools
4. TheUpdateComponentdialogdisplays.
5. IntheEditValuefield,selectL1009fromthedropdownmenu.
Thelinenumberhasbeencreatedforthisproject.
Note:
Anewlinenumbercanalsobecreated.ThistaskisgenerallyperformedbytheProject
Administrator.
6. ClickOK.
ReportingTools
156
Dec09
Database Tools
UpdatingComponentPreferences
WhenyouchangeComponentPropertiesduringanupdate,youneedtoaddthenew
attributestotheComponentPreferencescontrol.ThePiping>Setup>ComponentUpdate
PreferencescommandopensthesameComponentFieldSelectiondialogusedtoadd
attributestotheComponentCopyPreferences.
Exercise4:AddComponentProperties.
1. SelectPiping>Setup>ComponentUpdatePreferences.
2. Selectthepropertiesforanyadditionsyouhavemadefromthefieldslist.
3. ClickAdd.
4. ClickOK.
5. Savethemodel.
Dec09
157
ReportingTools
Database Tools
SpecBrowser
TheSpecBrowser,Piping>DatabaseTools>SpecBrowser,isautilityapplicationthat
enablesyoutobrowsethroughthecurrentlyactivespecification,downtoindividual
componentrecords.Onceselected,thecomponentcanbedraggedintothemodelgiving
youanalternativemethodofplacingcomponents.Sincethebrowseronlyallowsyouto
selectandinsertcomponentslistedinyourprojectspecification,specselectionerrorsare
greatlyreduced.
Note:
UseofthisutilityapplicationiscoveredextensivelyinaSpecificationGeneratorcourse.
Thedefaultspecrecordforeachsizeishighlightedingreenintherightpane.Thisrecord
willbeusedifyouenabletheDefaultSpecChoiceswitchintheDrawingPreferencesdialog.
Ifthisswitchisdisabled,thenAutoPLANTwilldisplaytheSpecificationSelectiondialogto
enableyoutoselectbetweenspecrecordsofthesamesizeandtype,buthavedifferentend
conditions,schedules,ratings.
Redtextcolorindicatestherearemultipleclassesusingthesamegeneral/subtype
combination.Onlythecomponentsofthenamedclassarelisted.
WhenyouDoubleclickonaspecrecordinthedatagridtoinserttheselectedcomponent,
thecomponentwillbeinsertedbasedontheSYS_IDofthespecrecord.
Whenyourightclickineitherpane,acontextmenudisplaysenablingyoutocustomizeyour
selectiontosuityourneeds.
ReportingTools
158
Dec09
Database Tools
FormoreinformationonSpecBrowsergototheOnlineHelp.
Dec09
159
ReportingTools
Database Tools
UpdateFromSpec
TheUpdateFromSpectoolsallowsyoutosynchronizeyourmodeltoanupdated
specification.Asinstalled,AutoPLANTonlyallowsfordescriptiveattributestobeupdated.
ThisfunctionalityisbeyondthescopeofthiscourseandisincludedintheAutoPLANT
Administratortrainingcourse.
AdvancedSpecificationGeneratortrainingisalsorecommendedbeforeusingtheUpdate
FromSpecfunctionality.
CleanDatabase
Arecordiswrittentotheexternaldrawingdatabaseeachtimeapipingcomponentis
placed.Ifyoudeletethecomponentsdrawingprocess,therecordsremaininthedatabase
untilthereareremovedusingtheCleanDatabasecommand.
Thiscommandletsyoureconcilethecomponentsinthemodelwiththematchingdatabase
records.Youcanselecttheoptionspriortorunningthecommand.
Oncethecommandhasrun,youwillbenotifiedhowmanyrecordswerereconciled.
Note:
ReportingTools
Youshouldmakeitstandardspracticetocleanthedatabasefrequentlyduringthemodeling
processandbeforegeneratingreports.Otherwiseareportmaycontainitemsthatarenotinthe
model,butstillexistasarecordinthedatabase.
160
Dec09
Database Tools
ViewDatabase
ThePiping>DatabaseTools>ViewDatabasecommanddisplaysthedatabaserecordsfora
selectedsetofcomponents.Fromthiscommandyoucanselectacomponent,automatically
Zoomtothecomponentinthemodelandmakemodificationsdirectlytothecomponent
records.
Followthesesteps:
1. SelectPiping>DatabaseTools>ViewDatabase.
2. FromtheAutoPLANTSelectionsdialog,defineandrunaqueryfortheselection.
3. TheDatabaseViewdialogdisplaystheresults.
4. SelectacomponentfromthelistandclickGoTo.
YouractiveviewportZoomstotheselectedcomponent.
5. TheEditbuttonfunctionsthesameasthePiping>DatabaseTools>EditComponent
commandallowingyoutomakechangestothecomponentrecord.
Dec09
161
ReportingTools
Database Tools
DatabaseInformation
TheDatabaseInformationdialoggivesbasicinformationabouttheProject,Document,
TemporaryDatabaseandView.GotoPiping>DatabaseTools>DatabaseInformation.
Note:
ThetemporarydatabaseistheonecreatedbyAutoPLANTforthemodelingsession.Youarenot
constantlyaccessinganetworkfordatabaseinformationwhichgreatlyimprovesperformance.
ActiveConnections
ThePiping>DatabaseTools>ActiveConnectionsopenstheCurrentDatabaseConnections
dialogandlistsallofthetemporarydatabasesyouarecurrentlyconnectedto.Youshould
onlybeconnectedtothedatabaselistedintheDatabaseInformationdialogdescribed
above.Youcandisconnectfromallotherdatabasesfromthisdialog.
ReportingTools
162
Dec09
Database Tools
ReportGeneration
togeneratereportsthatcanbeoutputtoaprinter,afileordisplayedonscreeninpreview
mode.
TheReportGeneratorusesSeagateSoftware'sCrystalReportsruntimeengineto
processthecomponentdataforyourreport.AutoPLANTprovidesmultipleCrystalReports
(*.RPT)filesalreadyformattedforyouruse.
Note:
Dec09
YoucannotedittheprovidedreportfilesorcreatenewfileswithoutpurchasingtheCrystal
ReportssoftwaredirectlyfromSeagate.
163
ReportingTools
Database Tools
Whenyoucreateareport:
1. TheReportGeneratorextractsthecomponentrecordsfromthedatabaseandsaves
themtoatemporarydatabase.
longerexistinthedrawing.InAutoPLANTPiping,thepipecutlengthsarealso
recalculated.
3. TheReportWriterextractsthedatafromthetemporarydatabaseandprocessesthe
selectedreportfile.
BillofMaterials
Toplaceabillofmaterialoutputonyourdrawing,thePiping>Reports>BillofMaterials
commandcompilesthedatayouspecify.
WhilethisreporttypeworksinthePipingapplication,itisintendedmorefordrawing
productionandiscoveredmorethoroughlyintheAutoPLANTDrawingProduction
Fundamentalsmodule.
ThecontentsofaBOMplacedonadrawingissimilartotheinformationinaBOMreport.
Columnorderandspacinghavebeenformattedtofitthedrawing.
ForadditionalinformationontheBillofMaterialsgotoyourOnlinehelpatAutoPLANT
PIPINGHelp>CommandReference>ReportsMenu>BillofMaterials.
ReportingTools
164
Dec09
Database Tools
GeneratingaBillofMaterialsReports
TogenerateaBillofMaterialtypereportselectPiping>Reports>GenerateReports.
YoucancreateoreditReportTypesbyclickingConfigure.
IntheReportTypeConfigurationdialogyoucanenteranewType,provideaDescription,
anddefinetheDatabaseandTabletypes.
ReportNamesarecreatedandeditedintheReportDefinitionsdialogthatopenswhenyou
clickConfigure.
ThePipingreportfilesarelocatedinthe%NETWORK_ROOT%\Reportsdirectory.The
followingtablesummarizesthecontentsofeachreportfile.
Dec09
165
ReportingTools
Database Tools
ReportFileName
ProvidedReportName
Description
bombrief.rpt
BRIEF
PartNumber,ComponentDescription,Size,andQuantity
bydocument.rpt
BYDOCUMENT
LineNumber,Service,PartNumber,Schedule,SType,GType,Component
Description,Specification,Size,ItemCode,andQuantitygroupedby
document
byline.rpt
BYLINENUMBER
PartNumber,Schedule,SType,GType,ComponentDescription,Size,Item
Code,andQuantitygroupedbylinenumber
cablelengths.rpt
CABLELENGTHS
PartNumber,CableTagNo.,ComponentDescription,NominalSize,Item
CodeandApprox.CableLength
Cabletraymto.rpt
CABLETRAYMTO
PartNumber,ComponentDescription,Spec.,ItemCode,Radius,Nominal
SizeandQuantity
COG
GeneratesareportwithweightsandCOGofDryPipeLine(assumesno
fluidinthepipeline).
COMBINEDCOG
GenerateareportwithweightsandCOGofbothDryandpartially/fully
filledPipeLinesidebyside.
OPERATIONALCOG
GenerateareportwithweightsandCenterofGravity(COG)of
partially/fullyfilledPipeLine.
CUSTOM
Generatesacustombillofreports.
CUTLENGTHS
PartNumber,Schedule,GType,SType,ComponentDescription,
Specification,Size,ItemCode,andQuantitywithcutlengthofpipes
CUTLENGTHSSHOP/FIELD
PartNumber,Schedule,ComponentDescription,Specification,Size,and
QuantitygroupedbyShoporField
DESIGNER
PartNumber,Quantitywithcutlengthofpipes,Size,andComponent
Description
Spool.rpt
SPOOL
PartNumber,Schedule,ComponentDescription,Specification,Size,Item
Code,Quantity,andLengthgroupedbySpool
spcutln.rpt
SPOOLCUTLENGTHSONLY
PartNumber,Schedule,ComponentDescription,Specification,Size,
Quantity,andLengthgroupedbyLineNumberandSchedule
spooltot.rpt
SPOOLTOTAL
Cog.rpt
Combcog.rpt
Operationalcog.rpt
Bomcust.rpt
cutlen.rpt
sfcutlen.rpt
bomdes.rpt
Part Number, Schedule, Component Description, Specification, Size, Item Code,

Quantity, and Length.
PipelengthsandweldssubtotaledbyLineNumberandSchedulefollowed
byremainingcomponents
bomstand.rpt
STANDARD
PartNumber,Schedule,SType,GType,ComponentDescription,
Specification,Size,ItemCode,andQuantitywithaccumulatedlengthof
pipe
Valveloc.rpt
VALVELOCATIONS
GeneratesaBOMreportthatillustratesthecapabilityoftheReport
GeneratortoincludedataintablesotherthantheprojectsPIPINGtablein
reports.ThisreportincludesdatafromthePORT3Dtable.
ReportingTools
166
Dec09
Database Tools
Note:
LongDescriptionsareusedintheComponentDescriptioncolumns.ThistabledoesNOTinclude
thereportfilesfortheBillofMaterialReportsintendedfordrawingproduction.
OutputOptions
TheOptionssectionoftheAutoPLANTReportGeneratordialogprovidesfiltering,
formatting,andorderingoptionsforyourreport.
OmitSortCodes:AutoPLANTspecificationsincludeaSortCodefieldasanothermeans
oforganizingdata.IntheinstalledAutoPLANTspecifications,componentssuchas
weldsandboltshaveSortCodevaluesof100orgreater;therefore,byomittingsort
codesgreaterthan99,youcankeepthosecomponenttypesoutofyourreports.
IgnoreExistingComponents:ThecomponentdatabasefieldEXISTINGindicatesifa
componentisexistingornotinbrownfieldprojects.Turningonthisswitchwillfilterall
componentslabeledasexistingfromyourreport.
CleanDatabaseFasteners:Thisswitchwillcleanthemodeldatabaseofextraneous
fasteners,keepingthemfrombeingincludedinyourreport.
PreviousSelection:Thisswitchwillusethesamecomponentsetselectedusedforthe
lastreportrun,presumingyoudidnotclosetheAutoPLANTReportGeneratordialog
betweenreports.Thisswitchwillignorechangestootheroutputoptions.
MaterialTagOptionscontrolshowmaterialtagsareplacedonadrawing.This
functionalityonlyapplieswhenusedwiththeIsometricsorAutoIsoapplications.
Theseapplicationsrequireanadditionallicense.
AppendTopworksDescription:Thisswitchwilladdthetopworksdescriptiontotheend
ofthevalvesdescription.Thiscanbeusefuliftopworksarebeingfilteredoutofthe
reportbytheirSortCode.
AppendPipeEndPreparations:Thiswilladdpipeendpreparationdatatotheendof
thepipedescription.
AscendingSORT_CODEOrder:Bydefault,componentsarelistedbySortCodein
descendingorder.Thisishowpipe,withaSortCodeof17,islistedbeforeweldneck
flanges,thathaveaSortCodeof1.Thisswitchwillreversethesorttoascendingorder.
Imperial,Metric,MixedMetricReports
TheCrystalReportsEnginecanconvertunits.Yourfinalreportoutputcanbecreatedin
Imperial,Metric,andMixedMetricunitswithprecisionsettoyourchoice.
Outputcanbeviewedonthescreen,sentdirectlytoaprinter,orsavedinvariousfiletypes.
AfulldescriptionoftheAutoPLANTReportGeneratorcanbefoundintheOnlinehelp.Goto
AutoPLANTPIPINGHelp>CommandReference>ReportsMenu>ReportGenerator.
Dec09
167
ReportingTools
Database Tools
Exercise1:CreateaBriefBillofMaterialReport.
1. OpenPiping.dwg.
2. SelectPiping>Reports>GenerateReports.
3. SetReportTypetoBOM.
4. SetReportNametoBRIEF.
NoticetheReportfileissettotheproper.rptfile.Thiscanbeconfiguredfromone
projecttothenext.
5. InOptionssetOmitSortCodes>to0.
CheckIgnoreExistingComponents.
CheckCleanDatabaseFasteners.
6. InOutputselectPreview.
7. ClickOK.
8. TheAutoPLANTSelectiondialogappears.
ReportingTools
168
Dec09
Database Tools
9. SelecttheDrawingtab.
10. SelectAll.
11. ClickOK.Theresultshowsthemateriallistinpreviewmode.
Fromthemenuoptions,youcanprintorexporttootherprograms.
Note:
Duetothelengthofthisreport,thefollowingexamplehasbeentrimmedtofit.
Dec09
169
ReportingTools
Database Tools
Exercise2:CreateaBriefBillofMaterialsomittingallsortcodesgreaterthan99.
FollowtheexamplefromExercise1.
Asampleofthereportinshownbelow.
Thisexercisecompletesthemodule.
ReportingTools
170
Dec09
Module Review
ModuleReview
Questions:
1. SpecificAutoPLANTgraphicsdisplaypropertiesaremanagedthroughthePipingTools
menu.
True
False
2. TheAlignComponentscommandenablesyoutoplacecomponentsinthemodeland
lateralignthecomponentsbasedontheportselectedonthecomponent.
True
False
3. TheAutoCADErasecommandisthebestmethodfordeletingcomponentsinamodel.
True
False
4. TheUpdateComponentscommandisusedtoeditdatabasevaluesofplaced
components.
True
False
5. TheSpecBrowserUtilityallowsyoutodragcomponentsfromtheprojectspeclibrary,
directlytoyourmodel.
True
False
6. Databaserecordsforaselectedsetofcomponentscanbeviewedusingthedatabase
tools.
True
False
7. ABillofMaterialsonadrawingisthesameasaBillofMaterialgeneratedasareport.
True
False
Dec09
171
ReportingTools
Summary:
Answers:
1. True:ThePiping>PipingTools>GraphicsPreferencescommandprovidesdisplay
optionsforAutoPLANTgraphics
2. True:TheAlignComponentscommandenablesyoutopickalignmentportsfromthe
componentsyouwanttoalign.
3. False:WhenyoudeletecomponentsfromthemodelusingtheAutoCADErase
commandthecomponentdatainthedatabaseisnoterased.Thereforeitisimportant
tousetheCleanDatabasecommandtoremovealldata.Abettermethodistousethe
AutoPLANTDelectComponentscommandtoremovesboththegraphicand
correspondingdatabasefiles.
4. True:Pipingincludespowerfuldatabasetoolsforupdatingacomponentfromthe
database.BychangingvaluesintheUpdateComponentdialog,componentchangesare
reflectedinthemodel.
5. True:TheSpecBrowserUtilityallowsyoutoselectcomponentsfromyourspecification
libraryanddragthemintoyourmodel.Thisutilityhelpstolessenspecificationerrors.
6. True:Toviewthedatabaseentriesforaselectionofcomponents,youwouldusethe
Piping>DatabaseTools>ViewDatabasecommand.
7. False:TheBillofMaterialsplacedonadrawinghasbeenformattedtofitthedrawing.
Detailedinformationcanbegeneratedasareportthatisnotgenerallyplacedonthe
drawing.
Summary:
Youarenowableto:
Setthedisplaypropertiesofmodelcomponents
Rotateapipesegmentaboutaconnectedport
Viewdatabaserecordsforselectedcomponents
CreateaBillofMaterialsindrawingandreporttypeformat
ReportingTools
172
Dec09
CourseSummary
Review
Questions
True
False
True
False
3. SampleprojectsdeliveredwithAutoPLANTareusedforstoringcomponentdata.
True
False
True
False
5. DocumentManagerenablesyoutoeasilymanagealldrawingfilesrelatedtoaproject
True
False
6. YoucansetyourProjectUnitsatanytimeduringthecreationofadrawing.
True
False
7. ThetopleveldirectoryisknownasaProjectRootdirectory.
Dec09
True
False
173
CourseSummary
Review
8. AnexampleofaProjectObjectusedintheEquipmentapplicationistheLineNumber.
True
False
True
False
True
False
11. Nozzlesareconsideredassociativecomponents
True
False
12. ComponentTagnumberscannotbeduplicated.
True
False
components.
True
False
components.
True
False
True
False
True
False
CourseSummary
True
False
174
Dec09
Review
componentinamodel.
True
False
True
False
20. Tocreateastubinfirstrequirestheusertoplaceanoletonthepipesection.
True
False
True
False
22. APipingModuleprovidesadditionaldrawingroutinesandmenusofspecialty
components.
True
False
23. LinesdrawninnativeAutoCADcanbeusedforplacementofAutoPLANTcomponents.
True
False
True
False
25. AllAutoCADpolylinesareintelligent.
True
False
26. TheConnectivityCheckerautomaticallychecksconnectionsbetweenallcomponentsin
yourmodel.
Dec09
True
False
175
CourseSummary
Review
True
False
True
False
components.
True
False
True
False
thebeginning.
True
False
CourseSummary
True
False
176
Dec09
Review
Answers
True:Projectmodeenablesyoutodefinealldrawingdefaultsandsettingspriorto
startingtheproject.Allteammemberscreatemodelsanddeliverablestothesameset
ofdesignrules.
True:BriefcasemodeisaassociatedwithaUserConfiguration.Itdoesnotrequirea
project,butstoresallcomponentdatainthedrawing.DrawingsinaProjectcanbe
savedinBriefcasemodeandBriefcasedrawingscanbeaddedtoanexistingProject.
3. SampleprojectsdeliveredwithAutoPLANTareusedforstoringcomponentdata.
True:ThreesampleprojectsaredeliveredwithAutoPLANT.Althoughtheseprojectscan
beusedtostorecomponentdata,isagoodideatoalwayscreateanewnewproject
basedononeofthesampleprojects.NewprojectsareeasilycreatedusingtheProject
Administrator.
False:IfyouareworkingwithinaProjectenvironment,drawingunitsandallother
projectsettingsaredefinedbyaProjectAdministratorbeforeanyteammemberbegins
themodelingprocess.
5. DocumentManagerenablesyoutoeasilymanagealldrawingfilesrelatedtoaproject.
True:DocumentManagerisautilityapplicationdeliveredwithAutoPLANT.Using
DocumentManagertolaunchandmanagedrawingfilesguaranteesthatallrelateddata
issavedintheappropriatelocationwithaproject,ensuringaccessforallteam
members.
6. YoucansetyourProjectUnitsatanytimeduringthecreationofadrawing.
False:DrawingUnitsmustbesetBEFOREyoubeginadrawingsession.TheUnitsarused
byalldrawingsthatbelongtotheproject.
7. ThetopleveldirectoryisknownasaProjectRootdirectory.
True:ThetopleveldirectoryisknownastheProjectRootDirectory.Thedirectorylevel
locatedbelowtherootdirectorycancontainanynumberofuniquelynamedprojects.
8. AnexampleofaProjectObjectusedintheEquipmentapplicationistheLineNumber.
True:TheonlyProjectObjectusedwhenplacingequipmentcomponentsisthe
LineNumber.OncetheProjectAdministratorcreatesthelistofLineNumberstobeused
intheproject,allcomponentsplacedonaspecificlinenumberwillformthecorrect
relationship
Dec09
177
CourseSummary
Review
False:Ausercanonlyplaceequipmentcomponentsinacurrentdrawing.Connections
tothecomponentsinareferencedrawingdonotchangethereferencedrawinginany
way.Noteditscanbemadetoreferencedrawings.
False:LocationPointsarereferencepointscreatedbytheusertopositionequipment
components.DynamicrelationshipsinaLocationPointmakeiteasierfortheuserto
moveequipment,withoutworryingaboutconnectedcomponents.
11. Nozzlesareconsideredassociativecomponents.
True:Whenyouplaceanozzle,itmustbeattachedtoanexistingcomponenttoforman
association.Component
12. Tagnumberscannotbeduplicated.
False:Alltagnumberswithinadrawingareunique.However,ifyouwishtousean
existingtagnumber,alinktotheoriginaltagnumberiscreateduponplacement.
components.
True:WhencomponentsareplacedonthedrawingusingtheProjectPreferences
Control,thesecomponentsformarelationshipwithothercomponentsinthesame
drawingorfromotherdrawinginaproject.Consistencyismaintainedacrossall
drawings.
components.
True:ConnectingpipesegmentscanbeautomaticallyroutedusingtheAutoPipe
command.Thisfunctionenablesyoutoplacecomponentsthroughoutthemodeland
whendone,runconnectingpipebetweenthecomponents.
True:WhenyoucopycomponentsusingtheAutoCADcopycommand,thesystem
automaticallyappendsthetagnumber.YoucanalsosettheComponentCopy
Preferencestopromptyoutoenterauniquetagnumber.Ifaduplicatetagisentered,
youmustdecideifthisisauniquecomponentoralinktoanexistingcomponent.
True:UsingtheCleanDatabasecommandenablesyoutosynchronizethecomponents
youseeonthescreenwiththeintelligentdatastoredintheprojectdatabase.Graphics
unintentionallycreatedonthescreenareremoved.Statusmessagesaredisplayed
givingyoualldetails.
CourseSummary
178
Dec09
Review
False:Ifprojectspecificationshavebeensetupproperly,theAutoFlangecommandcan
beusedtoautomaticallyplacematchingflangesforyourvalves.TheAutoFlange
commandmustbesetintheDrawingPreferencesdialogpriortobeginningthe
modelingsession.
componentinamodel.
True:AutoCADpointfiltersprovideamethodofestablishingareferencepointfor
placinganewcomponent.Itisusefulwhenyouaremissingcriticalinformationon
wheretoplaceacomponent.
True:Simplepipesupportscanbeattachedtoasectionofpipeusingeitheranoletor
anelbolet.Elboletsareusedwhenattachingtoanelbo.Simpleoletsareattachedto
pipesectionswhentheangleis90degrees.
20. Tocreateastubinfirstrequirestheusertoplaceanoletonthepipesection.
False:Astubinisasectionofpipethatisweldeddirectlytoanotherpipe.Thesetypes
ofconnectionsaretypicallymadeasbranchconnectionswheretheaddedpipe
diameteristhesameorsmallerthanthemainpipesection.
True:Avalvecanbeplacedintoamodelwithorwithoutthetopworksoroperators.All
topworkscanalsobeeditedindependentlyfromthevalvebody.
22. APipingModuleprovidesspecialcomponentsalongwithadditionaldrawingroutines
andmenus.
True:Specialtycomponents,alongwiththeirownmenusanddrawingroutinesare
providedasComponentModules.TheHighPuritymoduleisanexamplethatprovides
Triclovertypefittings.
23. LinesdrawninnativeAutoCADcanbeusedforplacementofAutoPLANTcomponents.
True:AutoCADlinesorpolylinescanbeusedtoplacecomponents.Astraighttee
placedatanintersectionneedsnofurtherplacementinformation.
True:WhenusingtheCenterlineRouterdialoginterface,thedirection,distanceand
slopebetweenverticesiscontrolled.Attributesareeasilydefinedfromselections
providedforyou
25. AllAutoCADpolylinesareintelligent
False:WhenfirstcreatedanAutoCADpolylinehasnointelligence.Youcancoverta
nativeAutoCADpolylinetoanintelligentcenterlinebyselectingtheFromPolyline
command.
Dec09
179
CourseSummary
Review
26. TheConnectivityCheckerautomaticallychecksconnectionsbetweenallcomponentsin
themodel.
False:WhenusingtheConnectivityCheckeryoumustfirstspecifywhichcomponents
youwanttocheck.Anycomponentsoutsideofyourselectionsetwillnotbetested.
True:TheAlignComponentscommandenablesyoutopickalignmentportsfromthe
componentsyouwanttoalign.
False:WhenyoudeletecomponentsfromthemodelusingtheAutoCADErase
commandthecomponentdatainthedatabaseisnoterased.Thereforeitisimportant
tousetheCleanDatabasecommandtoremovealldata.Abettermethodistousethe
AutoPLANTDeleteComponentscommandtoremovesboththegraphicand
correspondingdatabasefiles.
components.
True:Pipingincludespowerfuldatabasetoolsforupdatingacomponentfromthe
database.BychangingvaluesintheUpdateComponentdialog,componentchangesare
reflectedinthemodel.
False:TheBillofMaterialsplacedonadrawinghasbeenformattedtofitthedrawing.
Detailedinformationcanbegeneratedasareportthatisnotgenerallyplacedonthe
drawing.
thebeginning.
False:Acorruptedorlostdatabasecanbereplacedfromthedatastoredwithinthe
drawing.TheRepairDatabasecommandwillexamineeachcomponentinthedrawing
andfillsinthemissingcomponentvaluesinthedatabase.
True:Bycreatingbothanequipmentreportandanozzlereportyoucaneasilyverify
yourcomponentshavebeenplacedaccurately.
CourseSummary
180
Dec09
AutoPLANTDrawingProduction
Fundamentals
V8i
TRN0102901/0002
Trademarks
Patents
Copyrights
Allrightsreserved.
V8i
2
Dec-09
TableofContents
CourseOverview________________________________________________________ 1
TargetAudience_____________________________________________________________ 1
Prerequisites________________________________________________________________ 1
Answers _________________________________________________________________________6
DrawingSetup _________________________________________________________ 7
Overview___________________________________________________________________ 7
Prerequisites________________________________________________________________ 7
Objectives__________________________________________________________________ 7
CreatingaNewDrawing ______________________________________________________ 8
ImportantPoints ___________________________________________________________ 12
SaveCommand___________________________________________________________________13
SaveAsCommand ________________________________________________________________13
ModuleReview_____________________________________________________________ 14
Questions _______________________________________________________________________14
Answers ________________________________________________________________________14
Summary__________________________________________________________________ 14
ProductionDrawings___________________________________________________ 15
Overview__________________________________________________________________ 15
Prerequisites_______________________________________________________________ 15
Dec09
i
TableofContents
Table of Contents
Objectives_________________________________________________________________ 15
WorkAreas________________________________________________________________ 16
CreatingaWorkArea _____________________________________________________________16
Area100.rwa_____________________________________________________________________17
WorkAreaViews ___________________________________________________________ 18
DefiningaWorkAreaView _________________________________________________________21
ApplyingViewstotheModel________________________________________________________30
PaperSpaceSetup __________________________________________________________ 33
SelectingaPageSize_______________________________________________________________34
AddingaPlotter __________________________________________________________________35
AddingaBordertotheDrawing______________________________________________________36
AddingWorkAreaViewstoPaperSpace________________________________________ 38
ImportantLayoutNotes____________________________________________________________39
ModuleReview_____________________________________________________________ 41
Questions _______________________________________________________________________41
Answers ________________________________________________________________________42
Summary__________________________________________________________________ 42
Dimensions&Annotations ______________________________________________ 43
Overview__________________________________________________________________ 43
Prerequisites_______________________________________________________________ 43
Objectives_________________________________________________________________ 43
DimensionTools____________________________________________________________ 44
DimensionPreferences ____________________________________________________________44
SettingAssociativeDimensioningforViewPorts ________________________________________48
DimensioningProcedure ___________________________________________________________49
AutoPLANTAnnotations _____________________________________________________ 52
AnnotationPreferences____________________________________________________________54
PlacingAnnotations _______________________________________________________________55
AutoPLANTDraftingTools____________________________________________________ 57
ModuleReview_____________________________________________________________ 60
Questions _______________________________________________________________________60
Answers ________________________________________________________________________60
Summary__________________________________________________________________ 60
BillofMaterials _______________________________________________________ 61
Overview__________________________________________________________________ 61
Prerequisites_______________________________________________________________ 61
Objectives_________________________________________________________________ 61
TableofContents
ii
Dec09
Table of Contents
ReportGeneratorUtility _____________________________________________________ 62
CrystalReportsEngine_____________________________________________________________62
BillofMaterialsReports______________________________________________________ 63
ConfiguringReportOutput__________________________________________________________64
ModuleReview_____________________________________________________________ 72
Questions _______________________________________________________________________72
Answers ________________________________________________________________________72
Summary__________________________________________________________________ 72
Import/ExportFunctions _______________________________________________ 73
Overview__________________________________________________________________ 73
Prerequisites_______________________________________________________________ 73
Objectives_________________________________________________________________ 73
Import/ExportUtility_______________________________________________________ 74
PXF(BentleyPlantExchangeFormat) _________________________________________________74
JSM(JSpaceModelFormat) ________________________________________________________75
PCF(ISOGENPCFFormat)___________________________________________________________75
Import/ExportPreferences __________________________________________________ 75
PlantExchange(PXF) ________________________________________________________ 76
JSM____________________________________________________________________________77
CreatingaNewModelfromPXFExport_________________________________________ 78
SettingPreferences _______________________________________________________________78
CreatingthePXFFile_______________________________________________________________81
ImportingthePXF_________________________________________________________________82
ModuleReview_____________________________________________________________ 85
Questions _______________________________________________________________________85
Answers ________________________________________________________________________86
Summary__________________________________________________________________ 86
AutomatedIsoGeneration ______________________________________________ 87
Description________________________________________________________________ 87
Prerequisites_______________________________________________________________ 87
Objectives_________________________________________________________________ 87
AutoPLANTModelingConcepts________________________________________________ 88
ComponentConnections ___________________________________________________________89
DataIntegrityComponentConnectivity________________________________________ 90
Consistency(Relationships)_________________________________________________________91
Specs___________________________________________________________________________91
ExaminingtheData________________________________________________________________92
MiscellaneousAttachments_________________________________________________________94
IsometricSheetNumbers___________________________________________________________99
Dec09
iii
TableofContents
Table of Contents
CheckingComponentConnectivity____________________________________________ 101
CreatingIsometricDrawings_________________________________________________ 106
Import/Export__________________________________________________________________106
ISOGEN(PCF) ___________________________________________________________________107
GeneratingAutomatedIsos__________________________________________________ 110
GeneratingaProjectIso___________________________________________________________118
GeneratingandInspectingaPCFFile_________________________________________________120
ConfiguringISOGENSettings _______________________________________________________123
ModelReview_____________________________________________________________ 124
Questions ______________________________________________________________________124
Answers _______________________________________________________________________125
Summary_________________________________________________________________ 126
CourseSummary______________________________________________________ 127
Review___________________________________________________________________ 127
Questions ______________________________________________________________________127
Answers _______________________________________________________________________129
TableofContents
iv
Dec09
CourseOverview
CourseDescription
DuringtheAutoPLANTEquipmentandPipingcourses,amodelwascreatedsimulatinga
collaborativeworkenvironment.AWorkAreawascreatedtoensurethatthrough
collaboration,physicalclashesbetweenthedisciplinesdidnotoccur.Nowthatoursample
modeliscomplete,itistimetolearnhowtoproducethefinisheddeliverablesfromthe
designdata.UsingtheproductionfunctionalityofAutoPLANTPiping,thestudentlearnsto
createfullydimensionedandannotatedorthographicsandsectionsinthePaperSpace
environment.UsingtheImport/Exportutilitiesthestudentlearnshowtogeneratefinished
isometricdrawingsfromtheISOGENinterface.
TargetAudience
Thiscourseisdesignedforthenewuserwithlittleornoexposuretoapipingmodeling
application.
Prerequisites
Priortotakingthiscourseitishighlyrecommendedthatthestudentreviewthe
AutoPLANTPipingtutorialdeliveredwiththeapplication.
CourseObjectives
Dec09
UnderstandthebenefitsofusingDocumentManager
CreateaWorkArea
SettingupthePaperSpaceenvironment
Adddimensionsandannotationtoadrawing
CreatingBillofMaterials,asareportorplacedonadrawing
Understandusesofthedataexchangeformats
CreatingautomatedisometricdrawingsusingtheISOGENinterface
1
CourseOverview
Modules Included
ModulesIncluded
DrawingSetup
ProductionDrawings
Dimensions&Annotations
BillofMaterials
Import/ExportFunctions
AutomatedIsoGeneration
SystemRequirements
ThefollowingprerequisitesarerequiredtorunthemodulesincludedintheAutoPLANT
PlantDesignV8i(Version08.11.05).
Processor:
greater
OperatingSystem:
Internet:
Memory:
2GBorgreater
HardDisk:
InputDevice:
OutputDevice:
VideoGraphicsCard:
AutoCAD:
2004,2005,2006,2007,2008,2009
2004,2005,2006,2007,2008
2004,2005,2006,2007,2008
BuildingSystems:
2004,2005,2006,2007,2008
AutoCADMechanical:
2004,2005,2006,2007,2008
CourseOverview
2
Dec09
Note:
DatabasesSupported
Oracle9iRelease2,Oracle10gRelease2,Oracle11gRelease1d
projectdata.
2. DownloadthedatasetfileAP_FV8i_DP.exe.
4. DoubleclickthefileAP_FV8i_DP.exe.
6. ClickClose.
7. FromyourWindowsStartmenu,clickPrograms>Bentley>PlantV8i>ProjectTools>
ProjectAdministrator.
Dec09
3
CourseOverview
Note:
projectdirectory.
primarylevel.
12. IntheBrowseForFolderdirectory,selectC:\ProjectsTrainingProject.
Noticetheprojectrootfolder,C:\Projects,nowappearsinthenavigationtreeata
primarylevel.
Note:
CourseOverview
4
Dec09
Beforeyoubegin,letsdefinewhatyoumayalreadyknow.
1. DocumentManagerisautilityapplicationusedformanagingtherelationshipsbetween
drawingsbelongingtoaspecificproject.
True
False
2. AWorkAreafileissetuptodefineareaswithinthemodelingenvironment.
True
False
3. TheAutoCADModelingenvironmentandthePaperSpaceenvironmentfunctioninthe
samemanner.WhatyouaddinPaperSpaceisautomaticallyisaddedtoamodel.
True
False
4. TheAutoPLANTReportGeneratorutilityusesCrystalReportsforprocessingcomponent
data.
True
False
5. TheAutoPLANTSelectionstoolenablesyoutoselectcomponentsbasedonapredefined
query.
True
False
Dec09
5
CourseOverview
Answers
1. True:DocumentManagerisdeliveredfreewithAutoPLANTapplications.Thisutility
providesaneasymethodofmanagingdrawingfileswithinaprojectenvironment.Files
arestoredtothecorrectlocationwithoutadditionalinputfromtheusers.
2. True:CreatingaWorkAreaenablesyoutoattachreferencedrawingstoacurrent
drawing.Intelligencefromcomponentsplacedinareferencedrawingcanbepickedup
forplacementofconnectingcomponents.
3. False:Whenyouannotateordimensiona2DdrawinginPaperSpace,thesedimension
marksdonotshowinthemodelingenvironment.PaperSpaceisusedforcreating
layoutsofsectionsasspecificviewsfromthemodel.
4. True:AutoPLANTReportgeneratorusestheCrystalReportsruntimeenginetogenerate
reports.AutoPLANTprovidesawidevarietyofreporttemplates.
5. True:Selectingcomponentsfromyoucurrentdrawingorfrommultipledrawingswithin
aprojectisperformedbytheAutoPLANTSelectionstools.
CourseOverview
6
Dec09
DrawingSetup
Overview
TheAutoPLANT3Dmodelingapplicationsenabletheusertocreatecomplexpipingsystems.
Oncethemodeliscomplete,projectdeliverablessuchasorthographiclayouts,including
sectionsandcutawaysareproducedwithinthePaperSpaceenvironment.
Prerequisites
StudentsshouldbefamiliarwiththeAutoPLANTEquipmentandPipingapplications.
StudentsshouldhaveabasicunderstandingoftheWorkAreaenvironment.
Objectives
Dec09
LaunchtheAutoPLANTPipingapplicationusingDocumentManager.
Createanorthographicdrawing.
7
DrawingSetup
Creating a New Drawing
CreatingaNewDrawing
Inapreviouscourse,aplantmodelcontainingequipment,pipingandstructuralcomponents
wascreatedusingthefunctionalityofAutoPLANTEquipmentandAutoPLANTPiping.These
drawingfilesweremanagedbytheDocumentManagerutilityprogramincludedinthe
AutoPLANTPlantDesigninstall.
YouwilluseDocumentManagertolaunchtheapplicationandcreateanorthographic
drawingthatwillbeaddedtotheproject.
1. OpenDocumentManagerfromtheBentleyPlantXMicon.
IfthisisthefirsttimeDocumentManagerhasbeenusedonyourworkstation,theOpen
ProjectdialogwilllistthedefaultProjectRootBentleyPlantXMProjectscontainingthe
sampleprojectsasshown.
Onceyoubeginworkinginaproject,DocumentManagerwillautomaticallyopento
yourcurrentproject.
DrawingSetup
8
Dec09
ProjectListwindow.
Note:
Note: ThisprojecthasbeencreatedusingImperialUnits.
5. ClickOK.DocumentManagernowopenstotheTrainingProject.
6. TakeamomenttotourtheDocumentManagerinterface.
Dec09
9
DrawingSetup
SincethisprojectwascreatedforbothAutoPLANT2Dand3Dfundamentalcourses,you
willseeP&IDdrawingsincluded.
Nowletssetupthefirstdrawing.
Exercise2:FromDocumentManager,createanorthographicdrawing.
1. Fromthedocumentlist(showninthepreviousfigure)selectAutoPLANTPiping
2. Rightclickandselectnewfromthecontextmenu.
Filename:Ortho1
Name:Ortho1
Description:PipingOrthographicDrawing
Note:
DrawingSetup
ThepathtothedocumentsinthelocationfieldismanagedbyDocumentManager.
10
Dec09
TheCreate,RecordOnlyandReservebuttonsaredisableduntilyouselectthetypeof
4. SelectAutoPLANTPiping.
Note:
BecauseyouhaveselectedtocreateanewPipingdrawing,DocumentManagerwillautomatically
openAutoPLANTPiping.
6. TheModelSetupdialogdisplays.
enablesyoutodefinethedirectionforNorth,thedimensionsandoriginforthemodel.
Bydefault,Northissetto90tomatchAutoCAD.Theorigincoordinates(x,yandz)
indicateyourplantmodelsorigin.0,0,0isknownastheWorldCoordinateSystem
(WCS).Whenmovedfromthedefaultlocation,itisthencalledtheUserCoordinate
System(USC).
Note:
Dec09
11
DrawingSetup
Important Points
Attribute
Imperial
Metric
MixedMetric
North
90
90
90
WorldLength
100
30000
30000
WorldWidth
60
18000
18000
OriginX,Y,Z
0.0,0.0,0.0
0.0,0.0,0.0
0.0,0.0,0.0
InsertNorthArrow
OFF
OFF
OFF
DrawLimitsBox
OFF
OFF
OFF
8. ClickDone.
9. ClickFile/Savetosavethenewdrawing.
ImportantPoints
Whenworkinginaprojectenvironment,itisimportanttoestablishmethodsofmanaging
yourfiles.YoushouldgetintothehabitofusingDocumentManagersfunctionalityto
manageyourfiles.
DeletingDocuments
documentfilesfromaproject,youshouldusethefunctionalityofDocumentManager.
Whenyouselectadocumentandrightclick,aContextmenuprovidesyouwiththeoption
todeletethedrawingfromtheregister,asshownbelow.
DrawingSetup
12
Dec09
Important Points
SaveCommand
.dwg.
files.
SaveAsCommand
thismethod:
1. SelectPrograms\Bentley\PlantXMSelectBentley\DocumentManager.
2. SelectthedesireddrawingfromtheDocumentWindow.
3. SelectEditfromtheDocumentsmenuortherightclickandselecteditformthecontext
menu.
BothAutoCADandtheAutoPLANTapplicationthatcreatedthemodelwillload.
Note:
Dec09
13
DrawingSetup
Module Review
ModuleReview
Questions
True
False
2. TheOrthographicdrawingisstoredinthesamelocationasthePipingmodel.
True
False
Answers
2. True:WhenyoulaunchaprojectfromDocumentManager,youhavetheoptionof
creatinganewdrawingthatwillbeincludedintheappropriatelocation.The
orthographicdrawingiscreatedbythePipingapplicationandwillresideinthesame
locationasthemodelfiles.
Summary
Youarenowableto:
LaunchtheAutoPLANTPipingapplication.
Createanorthographicdrawing.
DrawingSetup
14
Dec09
ProductionDrawings
Overview
AWorkAreacreatesadrawingenvironmentenablingtheusertoreferencedrawingsfrom
otherdisciplines.AnotherfunctioncalledWorkAreaViewsenablesyoutocreatesectionsof
yourcompletemodel,includingthereferencedrawings,fortheproductionoforthographic,
cutawaysandsections.UsingthePaperSpaceenvironment,fullydimensionedand
annotateddrawingsareproducedwithoutclutteringupthemodelingenvironment.In
addition,whenmodelingcomponentschange,changesareautomaticallyreflectedinthe
PaperSpacedrawings.
Prerequisites
StudentsshouldunderstandtheconceptofaWorkAreaintheAutoPLANT
Environment
StudentsshouldhaveaworkingknowledgeoftheAutoCADModelSpaceandPaper
Spaceenvironments
Objectives
CreateWorkAreaViews
ApplyWorkAreaViewstothemodel
SetupPaperSpaceandplaceaborder
PlaceWorkAreaViewsasseparatesectionviewsinPaperSpace
Dec09
15
ProductionDrawings
Lets Review
LetsReview
Beforeyoubegincreatinganydrawings,letstakeamomenttoreviewhowthemodeling
environmentwasstructured.Duringtheequipmentandpipingmodelingcourses,allproject
drawingswereandstoredinpredefinedlocationsandcomponentdatawasmeticulously
managedusingAutoPLANTtools.AlldrawingsbecameamemberofaWorkArea.
WhatsaWorkArea
Workareasdefineageographicalareawithinaplantenvironment.Plantslimitsareusually
comprisedofareaswhicharesubdividedintounitsdependingonthesizeand
constructabilityofthearea.
worktogethertoensureacohesivedesignenvironment.Civil,Structural,Mechanical,
Piping,Electrical,Instrumentationandotherdisciplinedesignfilesmakeupthecomplete
designoftheplantmodel.
Forthisreason,disciplineslookingtocompletetheirdesignmustreferencemodelsfrom
otherdisciplinestoensurethatphysicalclashesbetweendesignsdonotoccur.Bentleyhas
providedanenhancedsolutiontoassistintheeaseofdesignthroughWorkAreas.
Workareascanbestoredastextfiles(rwafiles)orcanbestoredintheprojectdatabase.
TheRWAfileordatabasetablestoresthereferencefilesthatarecontainedwithina
geographicalareaofaplantboundaryaswellastheinsertionoriginandrotationangleof
thedesignfile.
Inthegraphicbelow,theplantisdefinedbytheouterboundary.Withintheplantlimits,
fivegeographicalareashavebeendefinedasArea100throughArea500.
ProductionDrawings
16
Dec09
Lets Review
Area100.rwa
DuringtheAutoPLANTEquipmentcourseaWorkAreawascreated.BoththeEquipment
andPipingmodelswereaddedasmembersoftheWorkArea.Inaddition,otherdiscipline
files,includingstructuralsteelandfoundationswereaddedasreferencefiles.
This.rwafileiscomprisedofxrefdrawingsfromalldisciplines.Referencedrawingsare
linkedtothecurrentdrawingusingAutoCADsXref/Overlaycommand.
WorkAreascanbecreatedbydiscipline,geography,orevenprocessunits.Howaproject
willbebrokenupintospecificWorkAreasisthedecisionofthoseinvolvedinthedesign
process.
Note:
ExercisesfordefiningaWorkAreafromPiping>DrawingProduction>WorkAreaSetupare
coveredintheAutoPLANTEquipmentXMFundamentalscourse
Dec09
17
ProductionDrawings
Lets Review
WorkAreaViews
AfteraWorkAreahasbeendefined,specificareasofthemodelcanbeisolatedinaWork
AreaView.Theseviewsareusedfortheproductionoforthographiclayoutsandsections
printedfromthePaperSpaceenvironment.
Noticeinthefigurebelow,theareadefinedaroundthehorizontalvessel.
AWorkAreafilecalledArea100.rwahasbeenincludedinthedataset.
ProductionDrawings
18
Dec09
Lets Review
Exercise1:OpentheWorkAreaincludedinthedataset.
1. SelectPiping>DrawingProduction>WorkAreaSetup.
Note:
TheWorkAreaViewsdialogcanbeopenedfromeithertheEquipmentorPipingapplication.
2. SelectOpenandnavigatetotheSupplementaldirectoryinstalledwiththedataset.
3. SelectArea100.rwa.
4. ClickOpen.
5. TheWorkAreasetupdialoglistsalldrawingsandtheirpathlocation,includingall
referencedrawings.
6. ClickDone.
7. ZOOMextentstoviewthepredefinedWorkArea.Thismodelincludesequipment
components,pipingrunsandstructuralcomponents.
Dec09
19
ProductionDrawings
Lets Review
TheWorkAreaViewsfunctionswillbeusedtosectionsoffareaswithinthismodel.
ProductionDrawings
20
Dec09
Lets Review
WorkAreaViews
Exercise2.DefineaWorkAreaView.
1. SelectPiping>DrawingProduction>WorkAreaViews.
2. ThedialogidentifiestheProjectDescriptionandtheWorkAreanamepreviouslydefined
duringtheAutoPLANTEquipmentandPipingFundamentalsXMEditioncourses.
3. ClickAddtocreateaview.
TheViewPropertiesdialogappearsenablingyoutodefinea3Dboxthatwillenclosea
sectionofyourmodeldeterminedbytheattributesyouset.
Dec09
21
ProductionDrawings
Lets Review
ViewTitle:ThenameyousetfortheviewwillappearintheViewslistintheWorkArea
Viewsdialog.
TheimageshowstheFrontviewwiththeselectedfacehighlightedwithaboldredline.
ScaleisusedwhentheviewisplacedinPaperSpace.Theunitformatisbasedonyour
drawingsunitsettings.
ViewOptionssetyourPaperSpaceoptions.Youcansettohaveadashedmatchline
drawnaroundtheviewport;addorremovethecoordinatesofthecutregion;enforce
thefrontandbackclippingplanes;and,turnonoroffasolidlinearoundallAutoCAD
viewports.
3DViewEnvelope:Thesevaluesdefineyourview.Ifyouknowthecoordinatesof
oppositecornersofyourboundingbox,youcanenterthemintheEastandNorthfields
fortheFirstPointandSecondPoint.ElevationboundariesareenteredintheUpperand
Lowerelevationfields.
YoucanalsousethePick<buttonstoselectyourtwopointsorusethePickViewArea
ByWindow<buttontoselectanarea.
Note:
ProductionDrawings
Whenpickingpoints,youMUSTbeworkinginPLANVIEW.
22
Dec09
Lets Review
4. ForSection1view,enterthefollowingattributes,asshowninthedialogabove:
View:Front
Scale:3/8=1
ViewOptions:CheckFrontClip,BackClip,ViewportVisible
FirstPoint:East:1055,North:1018
SecondPoint:East1075,North1033
Elevation:Upper118,Lower100
5. OncedefinedclickOK.
Thenewviewisaddedtothelistandthefunctionsforusingtheviewsbecomeactive.
6. ClickSection1,andclickPreview.
Youwillseeanoutlineboxsurroundingtheareayoudefined.
Dec09
23
ProductionDrawings
Lets Review
7. ClickClosetoendthecommand.
Note:
ToexitPreviewMode,clickEnter.UsingEsccanlockyourdrawingormakeyourWorkAreafile
readonly.Tocorrectthis,openWindowsExplorerandsearchfortheappropriateWorkAreafile
(.rwaextension).RightclickthefileandpressProperties.Changethefiletoreadwriteby
uncheckingReadOnly.
ProductionDrawings
24
Dec09
Lets Review
Exercise2:CreateSection2andSection3viewswiththeattributesfromthetable.
Note:
Forallviewsyoucreateinthisexercise,makesureFrontClip,BackClip,andViewportVisibleare
allchecked.
1. OpenPiping>DrawingProduction>WorkAreaViews.
2. ClickAdd.
3. Entertheparametersasshown.
Note:
YoumustclickOKintheViewPropertiesdialogafterdefiningtheview.ClickAddtocreatethe
nextview.
Imperial
FirstPoint
SecondPoint
Elevation
ViewTitle
View
Scale
East
North
East
North
Upper
Lower
Section1
Front
3/8=1
1055
1018
1075
1033
118
100
Section2
Left
3/810
1051
10346
1067
1051
142
100
Section3
Right
3/8=10
1004
10153
1026
10353
115
100
Metric
FirstPoint
SecondPoint
Elevation
ViewTitle
View
Scale
East
North
East
North
Upper
Lower
Section1
Front
1:30
317000
305500
323000
310000
35500
30000
Section2
Left
1:30
315000
310300
320500
315500
42500
30000
Section3
Right
1:30
301500
304500
308000
310500
35000
30000
MixedMetric
FirstPoint
SecondPoint
Elevation
ViewTitle
View
Scale
East
North
East
North
Upper
Lower
Section1
Front
1:30
317000
305500
323000
310000
35500
30000
Section2
Left
1:30
315000
310300
320500
315500
42500
30000
Section3
Right
1:30
301500
304500
308000
310500
35000
30000
Dec09
25
ProductionDrawings
Lets Review
InthenextexerciseyouwillusethePickfunctiontodefinethearea.
Note:
YoumustbeinPlan(Top)viewtousethePickfunctions.
Exercise3:CreateSection4usingthePickAreabyWindowfunction.
1. SwitchtoPlanviewasshowninthefigure.
3. Enterfollowingattributesinthefields:
ViewTitle:Section4
Scale3/8=10(1:30formetricormixedmetric)
UpperElevation=114(34200formetricormixedmetric)
LowerElevation=100(30000formetricormixedmetric).
4. ClickPickViewAreaByWindowbutton.
5. DrawaboxaroundtheverticalvesselVH45asshownabove.
6. ClickOKwhendone.
7. ClickSave.
Youcanswitchtoanisometricviewtoseetheresults.
8. Onceyouchangetoanisometricview,youwillneedtoinitiatethecommandby
selectingPiping>DrawingProduction>WorkAreaViewstorepickaviewfromthelist.
ProductionDrawings
26
Dec09
Lets Review
9. Savethedrawing.
Dec09
27
ProductionDrawings
Lets Review
Exercise4:CreateanUpperandLowerplanviewusingthePick<buttonsandthe
additionaldatainthetable.
MakesureyouareinaPlan(TOP)view.
2. UsethePickbuttonsfortheFirstandSecondpointsandtheattributesfromthetable.
3. WhendoneusePreviewtoseeyourresults.
Imperial
Elevation
ViewTitle
View
ViewScale
Upper
Lower
UpperPlan
Top
3/8=10
130
112
LowerPlan
Top
3/8=10
112
100
Metric
Elevation
ViewTitle
View
ViewScale
Upper
Lower
UpperPlan
Top
1:30
39000
33600
LowerPlan
Top
1:30
33600
30000
MixedMetric
Elevation
ViewTitle
View
ViewScale
Upper
Lower
UpperPlan
Top
1:30
39000
33600
LowerPlan
Top
1:30
33600
30000
4. WhendoneclickSave.
Yourviewsshouldresemblethoseshown.
Note:
ProductionDrawings
TheimagesshownonthenextpagewerecapturedafterusingtheHIDEfunction.
28
Dec09
Lets Review
Dec09
29
ProductionDrawings
Lets Review
ApplyingViewstotheModel
Nowthatyouknowhowtodefineaview,wewillapplytheviewtothemodeltoisolatethe
areatoenableyoutocreateasectioninPaperSpace.
Exercise5:Applyanamedviewtothemodel
1. SelectviewSection1fromthedialogandclickApplyinModel.
ProductionDrawings
30
Dec09
Lets Review
2. ThefigurebelowshowsSection1isolatedfromallsurroundingmodelcomponents.
TheseviewswillbeusedlaterforcreatingacutawayinPaperspace.
Using3DViews
Ifyouapplyaviewandswitchtoanisometricviewyoumayexperienceoddscreen
representationasshownbelow.Toturntheclipoptionofffollowthesesteps.
1. Atthecommandlineenterdview.
Select objects or <use DVIEWBLOCK>:
2. Typeall.
Select objects or <use DVIEWBLOCK>:
3. ClickEnter.
[CAmera/TArget/Distance/POints/PAn/Zoo
m/TWist/CLip/Hide/Off/Undo]:
4. TypeCL,clickEnter.
Enter clipping option [Back/Front/Off] <Off>: off
5. Enteroff,clickEnter.
Yourmodelwillberestored.
Dec09
31
ProductionDrawings
Lets Review
Exercise5:Selectaviewandapplytothemodel.
Yourviewsshouldresemblethesamplesshownbelow.
ProductionDrawings
32
Dec09
Paper Space Setup
PaperSpaceSetup
DrawingsofathreedimensionalmodelaretypicallyprintedorplottedusingAutoCAD's
PaperSpacefunctionality.
Layoutsofamodelarecreatedbycombiningpredefinedsectionsandviewsonavirtual
paperdrawingincludingfulldimensioningandtextannotation.WhentextisaddedinPaper
Space,themodelstaysclean.WhenyouswitchbacktoModelSpace,textandleaderlines
areallhiddenfromview.
TheexercisesinthismodulewillteachyouhowtousePaperSpacewiththeAutoPLANT
WorkAreaViewfunction.
Dec09
33
ProductionDrawings
Paper Space Setup
SelectingaPageSize
SettingupyoursystemtoprintfromPaperSpaceinvolvesselectingaplotterandapagesize
fromtheLayout1tabinAutoCAD.
Exercise1:FromtheLayout1tab,settheprinterparametersandpapersizeforyour
drawing.
1. ClickonLayout1tabatthebottomofyourAutoCADscreen.
Note:
Deleteanyexistingviewports.
2. GotoFile>PageSetupManagerandclickModifytoopenthePageSetupLayout1
dialog.
3. FromthePrinter/plotterNamedropdownlist,selectPublishToWebDWF.pc3.(Ifyou
donothavethisoption,seetheAddingaPlottersectionbelow.)
4. FromthePapersizedropdownlist,selectANSIE(44.00x34.00Inches)[ISOA0(1198x
841)formetricormixedmetric].
5. ClickOK.
ProductionDrawings
34
Dec09
Paper Space Setup
AddingaPlotter
IfPublishToWebDWF6ePlot.pc3isnotanavailableprinter/plotter,youcanadditusingthe
PlotterManager.DuringthiscourseyouwillbeprintingyourPaperSpacedrawingstoafile
ratherthataprinterorplotter.
Exercise2:AddPublishToWebDWF.pc3toyourlist.
1. SelectFile>PlotterManager.
2. DoubleclickAddAPlotterWizardtoactivatethewizard.
3. ClickNext>intheAddPlotterIntroductionPage,AddPlotterBegin,AddPlotter
PlotterModel,andAddPlotterImportPcporPc2dialogstogettothedialogshown
below.
Note:
Youcanskipthesestepsbecausethedriverusedinthiscourseisusedforplottingtoafile.
4. IntheAddPlotterPortsdialog,selectPlottoFileandclickNext>.
5. IntheAddPlotterPlotterNamewindow,enterAddPublishToWebDWFinthePlotter
NamefieldandclickNext>.
6. IntheAddPlotterFinishwindow,clickFinish.
YoucannowselectAddPublishToWebDWF.pc3andsetyourpagesizeasdescribedinthe
exerciseabove.
Dec09
35
ProductionDrawings
Paper Space Setup
AddingaBordertotheDrawing
Exercise3:AddanEsized(A0formetricormixedmetric)bordertoyourPaperSpace.
1. WhileinPaperSpace,gotoPiping>DrawingProduction>DrawingSetup.
2. Attheprompt:
Align/Create/Scale viewports/Workarea views/Options/Title block/Undo:
3. EnterTtoenterthetitleblockcommands.
4. ClickEnter.
Delete objects/Origin/Undo/<Insert title block>:
5. ClickEnter.
6. SelectyourborderfromtheAvailabletitleblocksdialog.
7. ClickOKtoplacethetitleblockonthedrawing.
8. IntheEditAttributesdialogenteradocumentname.
Note:
Thisnamewillappearonthedrawing.
ProductionDrawings
36
Dec09
Paper Space Setup
9. Enteradocumentfilename.
Align/Create/Scale viewports/Workarea views/Options/Title block/Undo:
10. ClickOK.
11. ClickEntertoexitthecommand.
12. ClickSave.
Note:
BorderscanbemovedwiththeAutoCADMovecommandifitisnotinsertedproperly.
Yourdrawingshouldresembletheoneshownbelow.
Dec09
37
ProductionDrawings
Adding Work Area Views to Paper Space
AddingWorkAreaViewstoPaperSpace
Whenyouaddviews,annotationsandotherelementsinPaperSpace,theitemsarenot
visibleinModelSpace.
WhenyouplaceaWorkAreaViewinPaperSpace,andthenmakechangestoyourmodelall
changestotheviewareautomaticallyupdatedwithinthePaperSpaceenvironment.
Exercise1:AddaWorkAreaViewtoyourPaperSpacelayout.
1. SelectPiping>DrawingProduction>WorkAreaViewstoopentheWorkAreaViews
dialog.
2. Selectthedesiredview.
3. ClickInsertinDrawingtoclosetheWorkAreaViewsdialog.
4. AttheAutoCADprompt:
Insert point of viewport:
Youcanenterthecoordinatesofthecenteroftheviewport(0,0,0isthelowerleft
cornerofthepage)ordragtheviewporttothedesiredlocationonthepage.
Note:
IfyouareusingAutoCADsDynamicInputfeature,youronscreenpromptmayread
Specify second point or <use first point as displacement>:
5. TheWorkAreaViewsdialogwillreopentoplaceanotherview.
6. Placetheremainingviewsinyourlayouttoresemblethefigureshownonthefollowing
page.
7. ToendthecommandclickClose.
8. ClickSave.
Note:
ProductionDrawings
YoucanuseAutoCADTextfunctionorMultitexttocreatethelabelingasshowninthefigure.
AutoPLANTdoesnotofferaspecificfunctiontoselftitletheviewports.
38
Dec09
ImportantLayoutNotes
Inthelayouttab,youcanviewandeditobjects,includingviewportsandtitleblocks.
Thecrosshairscursorisactiveovertheentirelayoutarea.
Onceplaced,youcanmove,resizeorrescaleviewports.EditstoviewportsinPaper
SpacewillnotalterthedefinitionoftheoriginalWorkAreaView.
Note:
ItisstronglysuggestedthatyoulockthedisplayofviewportsplacedinPaperSpace.
Lockingpreventsyoufromaccidentallylosingthecontentsbypanningorzooming
withintheviewport.
Bydefault,anewdrawingstartswithtwolayouttabs,namedLayout1andLayout2.
Note:
Dec09
SeeAutoCADHELPforscalingviewportsinPaperSpace.
Ifyouuseadrawingtemplateoropenanexistingdrawing,thelayouttabsinyourdrawingmaybe
nameddifferently.
39
ProductionDrawings
Tocreateanewlayouttabwithyourcurrentsettings:
Whenyouarecreatinglayouts,youmaywishtocopythesettings,bordersandany
additionalitemsyouwishtoappearonthenewlayout.Asimplemethodistomakeacopy
ofthelayouttabanditssettingsfromthecurrentdrawingfile.
Followthesesteps:
1. Rightclickthelayouttabofthelayoutyouwanttoduplicate.
2. Fromthecontextmenu,clickMoveorCopy.
3. IntheMoveorCopydialogbox,selectapositionforthenewlayouttab.
MakesurethatCreateaCopyisselected.
4. ClickOK.
Note:
NoteTheModeltabcannotbeduplicated.
Thisisaquickmethodforcreatingadditionlayoutsonaproject.Tolearnhowtocreatea
templateforlayouts,gotoAutoCADHelp.
Thisexercisecompletesthismodule.
ProductionDrawings
40
Dec09
Module Review
ModuleReview
Questions
True
False
2. AWorkAreaViewisstoredwithaWorkAreafile.
True
False
3. WhencreatingWorkAreaViews,usingthePickViewbyWindowfunctiongivesyoua
fastmethodofselectinganareainyourmodel.
True
False
4. AddingtextaddedtoaPaperSpacelayoutisaddedautomaticallytothemodel.
True
False
5. BordersandTitleBlockscanbeaddedeasilytoaPaperSpacelayout.
True
False
6. Alayoutandallpropertiescanbecopied.
Dec09
True
False
41
ProductionDrawings
Summary
Answers
ONLY.
2. True:OnceyoucreateaWorkAreayoucancreateviewsofthemodel.Theseviewsare
savedtotheWorkAreafile.WorkAreaViewsareusedforisolatingspecificareasofthe
modeltocreatelayoutsinPaperSpace.
3. True:Ifyouknowtheelevationoftheareayouwishtocapture,youcanusepick
functiontocreateawindowsurroundingthearea.YoumustbeinaPlanmodetouse
thisfunction.
4. False:AnytextyouaddtoaPaperSpacedrawingdoesnotchangethemodel.The
modelingenvironmentstaysclean.
5. True:WhenyousetupyourPaperSpaceenvironment,AutoPLANTenablesyoutoadd
defaultborders.Youcanalsocreateacustomborderspecifictoyourcompany.
6. True:Althoughlayoutscanbeeasilycopied,itisarecommendedideatocreatea
templateforcommoncomponents.
Summary
Youarenowableto:
CreateWorkAreaViews
ApplyWorkAreaViewstothemodel
SetupPaperSpaceandplaceaborder
PlaceWorkAreaViewsasseparatesectionviewsinPaperSpace
ProductionDrawings
42
Dec09
Overview
ProductionoffullydimensionedandannotateddrawingsisaprimarytaskoftheCADuser
duringallphasesofthedesignandconstructionprocess.AutoPLANTprovidesanextensive
annotationlibraryofpreferencesanddraftingtoolsforfastandaccuratedrawing
production.
Prerequisites
StudentsshouldhaveabasicworkingknowledgeoftheAutoCADdimensioningand
Annotationcommands.
Objectives
SetAutoCADdimensionpreferences
SetAssociativeDimensioningforViewPorts
PlacelinearandcontinuousdimensionsinPaperSpace
PlaceAutoPLANTdrawingannotationsinPaperSpace
PlantinsulationmarksonapipesegmentinPaperSpace
CreateabreakinapipelineinPaperSpace
Dec09
43
Dimension Tools
DimensionTools
AutoPLANTPipingusesAutoCADsdimensioningtools.However,AutoPLANTdoesmodify
theDIMLFACenvironmentvariablesothatdimensionsrepresenttruemodeldistances.
DimensionsandannotationsareNOTconnectedtoyourviewports,thereforechangestoa
viewportdonotaffecttheannotations.
DimensionPreferences
AutoCADprovidesusersettingsforeverypartofadimension.Forthiscourse,thedefault
settingsforArrowSize,TextHeight,andUnitFormatarenotappropriateandneedtobe
changed.TheAutoCADDDIMcommandwillopentheDimensionStyleManagerdialog.
TheModifybuttonwillopentheOverrideCurrentStyleStandarddialogwhereyouwill
makechangesintheSymbolsandArrows,Text,andPrimaryUnitstabs.
Note:
Beforechangingyourdimensioningpreferences,makesureyouareinPaperSpace.
44
Dec09
Dimension Tools
Exercise1:Modifythearrowsize,textheightandunitformat.
1. InPaperSpace,enterDDIMattheAutoCADCommandPrompt.
2. SelectSTANDARDandclickModifytoopentheModifyDimensionStyle:Standard
dialog.
3. ClicktheSymbolsandArrowstab.
4. ChangetheArrowSizeto1/8(5formetricandmixedmetric).
Dec09
45
Dimension Tools
5. ClicktheTexttab.
6. ChangetheTextHeightto1/8(5formetricandmixedmetric).Thiswillalsosetthe
textheightforyourannotations.
7. ChangetextplacementtoAbove.
8. InTextalignmentsectionclickAlignedwithdimensionline.
9. ClickPrimaryUnitstab.
46
Dec09
Dimension Tools
10. ChangetheUnitsformattoArchitectural.(Decimalformetricandmixedmetic).
11. Changetheprecisionto0.00(0formetricandmixedmetric).
12. ClickOK.
13. ClickCloseontheDimensionStyleManagerdialog.
Dec09
47
Dimension Tools
SettingAssociativeDimensioningforViewPorts
AssociativedimensioningorDIMASSOCvariablecanbeusedtoreadviewportscalesand
changethedimensionscaletoreflectmodeldimensionsratherthanPaperSpacescale.
Withassociativedimensioningsettoon,itisnotrequiredtochangetheScaleFactorina
dimensionstyletoreflectviewportscales.ThevariablecanbesetintheAutoCADoptions
dialogundertheUserPreferencestab.
Exercise1:SettheAssociativeDimensioninginyourortho1.dwgfile.
1. SelectTools>Options.
2. SelectUserPreferencestab.
3. CheckonMakenewdimensionassociative.
4. ClickApply.
5. ClickOK.
48
Dec09
Dimension Tools
DimensioningProcedure
TheAutoCADDimensiontoolbarmatchesAutoCADsDimensionmenu.Youmayfind
workingwiththetoolbarfaster.
Note:
DimensioningiseasierwhentheAutoCADSnapfunctionisturnedoff.ClickF9ortheSNAPbutton
atthebottomofthescreen.
Itisassumedthatyoualreadyknowhowtoplaceadimension.
Dec09
49
Dimension Tools
LinearDimensionPlacementSteps
1. SelectDimension>LinearDimensioncommand.
2. Youwillbepromptedwith:
Specify first extension line origin or <select object>:
3. Pickonthedimensionorigin.UsingOsnapssuchasNODE,END,orCENwillimprove
accuracy.
Specify second extension line origin:
4. Pickonthedimensionendpoint.
Specify dimension line location or
[Mtext/Text/Angle/Horizontal/Vertical/Rotated]:
5. Clickonthelocationforthedimensionline.
6. Tocontinuethedimension,activatetheDimension>ContinueDimensioncommand.
Youwillbepromptedwith
Specify a second extension line origin or [Undo/Select] <Select>:
7. Clickonnextdimensionpoint.
8. Onceeachdimensionpointhasbeenselected,PressEntertoexitthecommand.
9. Tocontinueanydimension,activatetheDimension>ContinueDimensioncommand.
Youwillbepromptedwith:
Select continued dimension:
Select the dimension to continue
Specify a second extension line origin or [Undo/Select] <Select>:
Clickonthenextdimensionpoint.
50
Dec09
Dimension Tools
Exercise2:DimensionyourPaperSpacedrawingasshowninthefigure.
Thissamplehasbeencreatedinimperialunits.
1. Placedimensionsatthelocationsshown.
2. Continuetoplacedimensionsinotherlocationsofyourchoice.
3. ClickSave.
Dec09
51
AutoPLANT Annotations
AutoPLANTAnnotations
AutoPLANTPipingprovidesawidevarietyofdrawingannotationscombinedintogroupings.
Eachgrouphasitsownflyouttoolbar.
AutoPLANTEquipmentalsoprovidesasetofannotationtoolslocatedundertheEquipment
menu.
AccessthePipingannotationtoolbarfromPiping>Toolbars>FunctionToolbars>
Annotation.
52
Dec09
AnnotationToolbarQuickReference
Annotation Group
Annotation
Database Fields
Main Size
Main Size of the component.
Short Desc
Short Description of component.
Long Desc
Long Description of component.
Spec
Pipe Cut Length
Insulation Thickness
Line Number
Description
Specification of component.
Cut length value of component.
Insulation thickness of component.
Line No. Short
Number-Specification-Main Size
Line No. Long
Number-Specification-Main Size - Commodity (if specified) - Insulation (if

specified)
Line No. Short w/CL
Centerline symbol is followed by the Line No. Short annotation
Line No. Long w/CL
Centerline symbol is followed by the Line No. Long annotation
Notes
General Notes
Place your own notes in the drawing.
Elevations
TOP Elevation
Top of Pipe elevation of component.
COP Elevation
Center of Pipe elevation of component.
BOP Elevation
Bottom of Pipe elevation of component.
NE Coordinate
North, East coordinate location of the selected point
NS Coordinate
If the point is below (0,0), then South coordinates. If the point is above (0,0)
then North coordinates.
Annotation is placed as horizontal text only.
EW Coordinate
If the point is to the right of (0,0), then East coordinate. If the point is to the left
of (0,0), then West coordinate.
EW Coordinate annotation is placed as vertical text only.
Coordinates
Tags
Coordinate
(x,y,z) coordinate location of the selected point.
Material Tag
Components MAT_MARK database field value. If that field is empty, you will
be prompted for a value with the Enter Material Mark dialog.
Component Tag
Instrument Balloons
Component's TAGNUMBER database field value. If that field is empty, you will
be prompted for a value with the Enter Component Tag dialog.
Instrument balloons are further categorized as Standard, Rear, Lights, and
Miscellaneous.
Dec09
53
AnnotationPreferences
MakingchangestotheAnnotationLibraryistypicallytheresponsibilityoftheProject
Administrator.However,youcanmakestylechangestoyourannotationsfromthe
AnnotationPreferencesdialog.SelectPiping>Annotation>Preferencestoaccessthe
dialog.
WhenAnnotationStyleissettoDefaultSettings,youcanmakechangestoeveryannotation
style.ByselectingaspecificAnnotationStyle,youcanoverwritethedefaultsettingsforjust
thatstyle.
TheAnnotationstylechangesyoucanmakefromtheAnnotationPreferencesdialoginclude:
PlacementMode
TheNormalsettingonlypromptsforlocationinformation.
TheTextsettingallowsyoutoedittheannotationtextbeforefinalplacement.Youcanalso
explodeanannotationafterplacementtoeditthetext.
Text
Thesesettingsdefinetextsizeandplacement.
54
Dec09
Block
ThesesettingsrelatetohowAutoCADblockaredefinedandannotated.
Container
Thesesettingdetermineborderssurroundingtheannotation.
Leader
Thesesettingsrefertostylecharacteristics.
PlacingAnnotations
Withsmallvariations,annotationplacementisquitesimple:
1. Fromthetoolbar,selectanannotationtype
2. SelectthecomponenttoannotateORtheanchorpointfortheannotation
Note:
Whenselectingacomponent,theleaderwillconnecttothepointusedtoselectthecomponent.
3. Selectbydraggingtothelocationfortheannotation
IfyourAnnotationPreferencesPlacementModeissettoText,youwillbeprompted
with:
Format/Edit vertex/Rotate/Move/Annotation/eXit <X>:
Fromthisline,youcanformatthetext,relocateorrotatetheannotation,orexit.
4. Selectthenextcomponenttoannotate
5. Whenyouarefinished,ClickEnterorEsctoendthecommand.
Dec09
55
Exercise1:Followthebasicstepsabove,placeannotationsonpipelinesL1001and
L1002asshowninthefollowingfigure.
1. Includetheseannotations:
Longlinenumber
Mainsizeofpipe
Bottomofpipeelevations
2. Whencomplete,Saveyourdrawing.
56
Dec09
AutoPLANT Drafting Tools
AutoPLANTDraftingTools
AutoPLANTprovidesacollectionofdraftingsymbolsenablingyoutofurtherdetailyour
drawings.
Menu Item
Symbol Manager
Title Block
Hide Viewport
2D Symbols
Description
Provides some basic drag and drop symbols using standard block insertion function. Also provides an environment
used to create new symbols
Opens Available title blocks dialog.
Preferences
Open HLR Options dialog to change Hidden Line drawing properties
Hide
Create a 2D representation of a selected viewport using the settings in the HLR

Options dialog.
Horizontal Vessel
Vertical Vessel
Misc. Equipment Symbols
Hosereels
Ladders
Doors
Stairs
Arrows
Flow
North
Revision Symbols
Small
Large
Section Markers
Section Markers
Section Headings
Elevation Mark
Yes
No
Question
Stop
Piping Symbols
Spec Breaks
Misc. Markers
Insulate Pipe
Pipe End Symbol
2D Editing
Broken Pipe
Add specified insulation to selected length of pipe. This WILL insulate the pipe segment if it is not insulated already.
Place a pipe end symbol to the closest end of the selected pipe.
Trim
On 2D AutoPLANT component, works like AutoCADs TRIM command.
Ungroup
Ungroups all elements of selected 2D component.
Regroup
With only one element selected, regroups AutoPLANT 2D component that was
previously ungrouped.
Add to group
Adds to a 2D component by first selecting the component and then the elements to
add.
Delete from
Deletes selected entity from ALL instances AutoPLANT 2D component from

drawing.
Remove from
Deletes selected entity from current AutoPLANT 2D component.
Break
Breaks selected 3D pipe segment with Straight, Curved, or Invisible symbols.

User defines size of gap.
End Break
Create a break at selected pipe segment end.

Cannot be mended.
Mend
Repairs selected broken pipe segment.
Mend All
Repairs all pipe segments broken with Break command.
Toplacethesesymbolsfollowtheprompts.
Dec09
57
AfulldescriptionoftheDraftingToolscanbefoundintheonlinehelp.GotoAutoPLANT
PIPINGHelp>CommandReference>DraftingToolsMenu>DraftingToolsMenu.
Exercise1:InModelSpace,addinsulationtoL1002.
1. ChangetoaTopviewandZoomintothepipesegmentconnectedtoT136.
2. SelectPiping>DraftingTools>InsulatePipe.
3. PickthesegmentofL1002youwishtoinsulate.
4. IntheInsulationDatadialog,enter1(25mm)asthethicknessandAAasthespecfor
theinsulation.
Note:
YouwillnotbepromptedwiththeInsulationDatadialogagainuntilyouaddinsulationtoa
differentlinenumber.
5. FromPort1,pickapointwheretheinsulationstartsorenteravaluegreaterthan0.
6. WithreferencetoPort2,pickapointwheretheinsulationendsorenteravaluegreater
than0.
7. ClickSave.
Yourdrawingshouldresemblethefigure.
58
Dec09
Exercise2:InPaperSpace,breakasectionofpipe.
1. SelectPiping>DraftingTools>BrokenPipe>Break.
2. InPaperSpace,intheviewportfromSection1,selecttheL1001/L1002bypassline,to
theleftofthevalve.
3. IndicatewherethebreakstartswithrespecttoPort1ofthepipesegment.Your
selectionshouldbecloseto,butnotoverlappingtheverticalsegmentofL1002where
thebypasscrossesinfrontoftheline.
4. IndicatewherethebreakendswithrespecttoPort2ofthepipesegment.Thispoint
shouldbeclosetotheothersideofthesegmentdescribedinthepreviousstep.
5. ClickSave.
Thecompletedbreakshouldresemblethefigurebelow.
Youhavenowcompletedthismodule.
Dec09
59
Module Review
ModuleReview
Questions
1. Insulationsymbolsareaddedinthemodelingenvironmenttoindicateasectionofa
pipethatwillreceiveinsulationduringconstruction.
True
False
2. AcommonannotationonapipinglayoutistheLonglinenumber.
True
False
Answers
1. False:InsulationsymbolsareplacedinPaperSpaceandarenotincludedinthe
modelingenvironment.
2. True:TheLonglinenumberisacommonannotationthatincludestheLinenumber,
specandsizeratingforthepipe.
Summary
Youarenowableto:
SetAutoCADdimensionpreferences
SetAssociativeDimensioningforViewPorts
PlacelinearandcontinuousdimensionsinPaperSpace
PlaceAutoPLANTdrawingannotationsinPaperSpace
PlantinsulationmarksonapipesegmentinPaperSpace
CreateabreakinapipelineinPaperSpace
60
Dec09
BillofMaterials
Overview
TheReportingfunctionsinAutoPLANTenableyoutodefineandcreatedetailedreportsof
equipmentandpipingcomponents.Thesereportscanbeoutputtoaprinter,storedasafile
orincludedinthedrawingsasBillofMateriallistsoraBOM.
Prerequisites
StudentsshouldhaveabasicknowledgeoftheAutoPLANTSelectionsdialogusedfor
selectingcomponents.
StudentsshouldhaveabasicknowledgeofthePaperSpaceenvironment.
Objectives
Dec09
Understandhowreportsareconfiguredandgenerated
PlaceaBillofMaterialreportonthePaperSpacelayout
61
BillofMaterials
Report Generator Utility
ReportGeneratorUtility
togenerateareportthatcanbeoutputtoaprinter,afile,ordisplayedinpreviewmode.
CrystalReport(*.RPT)filesformatsareconfiguredforyourusewithaspecificreportname
and/ortype.
CrystalReportsEngine
TheReportGeneratorfunctionsuseSeagateSoftware'sCrystalReportsruntimeengine
toprocessthecomponentdataforthereport.
Note:
YoumustfirstpurchasetheCrystalReportssoftwaretogeneratenewormodifyexistingreport
files.
Whenyourequestareport:
1. TheReportGeneratorextractsthecomponentdrawingdatabaserecords,asselected
fromthedrawingdatabaseandsavestoatemporarydatabase.
longerexistinthedrawing.InAutoPLANTPiping,thepipecutlengthsarerecalculated.
3. TheReportWriter(fromCrystalReports)extractsthedatafromthetemporary
databaseandprocessesitfortheselectedreportfile.
BillofMaterials
62
Dec09
Bill of Materials Reports
BillofMaterialsReports
TheBillofMaterialsfunctionisacommonutilitysharedbyseveralAutoPLANTapplications.
ThePiping>Reports>BillofMaterialsoptiondisplaysthedialogshownbelow.Thisdialog
enablesyoutosettheparametersthatwillbeusedtoformataBOMforplacementonthe
currentdrawing.
ThecontentofaBOMtypereportissimilartoaBOMreport.However,columnorderand
spacinghavebeenformattedtosuitplacementonadrawing.
Note:
Dec09
MaterialTagsareusedforIsometricdrawingsandwillnotbecoveredinthiscourse.
63
BillofMaterials
MiscOptions
TheOptionssectionoftheAutoPLANTReportGeneratordialogprovidesfiltering,formatting
andorderingoptionsforyourreport.
OmitSortCodes:AutoPLANTspecificationsincludeaSortCodefieldasanothermeans
oforganizingdata.IntheinstalledAutoPLANTspecifications,componentssuchas
weldsandboltshaveSortCodevaluesof100orgreater;therefore,byomittingsort
codesgreaterthan99,youcankeepthosecomponenttypesoutofyourreports.
IgnoreExistingComponents:ThecomponentdatabasefieldEXISTINGindicatesifa
componentisexistingornotinbrownfieldprojects.Turningonthisswitchwillfilterall
componentslabeledasexistingfromyourreport.
CleanDatabaseFasteners:Thisswitchwillcleanthemodeldatabaseofextraneous
fasteners,keepingthemfrombeingincludedinyourreport.
AppendPipeEndPreparations:Thiswilladdpipeendpreparationdatatotheendof
thepipedescription.
AppendTopworksDescription:Thisswitchwilladdthetopworksdescriptiontotheend
ofthevalvesdescription.Thiscanbeusefuliftopworksarebeingfilteredoutofthe
reportbytheirSortCode.
AscendingSORT_CODEOrder:Bydefault,componentsarelistedbySortCodein
descendingorder.Thisishowpipe,withaSortCodeof17,islistedbeforeweldneck
flanges,thathaveaSortCodeof1.Thisswitchwillreversethesorttoascendingorder.
ConfiguringReportOutput
ClickingtheConfigurebuttontakesyoutotheReportDefinitionsdialog.
HereyoucreateandeditReportNamesbyassigningaReportFiletothereportname.
ThereportisdefinedasaBillofMaterialsbycheckingontheUseforreportsonCAD
Drawingbox.
AlistofReportFiletypescanbecalledfromthebrowsebutton.
BillofMaterials
64
Dec09
Thesefilesarelocatedinthe%NETWORK_ROOT%\Reportsdirectory.
Dec09
65
BillofMaterials
Thistablesummarizesthecontentofeachreportfile.
ReportFileName
ProvidedReportName
Description
Bomcad.rpt
CADSTANDARD
Accumulatescomponentsbysizethentype
Bomcutln.rpt
CADCUTLENGTHS
Cutlengthsbysizethentype,remainingcomponentsaccumulated
Bommaint.rpt
CADMAINTENANCE
Cutlengthsandothercomponentslistedindividually
bomround.rpt
CADROUNDED
Cutlengthsroundedtonextfoot/meter,remainingcomponents
accumulated
bomfcut.rpt
CADCUTLENGTHS
SHOP/FIELD
ShopComponents:Individualcutlengthssortedbysize,remaining
componentsaccumulated
FieldComponents:Individualcutlengthssortedbysize,remaining
bomcutlnonly.rpt
CADCUTLENGTHSONLY
Individualcutlengthssortedbysizethentype
bomspcutlnonly.rpt
CADSPOOLCUTLENGTHS
ONLY
Individualspoolcutlengthssortedbysizethentype
bomspool.rpt
CADSPOOL
Groupedbyspool:Accumulatedcutlengthssortedbysizethentype,
remainingcomponentsaccumulated
bomtotal.rpt
CADTOTAL
Accumulatedpipelengthsandcomponentssubtotaledbysizeandtype
bomweight.rpt
CADWEIGHT
Cutlengthssortedbysizethentype,remainingcomponentsaccumulated
sftotal.rpt
CADSHOP/FIELDTOTAL
ShopComponents:Individualcutlengthssubtotaledbysize,remaining
FieldComponents:Individualcutlengthssubtotaledbysize,remaining
Note:
Allconfigurationchangesaresavedtothelocalmachineandareprojectspecific.Anadministrator
cancopythesameconfigurationtomultipleprojectsifneeded.
BillofMaterials
66
Dec09
FromtheBillofMaterialsdialog,selectOptions.TheBillofMaterialsConfigurationdialog
opens.
GeneralTab
Selectthereportformat,changeplacementandborderproperties.
AfterselectingaFormat,youcanchangeanyofthesettingsforthecurrentreport.
YoucansaveanewconfigurationbyclickingontheNewbuttonandprovidinga
nameforthecurrentsettings.Yourselectedformatisshowninthedialogstitle
bar.
BOMPlacementoptionsinclude:anamednode,adefinedorigin,orbypickinga
pointatthetimeofplacement.ThePlacementCornerdefineswhatcornerofthe
reportislocatedattheplacementpoint.
SomedefaultBorderPropertiesarepartofasavedformat.Youcanchangethe
AutoCADlayer,linetype,lineweightandLTScale
YoucanalsosettheTextOffsetdistancefromverticalbordersandcolumnlines.
TitleTab
Enterthetitleofthereportandsetitstextproperties.
HeaderTab
Setthetextpropertiesofthereportscolumnheaders.
RowTab
Setthetextpropertiesofthereportsrows.
Dec09
67
BillofMaterials
ColumnTab
Setyourcolumnsandcolumnproperties.
ColumnlineattributesaresetintheDefaultColumnLinesection.
AttributesofeachcolumnissetinthePropertiessection.Changesareonlymadeto
thevalueselectedintheNamefield.
TheHeaderistextthatwillappearatthetopofthecolumn
Textpropertiesinclude:Justification,LTScale,LineWeight,WidthandLineType.
ColumncontentandorderaremanagedintheOrganizeColumnsdialog,openedby
clickingontheOrganizebutton.
AttributesthatcanbeincludedinyourBillofMaterialsarealllistedintheOrganize
Columnsdialog.AttributescurrentlyincludedinthereportarelistedintheCurrent
column,additionalattributescanbeaddedbyselectingitintheChooseFrom
columnandclickingontheAdd>button.Similarly,attributescanberemovedfrom
thereportbyselectingitandclickingonthe<Removebutton.
TheorderofattributesintheCurrentcolumnreflectstheorderofthereport
columns.Columnorderischangedbyselectinganattributeandclickingoneither
theUporDownArrowbuttons.
ForadditionalinformationontheBillofMaterialsgotoOnlinehelp.
FollowthisGeneralProcedure:
1. ThecontentsoftheBOMiscontrolledbytheReportselected.
2. SelectthedesiredReport,andthensettheotheroptionparametersasdesired.
3. Ifyouwanttocustomizetheformat(font,linetype,column,etc.)clickOptions.A
tabbeddialogwilldisplaytoenableyoutocustomizetheformatoftheBOM.
4. WhenyouhavefinisheddefiningtheBOMoptions,clickOK.
5. TheAutoPLANTSelectionsdialogwilldisplaytoenableyoutodefinetheselectionsetof
componentsincludedinyourBOM.
6. Whenyouhavefinisheddefiningtheselectionset,theBOMwillbeplacedonthe
drawingusingthemethodthatyoudefinedintheGeneraltaboftheBillofMaterials
Configurationdialog.
BillofMaterials
68
Dec09
Exercise1:InPaperSpace,addthecutlengthsonlyreporttoyourdrawing.
1. SelectPiping>Reports>BillofMaterial.
2. SelectCADCUTLENGTHSONLYreporttype.
3. PickOptions
4. FromtheColumntabofthedialog,pickOrganize.
Dec09
69
BillofMaterials
5. SelectthefieldsfromtheChooseFromwindowandmovetotheCurrentwindow.
OrganizethefieldsusingtheUpandDownarrows.
6. PickOK.
7. PickOKtoclosetheBillofMaterialsConfigurationdialog.
8. SettheBillofMaterialsdialogasshown.
9. ClickOK.
10. FromtheAutoPLANTSelectiondialogselecttheProjecttab.
BillofMaterials
70
Dec09
11. ThequeryisbasedonLineNumber.CheckL1001,L1002,L1004,L1007,L1008.
12. ClickOk.
TheReportWriteropensandgeneratesthereportbasedonyoucriteria.Thismaytake
afewminutes.
Whenthegenerationiscomplete,youwillbepromptedtospecifywhereyouwantto
placetheBOM.
13. PicktheareainyourPaperSpacelayoutbetweenthetitleblockandtheSection2
viewport.Asectionofthereportisshownbelow.
Thisexercisecompletesthismodule.
Dec09
71
BillofMaterials
Module Review
ModuleReview
Questions
1. Whencreatingareport,theReportGeneratorutilitygathersthecomponentdataand
storesitinatemporarydatabase.
True
False
2. Areportformatcannotbechanged.
True
False
Answers
1. True:TheReportGeneratorfirststoresthedatainatemporarydatabasewherethe
datacanbefirstcleanedofanyrecordsthatnolongerhavecorrespondingcomponents
inthemodel.
2. False:Theformatofareportisasavedconfigurationwhichcanbechangedtosuityour
requirements.Alloptionsincludingheadertitles,placement,borderproperties,text
offsets,tonameafew,canbeconfiguredbytheuser.
Summary
Youarenowableto:
Understandhowreportsareconfiguredandgenerated
PlaceaBillofMaterialreportonthePaperSpacelayout
BillofMaterials
72
Dec09
Overview
TheImport/ExportutilityincludedintheapplicationenablestheusertotransferCADdata
fromAutoPLANTtootherCADandCAEapplications.Fullydimensionedandannotated
isometricdrawingsareeasilygeneratedthroughtheexportofmodeldatatotheISOGEN
interface.Exportedpipingcanbeexchangedbetweentheplantdesignapplicationandthe
AutoPIPEstressanalysisapplication.Inaddition,standardoutputformatsaddresstheissue
ofupdatinglegacydatafromPROPIPEandDESIGNERapplicationstothecurrentversionof
AutoPLANT3DPlantDesignapplications.
Prerequisites
StudentsshouldhavebasicknowledgeoftheAutoPLANT3Ddesignenvironment
Studentshouldhaveabasicunderstandingofdataexchangemethodology
Objectives
GainanunderstandingofPXF,JSMandPCFexchangeformats
Createa3Dmodelfromexportedmodeldata
Dec09
73
Import / Export Utility
Import/ExportUtility
TheImport/ExportutilitytransfersCADdatabetweenAutoPLANTandotherCAD/CAE
software.GotoAutoPLANT3D>Import/ExporttoaddthemenutotheAutoPLANT
interface.
Predefineddataformats,usuallyinanASCIIfile,canbegeneratedorreadbyAutoPLANT.
AutoPLANTcurrentlysupportstwoformatsforoutput(PXFandPCF)andoneformatfor
input(PXF).
Theexportfunctionsreadthedrawinganddatabaseinformationinthemodelandwrites
thenecessarydataintheformatthatisrequiredbythetargetprogram.Theinputfunction
readsthedatafromthehostprogramandgeneratesadrawinganddatabase,whichcan
thenbemanipulatedwithinAutoPLANTapplications.
Abriefdescriptionoftheseformatsisprovidedbelow.
PXF(BentleyPlantExchangeFormat)
PXFprovidesasmoothtransitionfromBentley'sPROPIPEandDESIGNERlegacy
drawingstotheAutoPLANTPIPINGformat.
EnablesyoutoexportAutoPLANTPIPINGdatatotheAutoPIPEstressanalysis
application.
CangenerateaPlantExchangefilefromAutoPLANTISOMETRICSdrawings,thenuse
thePXFImportoptiontogenerateanAutoPLANTPIPINGmodelfromtheexchangefile
data.
74
Dec09
Import / Export Preferences
JSM(JSpaceModelFormat)
Import/ExportexportscomponentsinJSMformat.TheJSpaceModelistheformatrequired
byBentleyProjectWiseNavigatorforviewingmodels.FormoreinformationonJSMgoto
OnlineHelp.
PCF(ISOGENPCFFormat)
PCFistheformatrequiredbyISOGENtoautomaticallygenerateisometricdrawingsfrom
AutoPLANTPIPINGmodels.InassociationwithAliasLimited,Bentleyhasdevelopedan
interfacetotheirISOGENsoftware.Thisapplicationsimplifiestheprocessrequiredtotake
thePCF(PipingComponentFile)filecreatedbyAutoPLANTImport/ExporttoanISOGEN
AutoCADcompatibleDXFisometricfile.
Thisfunctionisdiscussedinlengthinthenextmodule.
Import/ExportPreferences
TheImport/ExportPreferencesdialogallowsyoutosethowanimportorexportbehaves
includingthelocationofexportedfiles.
OptionsundertheGeneraltabapplytoalltypesofexportsincludingtoPCF,PXFandJSM.
Dec09
Debugcomponentscripts:Advancedfunctionalityandshouldbeturnedofffordayto
dayuse.
75
Plant Exchange (PXF)
Loadcomponentscriptsinmemory:Keepscomponentinformationinmemoryand
acceleratessubsequentexports.
Overwriteexistingfiles:Overwritesthelastexportofthisname/typewiththecurrent
one.
Enablecomponentlog:CreatesanexternalASCIItextfileoftheimport/exportlog.
Showprogressdialog:Opensadialogthatmirrorstheactionsofanimportorexport.
Logfile:Setthelocationofthelogfilethatrecordsallinformation,warnings,anderrors
thatoccurduringanimportorexportprocess.
PlantExchange(PXF)
OutputDirandInputDir:specifythelocationoffilesexportedorimported.
DocumentTransversalMode,StopSigns,andUseConnectioncriteriaworkthesamefor
bothPXFfilesandPCFfiles.
76
Dec09
Plant Exchange (PXF)
JSM
OutputDir:Theseoptionsspecifythelocationofexportedfiles.
DocumentTransversalMode,StopSigns,andUseConnectioncriteriaworkthesamefor
bothPXFfilesandPCFfiles.
JSMoptionsarenotdiscussedfurtherinthiscourse.
Dec09
77
Creating a New Model from PXF Export
CreatingaNewModelfromPXFExport
AlthoughPlantExchangeFormat(PXF)isprimarilyusedtomovepipingdatabetweenthe
AutoPLANTandAutoPIPEapplications,itdoeshaveanaddedbenefit.WhenPXFExportis
runitwillnotincludeanycomponentsthathavebecomecorrupted.
ThefunctionallowsyoutoexportaspecificpiperunfromanexistingmodelasaPXFfileand
createanewpipingmodel.Ittherewereerrorsinthepiperun,thesecomponentswillnot
beexported.
Thisexerciseteachesyouhowtocreateanewmodelfromanexistingmodel.
Note:
IfyouhavecreatedthePipingmodelwithouterrors,allpipingcomponentswillbeexported.
SettingPreferences
First,youwillsetthepreferencestodefinehowtheexportwillbecreatedandwhereto
storetheexportfile.
Exercise1:InthePipingmodel,loadtheImport/Exportapplicationandsetthe
preferences.
1. FromDocumentManager,openthePipingmodelandlaunchthePipingapplication.
2. SelectAutoPLANT3D>Import/Export.Themenuloads.
3. OpenImport/Export>Preferences.
4. IntheGeneraltab,set:
DebugcomponentscriptsisOFF
LoadcomponentscriptsinmemoryisON
OverwriteexistingfilesisOFF
EnablecomponentlogisOFF
ShowprogressdialogisON
Logfilelocationisthedefault
78
Dec09
5. IntheISOGEN(PCF)tab,set:
TheDocumentTraversalModetoCombined
StopSignstoCreatemultiplefiles
UsesConnectionCriteriatoON
SystemIsotoOFF
AutomaticallyrunISOGENtoON
CalculateCenterofGravitytoOFF
IgnoreErrorstoOFF
IsoStypetoFinal
ContinuingComponentsto1
6. InthePlantExchange(PXF)tab,set:
Dec09
OutputandInputdirectorylocationstoC:\BentleyTrainingProjects\Training.
79
Note:
YouwillneedtocreatethePXFfolder.
DocumentTraversalModetoCombined
StopSignstoCreatemultiplefiles
UseConnectionCriteriatoOFF
7. ClickOK.
Thefileisstoredintheoutputlocationyoudefined.
80
Dec09
CreatingthePXFFile
Exercise2:UsingthePXFfileformat,exportlineL1002.
1. SelectImport/Export>PlantExchange(PXF)>Export.
2. IntheAutoPLANTSelectionsdialog,writeaqueryforpipelineL1002.
Hint:
IfyouchecktheGetattributesforselecteddocsonlybox,andbrowseforthelinenumber,any
linesnotincludedinyourpipingmodelwillbeexcludedfromthepicklist.
3. ClickOKontheAutoPLANTSelectionsdialogtoinitiatetheexport.
TheExportProgressdialogwillopenandshowthestatusoftheexport.Whentheprocessis
complete,thedialogshouldlooksimilartothefigureshown.
Dec09
81
4. ClickOK.
5. ClickFile>Save.
ImportingthePXF
Now,letsimportthePXFintoanewmodel.
Exercise3:UsingDocumentManager,createanewPipingmodelandimportthePXF
file.
1. StartDocumentManagerandopenyourtrainingproject.
Note:
UsingDocumentManagertocreatenewmodelsisthebestmethodtoensureallprojectdrawings
arestoredintheirproperlocations.
2. SelecttheAutoPLANTPipingnode,rightclickandselectNew.
3. NamethenewmodelExport_Training,
4. SelectAutoPlantPipingasyourdocumenttype,andclickCreate.
5. WhentheModelSetupdialogopens,keepthedefaultsettingsbyclickingDone.
6. OnceAutoCADisloaded,ifnecessarylaunchthePipingapplication.
7. SelectAutoPLANT3D>Import/Exporttoloadthemenu.
8. SelectImport/Export>PlantExchange(PXF)>Import.
9. IntheSelectFilesdialog,navigatetoC:\BentleyTrainingProject\Trainingandselectthe
PIPING.PXFfile.
82
Dec09
10. ClickOpen.
TheImportProgressdialogopens.Whentheimportiscomplete,thedialogwillappear
similartothefigureshown.
11. ClickOK.
12. UseZoomExtentstoviewyourimportedpipeline.
13. ClickSave.
14. Yourmodelshouldresemblethedialogshown.
Dec09
83
Youcanseehowvaluablethistypeoffunctioniswhenrequiredperformmodifications.
84
Dec09
Module Review
ModuleReview
Questions
1. ThePXFformatonlyallowsonewayexportingofmodelfiles.
True
False
2. WhenexportingpipingrunsusingthePXFExportfunction,allfiles,areexported,evenif
thereareerrorsinthemodel.
True
False
Dec09
85
Summary
Answers
1. False:ThePXFfunctionisusedforbothexportingandimportingfiles.Thefunction
readsthedatabaseinformationandnecessarydataintheformatrequiredbythetarget
program.
2. False:PXFexportwillnotexportpipingcomponentsthatcontainerrors.
Summary
GainanunderstandingofPXF,JSMandPCFexchangeformats
Createa3Dmodelfromexportedmodeldata
86
Dec09
Description
AutoPLANTprovidesafunctiontoautomatethegenerationofisometricsdrawingsfromthe
model.BentleyusesISOGENtechnologythatisembeddedinAutoPLANTapplication.Prior
tocreatingisometricdrawingsfromyourpipingmodelyoumustfirstensurethecomponent
dataisconsistentandcorrect.Onceyouareconfidentofthedata,youcancreatetheisoby
exportingthedatatotheISOGENapplicationembeddedintheapplication.
Prerequisites
HandsonexperiencewithAutoPLANTmodelingapplications.
Basicunderstandingofisometricdrawingformats
Objectives
Aftercompletingthismodule,youwillbeableto:
Understandhowmodeldataisgatheredforisogeneration
VerifyAutoPLANTmodeldataforcomponentconnectivityandconsistency
Addmiscellaneousattachmentsandannotationtoamodel
Addstopsignstocreatepagebreaksonaniso
CreateautomatedisosusingtheISOGENinterface.
Dec09
87
AutoPLANT Modeling Concepts
AutoPLANTModelingConcepts
AsintelligentcomponentsareplacedinanAutoPLANTmodel,allconnectivitydata,suchas
howandwherecomponentsareconnectedtooneanotherorwhichfastenersareusedto
makeajoint,isstoredinthedatabase.
Thisconnectivityinformationiscrucialforthesuccessfuloutputofautomatedisometric
drawingsfromtheISOGENinterface.Withoutproperconnectivity,ISOGENwillnotgenerate
anisometricdrawingasexpectedoratall.
88
Dec09
AutoPLANT Modeling Concepts
ComponentConnections
WhenwetalkaboutcomponentsandconnectionsinAutoPLANT,weusetermssuchas
Ports,Joints,andFasteners.Thefollowingdefinitionoftermsandexerciseswillhelpyou
understandhowtocheckforconnectivitybetweencomponentsinthemodelandassure
thatyourmodelingdataisconsistent.
Onceyouareconfidentthatyourdataiscorrect,AutoPLANTusesthedatatocreatea.PCF
file(PipingComponentFile).ThePCFthenpassestheinformationtotheISOGENinterfaceto
automaticallycreatetheisometricdrawings.
Note:
ISOGENdoesnotaccessAutoPLANTdatadirectly.
First,letsreviewsomeimportanttermsandlaterwewillexaminethedataintheexisting
model.
Ports
Aportisapositiononacomponentthatcanbeconnectedtoanothercomponent.Ports
containdatadrivenbythespecincludingsize,rating,facing,aswellasdataspecifictothe
componentplacementsuchasdirectionandlocation.
JointsandFasteners
Ajointisaconnectionbetweentwoportsandafastenerisanothercomponentthatis
requiredtoconnectthetwoports.Forexample,aflangehastwoportstheflangedside
andtheweldedside.Whenconnectingtwoflangesfacetoface,youhaveajoint.Thereare
alsotwofastenersthatareautomaticallyinsertedforaflangedconnectionboltsand
gaskets.
Afastenerispresentinthedatabasejustasanyothercomponentsuchasafitting,valveor
pipe.Themaindifferenceisthatafastenerisplacedautomaticallywhenajointismade.
Attachments
AnAttachmentisanAutoPLANTcomponentthatisplaceddirectlyonanexisting
component.Therearenoportconnectionsbutrathertheattachmentusesthecoordinate
systemoftheparent(thecomponentitisattachedto)forthelocationanddirection.
Examplesincludetopworksonvalvesorsupportsonpipeandfittings.
PipeCenterline
ISOGENassumesallpointsforapipelinefallalonganimaginarycenterline.Forthisreason
allattachmentsmusthaveanoriginthatisalongthecenterlineoftheroutedpipeand
fittings.Whentheoriginofanycomponentfallsoutsidethecenterlinethiswillcause
ISOGENtofailandinmostcasesnodrawingiscreated.
Dec09
89
Data Integrity Component Connectivity
SpoolNumbering
Apipespoolisaconnectedsetofpipingcomponentsthathavebeenprefabricatedinashop
anddeliveredtoafieldinstallationsiteasasingleentity.
ISOGENcanannotateandreportthespoolnumbersonaniso.Thesespoolnumberscanbe
setinthemodelandindicatedinthePCFfileorISOGENcanassignthespoolnumbers
automatically.
Formoreinformationoncustomizingyourisogenfiles,refertotheISOGENcourse.
WeldNumbering
ISOGENcanannotateandreporttheWeldnumbersonanIso.Thesenumberscanbesetin
themodelandindicatedinthePCFfileorISOGENcanassignnumbersautomatically.
DataIntegrityComponentConnectivity
DuringtheprocessofcreatingaPCFfile,datafromeachcomponentalongapipelineis
gathered,evaluatedandputintoaconnectedorder.AutoPLANTtracesalongthe
componentsfromporttoportuntilitgetstoeithertheendofthepipelingoragapor
disconnect.
Noticethatpipeport1isconnectedtoflangeport2bythejointusingthefastener(weld).
Thearrowsrepresentthedirectionoftheports.Inadditiontothedatamatchrequiredfora
joint(rating,size,etc.)theportsdirectionmustaligninorderforthejointtobemade.This
alignmentcanhaveatolerancesetforeachjointtypeintheproject.
Iftheweldorjointismissingorifthecomponentshavechangedsincetheywereplaced,
thentheconnectionisconsideredbroken.ThiscommonlyhappenswhenAutoCADediting
commandsareusedincorrectlyduringthemodelingprocess(copy,move,stretch,mirror,
etc.).Itisessentialthatthedesignerresponsibleforcreatingthe3Dmodelconfirmsthe
componentsareconnectedaspartofthepipingdesignprocess.
AutoPLANTtoolsusedtoanalyzeandrepairtheconnectivityofpipingcomponentsinthe3D
modelareexplainedinthefollowingexercises.
90
Dec09
Consistency(Relationships)
SinceAutoPLANTusescomponentdatatocreatetheisometric,itisimportanttoensurethe
dataisconsistent.
Forexample:Alinenumberisusedtogroupthecomponentsintoaconnectedsystem
calledapipeline.Evenonecomponentwiththewronglinenumbercanmakeamessofthe
isometric.Similarly,attributessuchasUnit,Area,orServicearecommonlyusedtogroup
componentsandtonametheisometricsothesetoomustbeconsistent.
Specs
ISOGENoutputsthepipespecofthefirstcomponentitfindsinthepipelineasthenominal
specfortheiso.Sinceeverycomponentinthelinealsohasaspec,wheneverthereisa
changeinspecbetweenfittingsaspecbreakisdrawnontheiso.Caremustbetakenduring
themodelingphasetoensurethecorrectpipespecisusedthroughoutaline.
Dec09
91
ExaminingtheData
Nowthatyouhavecompletedthemodelingprocess,letstakesometimetoexaminethe
datafromconnectingports,jointsandfasteners.LetsuseL1008atthetopofT136.
Ports,Joints,Fasteners
Exercise1:Inspectingtheportdata
1. UsingDocumentManageropenthePipingmodelandZOOMtoL1008atthetopofT
136.
1. Placea3flangeattheendofL1008usingthefittingtofittingmethod.
2. EdittheflangeusingthePiping>DatabaseTools>EditComponentmenuoption.
3. Selectthecomponent.
4. WhentheFlangedComponentdialogappearsclickNextPagetoreviewtheportand
databaseinformation.AtthetopofthescreenyouwillnoticesittellsyouthePortisnot
connected.
5. Placeamatingflangeandedittheoriginalflangeagain.Noticethattheflangenow
reportsitisconnected.
6. Leavethedrawingopenasyouwillusethismodelinthenextexercises.
92
Dec09
TapPorts
Asyouhavelearned,AutoPLANTComponentshaveportsaspartoftheirdefinition.The
flangeinthepreviousexamplehadtwoportsaswewouldexpect.Somecomponentsneed
theabilitytoaddadditionalportssothatcomponentssuchasweldoletsandsaddlescanbe
attached.InthiswayAutoPLANTtreatsapipe(normallyonlytwoports)asateebyadding
theadditionaltapport.
Exercise1:InspectthetapportonL1004
1. OnL1004,atapportwasusedtoconnectadrainline.Wecanusethisconnectionto
illustratehowanadditionalportwasaddedtotheexistingpipesegment.
ZOOMintoP104wherethesupporthasbeenaddedtoL1004.
2. SelectPiping>DatabaseTools>EditComponent.SelectL1004.
3. FromthePipingInformationdialogselectNextPagetoreviewtheportanddatabase
information.
4. Scrolldowntodisplaythethirdportthathasbeenaddedtothecomponent.Avalve
wasaddedtothe2line.
5. ClickCanceltoendthecommand.
Dec09
93
Supports
Pipesupportsmustbeconnectedtoapipingcomponentinorderforthemtoappearonthe
isometricdrawing.Theydonotconnectusingportsbutareconsiderattachments.There
ishoweveradatarelationshipbetweentheattachmentsandtheprimarycomponent.Note
thateachattachmentmusthaveatleastonepointthatfallsalongthecenterlineofthe
pipelineandinmostcaseswillbeplaceddirectlyonpipe.
MiscellaneousAttachments
AutoPLANTfeaturesseveralattachmentsthatmaybeplacedbytheuseralongapipelinefor
thepurposeofaddingannotationtotheisometricgeneratedbyISOGEN.Miscellaneous
attachmentsareplacedsimilartosupports.
ThePiping>Misc.Attachmentsmenuincludesdetailingcomponentssuchasflowarrows,
comments,wallopenings.
Whenplacedinthemodelthecomponentsareexportedduringtheautomatedisometrics
generationprocess.
PlacementProcedure
1. Selectacomponentfromthedialog.
2. Selectacomponentfromthemodeltoformtheassociation.
3. Selectabaseportforplacementtheactiveportisindicatedwithagreendotandyou
cantogglefromporttoport.
4. Provideadistancefromthebaseport.
94
Dec09
5. EnterthetexttobeassociatedwiththecomponentthatwillappearintheIsogen
drawing.
FlowArrows
Oneexceptiontothisprocedureistheflowarrow.Ratherthanenteringtext,youwould
providethedirectionofflow.
MostMiscellaneousAttachmentsarerepresentedbyanorangesphereplacedwithinthe
pipecomponent.Theshapesusedforinsulationandflowarrowcomponentsarenot
spheres.Thefigureillustratestheflowarrowplacedwithinonapipesegment.
Seethetablebelowforexamplesofhowmiscellaneousattachmentswillaffectthe
isometric.
Attachment
Description
FlowArrow
PlacesaFlowarrowsymbol
ontheIsointhedirectionas
indicatedinthe3DModel.
InsulationSymbol
Example:
Placesashortsymbolonthe
Isoindicatinginsulationis
onthepipeanduser
enteredtextasshown.
LocationPoint
Placesadimensiontoa
pointanywhereinthe3D
Model.
Comment
Dec09
Placestextandaleader
pointingtoaselected
locationalongthepipe,
optionallywithacontainer
(asshown)oradimension.
95
FloorOpening
PlacesaFloorsymbolatany
oradimension.
GrateOpening
Placesagratingsymbolat
anylocationalongthepipe,
oradimension.
WallOpening
Placesawallsymbolatany
oradimension.
AdditionalMaterial
Addsamateriallistitemto
thebillofmaterials.
ReferenceDimension
Placesas1,2or3D
dimensiontoanypointsuch
asabuildingcolumnor
otherlandmark.
SpoolIdentifier
Placesaspoolidentifierat
anylocationalongwith
pipeline.Notethatthis
manualmethodisNot
recommended!Spoolsare
discussedlaterinthis
course.
TestPortInstrument
Bubble
Placesabubblereading
TestPortatauser
selectedlocationonthe
pipeline.
IsogenEndofLine
InstrumentBubble
Placesaninstrumentbubble
withtextasenteredbythe
user,Note:Thisisfor
untaggeditemsasthereis
Nolinktoprojecttagsfor
thistypeofannotation.
Inthenextexercise,youwilladddetailtoapipingmodelinpreparationforcreatingan
automatedisometricdrawing.
Note:
FormoreinformationgotoAutoPLANTPIPINGHelp>CommandReference>ComponentMenus
>BaseModule>Misc.Attachments.
96
Dec09
Exercise1:Addaflowarrow,commentandinsulationmarktolineL1002.
1. FromDocumentManager,opentheExport_Training.dwgasshown.
Note:
WewilladdtheMiscellaneousAttachmentstothisdrawing,insteadofclutteringupourmodel.
Note:
DocumentManagerassuresallprojectfilesarestoredintheappropriatelocation.
RefertotheillustrationbelowtoplacetheMiscellaneousAttachments.
2. SelectPiping>Misc.Attachments.SelectFlowArrow.
3. FollowthecommandlinetoplacetheFlowArrow,midspanofthepipesegmentas
shown.Onceplacedthesymbollocationcanbeeasilymodifiedusingthemove
command.
Dec09
97
NowplaceacommentonthesegmentofL1002beforethebypass.
4. SelectPiping>Misc.Attachments.SelectComment.Thedialoggivesyoutheoption
ofaddingspecifictextforthecomment.
5. MaketheAnnotationContainerSquare.
Note:
Thegeneratedisodisplaystheinformationandleaderlinepointingtotheselectedlocation.
6. ClickOKtoplacethesymbolandendthecommand.Yourattachmentappearsas
shown.
98
Dec09
IsometricSheetNumbers
Inmanycasesaconnectedsetofcomponentsthatmakeupaparticularlinenumber(or
pipelineasISOGENreferstoit)cannotfitonasinglesheet.InthiscaseISOGENwillcreate
multiplesheetswhileconsecutivelynumberingthesheets.
Whilethisisaveryusefulandpowerfulfeatureyoumustbecarefulassubsequentrunsof
thesamepipelinemayproducesomeundesirableresults,suchas:
Samenumberofsheetsproducedbutthesheetnumbersareflippedaround.
(e.g1is6,6is1,andavarietyofchangesmadetothe25sheets.
Adifferentnumberofsheetsareproduced.
Thebreakpointwheretheisocontinuestothenextsheetmaybedifferent(different
componentorport).
Acommontechniqueusedtocontrolwherethesheetsbreakorwhattonumberthem,can
beaddedtothe3DmodelbyinsertingStopSignsatacomponentportwithinapiping
segment.ThisisaneasymethodtocreateasheetbreakpriortocreatingyourIsometric
drawings.
AddingaStopSign
AutoPLANTPipingenablesyoutoinsertIsometricStopSignsatacomponentport,withina
pipingsegment.ThesestopsignscreatethepagebreaksforIsometricdrawings.
Exercise1:AddaStopSigntoL1002ontheverticalendoftheelbowasshown.
Stop Sign
Dec09
99
1. UsingDocumentManager,selectandrightclicktoeditthePipingmodeltolaunchthe
applicationandyourcurrentdrawing.
2. ZoomintoL1002.Itmayhelptoturnoffthesteellayersasshowninthefigure.
3. SelectPiping>PipingTools>IsometricStopSigns.
4. Selectthe90degreeelbow.
5. Attheprompt,typeTtotoggletotheportwheretheStopSignistobelocated.
6. ClickEntertoplacetheStopSign.
7. Savethemodel.
100
Dec09
Checking Component Connectivity
CheckingComponentConnectivity
ThePipingTools>ConnectivityCheckermenuprovidesoptionsthatenableyoutoconfirm
properconnectivityalongpipingruns.EventhoughtheAutoPLANTPipingapplicationchecks
forconnectivityduringnormalroutingactivities,itisagoodpracticetoinspectthe
connectivitypriortocreatinganiso.
Reasonsforimproperconnectionsaremostcommonlyaresultofmovingorcopying
components,thenimproperlyplacingthematnewlocations.
Checker
Thiscommandenablesyoutocheckaselectedgroupofcomponentsforproper
connectivity.Whenthecommandisexecuted,theDrawingSelectionOptionsdialogdisplays
toenableyoutodefinetheselectionsetofcomponentsthatyouwanttotest(e.g.,youmay
onlywanttocheckconsistencyforaspecificlinenumber).
Oncethecomponentselectionsethasbeendefined,thefirstdisconnect(ifoneisfound)
andtheConnectivityCheckdialogdisplayasshown.
Dec09
101
Refertothetableforadescriptionoftheoptions:
+
Click+tozoomintothecurrentlydisplayeddisconnect,orclicktozoomoutfromthe
currentlydisplayeddisconnect.
<>
Click>tomovetothenextdisconnect,orclick<tomovetothepreviousdisconnect.
Repair
ClickRepairandyouwillbepromptedtoselectthedesiredconnectingcomponentto
attemptarepair.Ifthedisconnectdistanceiswithintheallowablerange,the
connectionwillberepaired;otherwise,adialogwilldisplaythereasonsthe
connectioncannotberepaired.
More...
DisplaysanexpandedversionofthisdialogasshownbelowthatprovidesaSuspend
optionandamoredetailedexplanationofeachdisconnect.
102
Dec09
Adescriptionoftheoptionsinclude:
First,Prev,Next,andLast
Clickthesebuttonstoscrollthroughdisconnects.Informationaboutdisconnect
attheselectedportisdisplayedinthebottompaneofthedialog,whilethe
displayzoomsintothatareaofthedrawingforcloserexamination.
ZoomIn/Out
Clickthesebuttonstozoomintoorawayfromthecurrentlydisplayed
disconnect.
Repair
Clickthisbuttontoattempttorepairtheconnectionbetweentwocoincident
weldedcomponents.Forexample,ifyoucopyapipelineconnectedtoonebutt
weldcomponenttotheendofanotherbuttweldcomponent,youcanusethis
commandtoproperlyconnectthesecondbuttweldcomponentwiththecopied
pipeline.Flangesandothercomponentsthatarenotcoincidentcannotbe
connectedwiththisfunction.
Suspend
ClickthisbuttontotemporarilysuspendtheCheckercommand.Thisprocesscan
becontinuedatanytimeusingtheResumeCheckercommand.
Brief
DisplaystheBriefversionofthisdialogasshownpreviously.
ResumeChecker
Thiscommandpromptsyoutoselectasetofcomponentsonarun,andthenspecifythe
startingcomponent.Thecommandthenhighlightseachcomponentintherunprogressing
downthelineuntilanimproperconnectionisdetected.Thecommandthenexitstoallow
youtocorrecttheproblematthatlocation.
CheckRun
Thethirdcommandallowsyoutoresumeaconnectivitycheckonagroupofcomponents
thatmayhavebeenpreviouslysuspended.
Dec09
103
Exercise:CheckandrepairtheConnectivityintheexamplemodel.
InthisexerciseyouwillruntheconnectivitycheckeronL1002.
1. Ifthepipingmodelisnotalreadyopen,useDocumentManagertoopenthePiping
model,byselectingEditfromthecontextmenu.
2. SelectPiping>PipingTools>ConnectivityChecker>Checker.
3. BuildaselectionsetfromtheAutoPLANTSelectionsdialog.
4. YoucaneitherrunthecheckeronallpipinginthemodelbyselectingAllorcreatea
querytoofspecificpiperuns.
104
Dec09
5. Oncethequeryisrun,usethefunctionalityofthecheckertozoomintotheareathat
containsanyerrorstofixtheconnection.
Dec09
105
Creating Isometric Drawings
CreatingIsometricDrawings
Nowthatyouhaveensuredyourmodeldataisaccurateitistimetogeneratetheisometric
drawings.ThroughaseriesofexercisesyouwilllearnhowAutoPLANTmodeldatais
gatheredtoproduceaPipingComponentFile(PCF).ThisPCFistheformatrequiredby
ISOGENtoautomaticallygeneratetheisometricdrawings.OncethePCFiscreated,itis
runthroughISOGENtocreateanAutoCADcompatibleDXFisometricfilethatcanbeviewed
andplotted.
Import/Export
Asyoulearnedearlier,theImport/ExportutilitytransfersCADdatabetweenAutoPLANTand
otherCAD/CAEsoftware.Nowyouwilllearnhowthisutilitysupportsthegenerationof
isometricdrawingsfrom
Exercise1:ExploringtheImport/ExportOptions.
1. GotoAutoPLANT3D>Import/ExporttoaddthemenutotheAutoPLANTinterface.
2. FromtheImport/ExportmenuselectPreferences
TheImport/ExportPreferencesdialogallowsyoutosethowanimportorexport
behavesincludingthelocationofexportedfiles.
Note:
OptionsundertheGeneraltabapplytoalltypesofexportsincludingtoPCF,PXFandJSM.
Debugcomponentscripts:Advancedfunctionalityandshouldbeturnedoffforday
todayuse.
Loadcomponentscriptsinmemory:Keepscomponentinformationinmemoryand
acceleratessubsequentexports.
106
Dec09
Overwriteexistingfiles:Overwritesthelastexportofthisname/typewiththe
currentone.
Enablecomponentlog:CreatesanexternalASCIItextfileoftheimport/exportlog.
Showprogressdialog:Opensadialogthatmirrorstheactionsofanimportor
export.
Logfile:Setthelocationofthelogfilethatrecordsallinformation,warnings,and
errorsthatoccurduringanimportorexportprocess.
3. ClickCanceltoendthisexercise.
ISOGEN(PCF)
InapreviousmoduleyoumayhaveexploredtheImport/ExportUtilityusedfortransferring
modeldatatootherapplications.Nowletsexploretheoptionsforcreatingtheisofrom
yourmodel.
Exercise2:ExploretheISOGEN(PCF)options
1. SelectAutoPLANT>Import/Exporttoloadthemenu.
2. SelectImport/Export>Preferences.
3. FromthedialogselecttheISOGEN(PCF)tabasshown.
RefertothetableforadescriptionofImport/ExportPreferencesdialogfields.
Dec09
107
OutputDir
SpecifiesthedirectorypathwhereISOGENPCFfilesarestoredwhenexecuting
GenerateIsofromtheImport/Exportmenu.Thispathissetinbythe
Administrator.ItisdisplayedheresotheusercanfindandinspectthePCFfiles.In
manycasesusersneverneedtoknowwherePCFfilesaregeneratedastheyare
typicallyprocessedbyISOGENandthenremoved.
Document
Traversal
Mode
Specifieswhethertheselectionsetofcomponentsbuiltfrommultiple
drawingsisprocessedasasingleselectionsetortreatedasseparate
selectionsets.Ifyouareonlyprocessingonedrawing,theresultwillbethe
sameregardlessofthisselection.
Combined:combinesallcomponentsfromalldrawingsintoasingleselectionset.
Ifnoneoftheotherprocessingoptionsareselected(UseConnectionCriteria,
Read/BreakStopSigns),asingleexportfileisgenerated.Thisselectionsetmaystill
bebrokenintoseparateoutputfilesbasedontheadditionalcriteriaselection
available(e.g.,stopsigns,connectioncriteriadialogsettings,etc.)
PerDocument:handlesthecomponentsfromeachdrawingasaseparate
selectionset.Ifnoneoftheotherprocessingoptionsareselected(UseConnection
Criteria,Read/BreakStopSigns),aseparateexportfileisgeneratedforeach
drawinginthisset.Eachoftheseoutputfilesmaybefurtherbrokenintoseparate
outputfilesbasedontheadditionalcriteriaselectionavailable(e.g.,stopsigns,
connectioncriteriadialogsettings,etc.).
StopSigns
Enableyoutomanagehowstopsignsplacedonyourdrawingsareusedby
thePCFfunctions.
Donotuse:Ignoresallstopsigns
Writetofile:instructsthesystemtoreadStopSignsinyourselectionsetandwrite
StopSigninformationtothegeneratedPCFfile.Thisinformationisthenprocessed
byISOGENtoaddnotes,etc.Thisoptiondoesnotbreakyouroutputintoseparate
PCFfiles.
Createmultiplefiles:instructsthesystemtousestopsignsinyourselectionset
tobreakthePCFoutputintoseparatePCFfiles.
Use
Connection
Criteria
SystemIso
Automatically
runISOGEN
Calculate
Centerof
Gravity(COG)
IsoStyle
SpecifiesthattheConnectionCriteriadialogdisplaysaftertheselectiondialog
enablingyoutospecifyoneormoredatabasefieldstoapplytotheconnectivity
test.Fortwoconnectedcomponents,thevalueofthecriteriafield(s)mustmatch
foraconnectiontobeestablished.Ifadisconnectinconnectioncriteriaisfound
usingthedefinedcriteria,thenabreakintheIsointoseparatedrawingsoccurs.
ProvideameansofputtingmultiplelinesonasingleIso.Ifthischeckboxis
enabled,allcomponentsmatchingthecriteriaareputintoasinglePCF.The
Isowilldisplayannotationindicatingthechangeinlinenumber.
Ifthischeckboxisenabled,whenyouexecutePCFExportthesystemwill
automaticallysendanerrorfreePCFfilethroughISOGEN.IfISOGENis
successfulingeneratingaDXFfilefromthePCFexportfile,thesystemwill
automaticallysendtheDXFthroughDXF2DWGtocreateanAutoCAD
compatibleDWGfile,andthePCFfilewillbedeleted.
Enablethischeckboxtoincludecenterofgravity(COG)calculationdatain
thePCFexportfile.
SetstheISOGENoutputstylefromalistofStylesdefinedinthecurrentproject.
108
Dec09
Continuing
Components
Specifiesthenumberofadditionalcomponentsthatdonotbelongtothecriteria,
butwhichconnecttothecriteria,tooutputintothePCFfile.
Example:IfyouselectalinewithaTEEandthelinenumberchangedatthebranch
oftheTEE,youcouldinclude"X"numberofcomponentsthatconnecttothebranch
oftheTEEinthePCF.InISOGEN,continuingcomponentsaredashedanddonot
appearintheBOM.
4. NoticetheoptionsavailablefromtheIsoStyledropdown.
TheIsogenStylessuppliedwiththeAutoPLANTsoftwareforeachunittypeinclude:
Check:Usedforcreatingisometricdrawingstocheckpipelines
Erection:Usedforcreatingisometricdrawingsforerectingthepipelines
Final:Usedforcreatingisometricdrawingsforshop/fieldfabricationofthepipelines
IGen:IfyoudonothaveavalidAutoPLANTPipinglicense,onlyIGenstylewillbe
availableinthelist.ThisstyleusestheLINENUMBERastheonlycriteria.
Spools:Usedforcreatingseparateisometricspooldrawingsforshopfabrication
Stress:Usedforcreatingisometricdrawingsforstressanalysis
Note:
InthiscourseyouwillbeusingtheFINALIsoStyle.
5. MakesureIsoStyleisset.
ForthepurposeofthiscoursetheIsoStylewillbesettoFINALasyouwillbecreating
fabricationisosfromthePipingmodel.
6. SetIsoStyletoFINALandclickOKtoendthisexercise.
Dec09
109
Generating Automated Isos
GeneratingAutomatedIsos
TheImport/Exportfunctionenablesyoutoautomaticallyruntheprocessforcreatingaiso
fromyourmodel.Thisisafastandeasymethod.ByselectingtheOutputOptionsto
automaticallyrunanIso,youaretellingthesystemtogatherthedataforthedrawing,
createaPCF,exportthedatatoISOGENandcreatetheAutoCADcompatibleDWGfile,
whichcanbeviewedandprinted.ThePCFfileisdeletedandyouareleftwithfinishedIsos.
Thiscourseteachesyouhowtoautomaticallycreateanisofromthemodel.Lateryouwill
learnthebenefitsofcreatingandsavingaPCFfile.
Note:
AdvancedtraininginISOGENteachesyouhowtocustomizetheappearanceofaiso,bymodifying
thesettingsinthePCF.
Exercise1:Creatingautomatedisosfromthemodel.
1. WiththePipingmodelopen,selectAutoPLANT>Import/Exporttoloadthemenu.
2. SelectImport/Export>Preferences.
3. FromthedialogselecttheISOGEN(PCF)tabasshown.
4. CheckAutomaticallyrunISOGEN.
5. SelectFINALfortheIsoStyle.
6. ClickOK.
7. SelectImport/Export>ISOGEN(PCF)>GenerateIso.
110
Dec09
TheISOGENfunctionsshownaboveareonlyavailableduringa3Dmodelingsession.
TheactivemodelMUSTbeassociatedwiththeprojectcontainingthepipelinestobe
outputtoISOGEN.Itisnotnecessarytoloadanyparticular3Dmodel.Evenablank
modelwillwork.
8. Fromthedrawingtabonlycomponentsfromyourcurrentmodelcanbeselected.
Therearethreeselectionmodes:
Allselectseverycomponentinthemodeleligiblefortheprocess.
Manualclosesthedialogtoenableyoutoselectspecificcomponentsfromthemodel.
Advancedallowsyoutowriteaquerybasedonmodeldata,AutoCADattributeor
projectobject.
9. InthisexerciseyouwillselectAll.ClickOK.
Oncethesetofcomponentshasbeenselected,thePreferencesdialogappears,enabling
youtodefine:
Dec09
Howandwhereapipinglinewillbebrokenintoseparatedrawings
Anamingconventionappliedtothegenerateddrawings.
111
10. Forthisexercise,selectAREA,UNITandLINENUMBERfromtheAvailableFields,and
clickAdd>>tomovethemtoCriteriaFields.
ThefilenameofeachdrawingisdefinedintheNamingRulefield.
Bydefault,thenamewillbeaconcatenationofeachoftheselectedcriteria,inthe
ordertheywereselected.
Anytextyouwanttoincludeinthefilename,includingspacesorhyphensmustbe
containedwithinquotationmarks.NoticetheadditionofISOandthehyphensinthe
figureabove.
Note:
Ifmultiplefilesarecreatedwiththesamecriteria,(commonwhenStopSignshavebeenaddedto
themodel)thenameswouldbeidentifiedas(NAME).i01.dwg,(NAME).i01.dwg,etc.
11. UndertheISOGEN(PCF)tabyouhavetheoptionofchangingthepreferencesthathad
beendefinedintheISOGEN(PCF)taboftheImport/ExportsPreferencesdialog.
112
Dec09
12. CheckthatallyourpreferencesaresetandclickOKtoistarttheprocess.
13. Youwillreceiveprogressmessagesduringtheprocess.
14. WhencompleteclickOK.
15. Toviewtheisodrawings,returntotheIsogenInterfacebyselectingImport/Export>
Isogen(PCF)>IsogenInterface.
Dec09
113
Fromthisdialog,youcanseethe.dwgfilesthatweregenerated.TheOutputDirshows
whereyourfinishedIsodrawingsarestored.
16. SelectadrawingfromtheResultsfieldandclickViewtodisplaythedrawing.
17. ClosetheViewandclickClosetoexittheIsogeninterface.
114
Dec09
Exercise2:GenerateisometricdrawingsforlineL1002.
Inthisexerciseyouwillbuildaquerytoselectthecomponentsfortheisodrawing.
2. IntheAutoPLANTSelectionsdialogpick<<Advanced>>.
3. IntheDefineQueryselect:
DataType=Relationship
AttributeField=LineNumber
AttributeValue=L1002
4. IntheActiveQueryclickAdd.
Note:
Thisfieldbecomesenabledoncethequeryisdefined.
5. ClickOKtoenablethePreferencesdialog.
6. IntheConnectionCriteriaPreferencesdialog,addLINENUMBERtotheCriteriaFields
column.
7. IntheNamingRulefieldtypeTraining
Dec09
115
8. ClickOK.
TheExportProgressdialogwillopen.Whentheprocessiscomplete,theOKbuttonwill
beenabled.
Oncecomplete,youcanviewtheisometricdrawings.
9. SelectImport/Export>ISOGEN(PCF)>ISOGENInterface.
10. SelectadrawingfromtheResultscolumn.
116
Dec09
11. ClickViewtoopenthedrawinginaviewerwindow.
12. RightmouseclickinthewindowandchooseanoptiontoPan,ZoomPrevious,Zoom
Window,andZoomExtents.
13. ClickClose.
14. ClickClosetoexittheIsogenInterface.
Dec09
117
GeneratingaProjectIso
Inthepreviousexercise,objectselection,connectioncriteriaandnamerulesarebeingset
andmanagedthroughtheuserinterface.Ifmultipleusersonaprojectwillbecreatingthe
isometricdrawings,thistypeofcontrolcanresultininconsistencies.
TheProjectIsofunctionalityenablestheteamtosettheparametersforthedrawingsinthe
projectenvironmenttobeappliedtoalldrawingsinthecurrentproject.
TheuserinterfaceissimplifiedandconsistencyacrossmultipleISOGENrunsismaintained.
Therearebasicallytwomodesofoperation:
1. YoucangenerateyourPCFsseparatelyandmanuallyrunthemthroughISOGENusing
theISOGENInterfaceapplication.
2. YoucanenabletheAutomaticallyrunISOGENswitchinthePreferencesdialogbefore
youperformanexport.IfthePCFexportissuccessful,itwillautomaticallyberun
throughISOGEN.Ifthisprocessisalsosuccessful,thePCFfilewillbedeletedandleave
youwiththeresultingDWGfile.
Exercise:GenerateaProjectIsoforLineL1004.
1. SelectImport>Export>ISOGEN(PCF)>GenerateProjectIso.
AProjectSelectiondialogshowstheresultsofthecriteriaselectioninlistformat.
2. SelectFINALfromtheStylelist.
3. HighlightISOTrainingA100U100L1004andClickOK.
4. ThePreferencesdialogopens.CheckAutomaticallyrunISOGENandclickOK.
118
Dec09
TheExportProgressdialogwillopenandreportontheprogress.
5. Whentheprocessiscomplete.ClickOK.
6. ToviewthedrawingsselectImport/Export>ISOGEN(PCF)>ISOGENInterface.
7. SelectadrawingfromtheResultscolumnandclickViewtoopentheviewer.
8. RightmouseclickinthewindowandchooseanoptiontoPan,ZoomPrevious,Zoom
Window,andZoomextents.
Thingstolookforwhenviewingthedrawings:
Automaticallygenerateddimensioning
BillofMaterialreports
MiscellaneousAttachments
Insulationmarking
Thisexercisecompletedthismodule.
Dec09
119
GeneratingandInspectingaPCFFile
ThisexerciseexplainstheprocessofgeneratingandinspectingaPCFfilepriortorunningthe
ISOGENinterfacetogeneratetheiso.
Exercise:CreatingaPCFfile.
2. WhentheAutoPLANTSelectionsdialogdisplays,clickontheProjecttab.
3. SelectLinenumberfromtheProjectSelections.
4. SelectlinenumberL1004fromthelistoflinenumbersandclickOK.
5. SelectUnit,Area,andLinenumberfromtheavailablefieldsintheConnectionCriteria
dialog.
Note:
ThisdialogdisplaystoenableyoutodefinethecriteriausedtobreakthemodelintoseparatePCF
files.Forexample,ifyouhadselectedAllcomponentsinsteadofonlyonelinenumberwhen
youdefinedyourselectionset,thisoptionwouldbreakyourselectionintoseparatePCFfilesfor
everychangeintheanyoneofthesefields.
Asnotedbefore,theNamingRuleareaofthisdialogenablesyoutospecifythe
conventionsusedtonamethePCFfilesaswellasthelinenumberusedbyISOGEN
withintheIsoitself.
NoticethatinourexamplewewillnametheIsoandLinenumberaccordingtotheArea,
UnitandLinenumber.InadditiontothefieldsusedtonametheIsothisconventioncan
alsousetextstringsasshownintheexamplewherethestringISOwillprecedeevery
Isogeneratedwiththisrule.
Note:
DonotclickOKuntilafterthenextstep.
6. ClickontheISOGEN(PCF)tab.
7. DisabletheAutomaticallyrunISOGENoption.
120
Dec09
8. SelectOKtogeneratethePCFfile.
TheIsoStyleisnotrelevantforthisexample.ItdoesnotaffectthecontentsofaPCF
beingcreated.
AnExportProgressdialogwilldisplayshowingtheprogressoftheexportasthePCFfile
isbeinggenerated.
9. Whenfinished,clickOKtoclosetheProgressdialog.
Exercise2:GeneratinganIsometricfromaPCFfile
NowletsexaminethePCFfilecreatedinthelastexercise.
1. SelectISOGENInterfacefromtheISOGEN(PCF)submenu.
2. SelecttheISOA100U100L1004.PCFfilefromthePCFFileswindowandclickRun.
ThePCFisprocessedthroughISOGENandamessageboxdisplaystellingwhetherthe
processwassuccessful.Whencomplete,thefileislistedintheResultswindow,with
theresultingISO1AL1000.i01.DXFdrawinglistedunderneath.
Dec09
121
YoucanusethiscommandtoprocessmultiplePCFfilessimultaneouslybyholdingthe
Ctrlbuttonwhileselectingthefiles.
3. TheISOGENInterfacecanbeusedtoviewthe.DXFfile.
4. SelectthedrawingfromtheResultswindowandclicktheViewbutton.
Thedrawingwilldisplayintheviewerasshownbelow.OncetheDXFfileisdisplayedin
theviewer,youcanclickyourrightmousebuttonintheviewwindowtodisplaya
selectionmenuofcommands/optionsforviewing.
5. WhenfinishedclickClosetoexittheviewer.
122
Dec09
ConfiguringISOGENSettings
AutoPLANTprovidesasetofpreconfiguredsettingsandswitchesforeachofthelistedIso
Types.BeforeexecutingtheGenerateIsofunction,thesesettingscanbemodifiedthrough
theISOGENInterfaceConfigbutton.TheConfigbuttonlaunchestheProjectAdministrator
applicationtoenableyoutoassignsettingsusedtogenerateyourISOGENisometrics.
ConfiguringISOGENswitchesisconsideredanadvancetopic.
TolearnhowtoconfiguretheISOGENswitches,refertotheISOGENcoursecalled
AutoPLANTISOGENforAdministrators.
Thisexercisecompletesthiscourse.
Dec09
123
Model Review
ModelReview
Questions
1. Asancomponentisplacedinamodel,allconnectivitydataisstoredwithinthe
database.
True
False
2. TheISOGENapplicationreliesonaccuratePortdata.
True
False
3. ATapPortenablethedesignertoaddasectionofpipewithinanexistingpipeline.
True
False
4. AStopSignaddedtoapipesegmentmeansthatnootherpipemaybeconnectedtothe
section.
True
False
5. APipingComponentFile(PCF)mustbegeneratedbeforeaisometricdrawingcanbe
automaticallycreatedfromanmodel.
True
False
124
Dec09
Model Review
Answers
1. True:Connectivitydatabetweencomponents,includingfastenersarestoredwithinthe
database.Accurateinformationiscrucialforthesuccessfuloutputforgenerating
automaticisometricsfromthemodel.
2. True:Aportcontainsdatadrivenbythespec,includingsize,rating,facing,direction
andlocationofaspecificcomponent.ThisinformationisreadbytheISOGEN
applicationwhencreatingaiso.
3. True:CreatingaTapPortaddsanadditionalporttoasectionofpipe,increasingthe
numberofportstothree,insteadofthecustomarytwoports.Thisportenablethe
designertoaddadditionalcomponentssuchasweldolets,saddlesorsectionsofpipe
usedasdrainagelines.
4. False:Stopsignsareaddedtoadrawingtoindicatewherepagebreaksoccurwhenthe
isometricdrawingcreatedforaspecificpipelinemustbreakacrossmultiplesheets.The
sheetsareconsecutivelynumbered,dependingwherestopsignsareplaced.
5. True:AutoPLANTmodeldataisfirstgatheredtocreateaPCFfile.Oncegenerated
ISOGENcreatesanAutoCADcompatibleDXFformattedfilethatcanbeeasilyviewed
andplottedfromAutoCAD.
Dec09
125
Summary
Summary
Youarenowableto:
Understandhowmodeldataisgatheredforisogeneration
VerifyAutoPLANTmodeldataforcomponentconnectivityandconsistency
Addmiscellaneousattachmentsandannotationtoamodel
Addstopsignstocreatepagebreaksonaniso
CreateautomatedisosusingtheISOGENinterface.
126
Dec09
CourseSummary
Review
Questions
True
False
2. TheOrthographicdrawingisstoredinthesamelocationasthePipingmodel.
True
False
True
False
4. AWorkAreaViewisstoredwithaWorkAreafile.
True
False
5. AddingtexttoaPaperSpacelayoutwillalsobeaddedtothemodel.
True
False
6. Alayoutandallpropertiescanbecopied.
True
False
7. Insulationsymbolsareaddedinthemodelingenvironmenttoindicateasectionofa
pipethatwillreceiveinsulationduringconstruction.
Dec09
True
False
127
CourseSummary
Review
8. AcommonannotationonapipinglayoutistheLonglinenumber.
True
False
9. TheAutoPLANTSelectionstoolenablesyoutoselectcomponentsbasedonapredefined
query.
True
False
10. Whencreatingareport,theReportGeneratorutilitygathersthecomponentdataand
storesitinatemporarydatabase.
True
False
11. ImportandExportfunctionsenabletheusertotransfervaluableCADdatabetween
otherapplications.
True
False
12. IsometricdrawingscanbegeneratedautomaticallyfromanAutoPLANT3Dmodel.
True
False
13. PXFisthePlantExchangeFormatforexchangingCADdatabetweenotherapplications.
True
False
14. StopSignsareplacedinamodelwheneveraLineNumberoccurs.
True
False
15. PXFisaeasymethodforcreatinganewdrawingfromanexistingdrawingthatmay
containerrorsinapiperun.
True
False
16. TheMiscellaneousAttachmentsmenugiveyouoptionsforaddingvaluableinformation
toapiperun,tobeshownintheIsometricdrawing.
True
False
CourseSummary
128
Dec09
Review
Answers
2. True:WhenyoulaunchaprojectfromDocumentManager,youhavetheoptionof
creatingnewdrawingthatwillbeincludedintheappropriatelocation.Theorthographic
drawingiscreatedbythePipingapplicationandwillresideinthesamelocationasthe
modelfiles.
ONLY.
4. True:OnceyoucreateaWorkAreayoucancreateviewsofthemodel.Theseviewsare
savedtotheWorkAreafile.WorkAreaViewsareusedforisolatingspecificareasofthe
modeltocreatelayoutsinPaperSpace.
5. False:AnytextyouaddtoaPaperSpacedrawingdoesnotchangethemodel.The
modelingenvironmentstaysclean.
6. True:Althoughlayoutscanbeeasilycopied,itisarecommendedideatocreatea
templateforcommoncomponents.
7. False:InsulationsymbolsareplacedinPaperSpaceandarenotincludedinthe
modelingenvironment.
8. True:TheLonglinenumberisacommonannotationthatincludetheLinenumber,spec
andsizeratingforthepipe.
9. True:Selectingcomponentsfromyoucurrentdrawingorfrommultipledrawingswithin
aprojectisperformedbytheAutoPLANTSelectionstools.
10. True:TheReportGeneratorfirststoresthedatainatemporarydatabasewherethe
datacanbefirstcleanedofanyrecordsthatnolongerhavecorrespondingcomponents
inthemodel.
11. True:AutoPLANThastheabilitytoexportCADdatainthreeformats,includingPXF,JSM
andPCL.Thesefileformatsareusedtotransferdatabetweenotherapplications.
12. True:Fullydimensionedandannotatedisometricdrawingsareautomaticallycreatedby
exportingdatafromthemodelinPCFformat.ThisdataisimportedbytheISOGEN
interface,includedintheAutoPLANTPipingapplication.
13. True:ExportingdatainaPXFformat,enablestheusertoexportmodeldatatothe
AutoPIPEstressanalsysapplication.Thisformatalsoprovidesamethodoftransferring
legacydatafromthePROPIPEandDESIGNERapplicationstothecurrentAutoPLANT3D
Designapplications.
Dec09
129
CourseSummary
Review
14. False:StopSignsareplacealongapipingruntoindicatewherepagebreaksoccurwhen
generatingautomaticfabricationdrawingsusingtheISOGENinterface.
15. True:APXFfileisgeneratedbyexportingCADdatafromanexistingmodel.Anyerrors
alongapiperunarenotexported,providingaquickmethodofexportingonlythose
sectionsofthepiperunthatareerrorfree.TheresultingPXFfilecanbeimportedasa
newdrawing.
16. True:TheMiscellaneousAttachmentsmenuincludealistofinformationalobjectssuch
asflowarrows,wallopenings,referencedimensionsandspoolindentifiers.These
markers,whenaddedtothepipingmodelaretransferredtothecompletedisometric
drawing.
CourseSummary
130
Dec09

Bentley Autoplant Design V8i Ss1

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Titolo originale

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Bentley Autoplant Design V8i Ss1

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

AutoPLANTPlantDesign

Copyright 2007 Bentley Systems, Incorporated

Sharing Design Data

Copyright 2007 Bentley Systems, Incorporated

Piping Industry Codes and Specifications

AutoPLANT Component Catalogs

AutoPLANT Component Catalogs

AutoPLANT Component Catalogs

AutoPLANT Component Catalogs

Managing Spec Sections

Managing Spec Sections

Managing Spec Sections

Managing Spec Sections

Managing Spec Sections

Managing Spec Sections

Managing Spec Sections

Managing Spec Sections

Managing Spec Sections

Managing Spec Sections

Managing Spec Sections

Adding Fitting Sections

Adding Fitting Sections

Adding Fitting Sections

Installing the Training Project

Installing the Training Project

AutoPLANT Application Startup

AutoPLANT Application Startup

AutoPLANT Application Startup

AutoPLANT Application Startup

AutoPLANT Application Startup

Creating a New Equipment Model

Creating a New Equipment Model

Creating a New Equipment Model

Creating a New Equipment Model

Creating a New Equipment Model

Creating a New Equipment Model

Creating a New Equipment Model

Touring the Interface

Touring the Interface

Touring the Interface

What is a Work Area?

What is a Work Area?

Creating a Work Area

Creating a Work Area

Creating a Work Area

Modeling Equipment Components

Modeling Equipment Components

Modeling Equipment Components

Modeling Equipment Components

Modeling Equipment Components

Radial Nozzle on Vapor

Modeling Horizontal Vessels

Modeling Horizontal Vessels

Elevation entered: <value>

Enter direction angle or pick point <0.0>:

Modeling Horizontal Vessels

Modeling Horizontal Vessels

Modeling Horizontal Vessels

Modeling Horizontal Vessels

Modeling Vertical Vessels

Modeling Vertical Vessels

Elevation entered: <value>

Enter east (- for west) distance <0.0>: